grepcent / static financial knowledge base

INDEPENDENT BANK CORP (INDB)

CIK: 0000776901. SIC: 6022 State Commercial Banks. Latest 10-K as of: 2026-02-27.

SIC breadcrumb: Finance, Insurance, And Real Estate > Depository Institutions > SIC 6022 State Commercial Banks

SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=776901. Latest filing source: 0000776901-26-000058.

Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.

Business

Read INDB's verbatim Item 1 Business section from its latest 10-K: Business.

Risk Factors

Read INDB's verbatim Item 1A Risk Factors from its latest 10-K: Risk Factors.

Selected Fundamentals

MetricValueUnitFYFiled
Revenue1,022,400,000USD20252026-02-27
Net income205,122,000USD20252026-02-27
Assets24,912,896,000USD20252026-02-27

Financials

Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-02-27. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000776901.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.

Download these verified figures (annual + quarterly, with per-value filing provenance): JSON · CSV

Flow metrics use full-year FY periods from 10-K/10-K/A filings; balance-sheet metrics use FY-end instants. Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures. Missing metrics are omitted rather than fabricated.

Metric2016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Revenue246,637,000277,194,000323,701,000447,014,000402,069,000415,276,000642,840,000795,726,000852,753,0001,022,400,000
Net income76,648,00087,204,000121,622,000165,175,000121,167,000120,992,000263,813,000239,502,000192,081,000205,122,000
Diluted EPS2.903.194.405.033.643.475.695.424.524.44
Operating cash flow92,899,000130,909,000141,837,000216,522,00064,636,000190,220,000421,200,000276,994,000229,921,000251,160,000
Capital expenditures10,395,00025,080,00011,106,00016,583,00012,586,00025,200,00022,072,00015,844,00020,435,00012,135,000
Dividends paid29,711,00034,045,00040,167,00053,274,00060,840,00062,736,00093,734,00098,006,00096,200,000103,903,000
Share buybacks0.000.0095,091,0000.00139,946,000188,910,00030,986,00060,849,000
Assets7,709,375,0008,082,029,0008,851,592,00011,395,165,00013,204,301,00020,423,405,00019,294,174,00019,347,373,00019,373,565,00024,912,896,000
Liabilities6,844,685,0007,138,220,0007,778,102,0009,687,022,00011,501,616,00017,404,956,00016,407,473,00016,452,122,00016,380,445,00021,347,168,000
Stockholders' equity864,690,000943,809,0001,073,490,0001,708,143,0001,702,685,0003,018,449,0002,886,701,0002,895,251,0002,993,120,0003,565,728,000
Free cash flow82,504,000105,829,000130,731,000199,939,00052,050,000165,020,000399,128,000261,150,000209,486,000239,025,000

Ratios

ROE and ROA use period-end equity/assets. Liabilities / equity uses total liabilities divided by stockholders' equity. Current ratio uses current assets divided by current liabilities when both are reported.

Metric2016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Net margin31.08%31.46%37.57%36.95%30.14%29.14%41.04%30.10%22.52%20.06%
Return on equity8.86%9.24%11.33%9.67%7.12%4.01%9.14%8.27%6.42%5.75%
Return on assets0.99%1.08%1.37%1.45%0.92%0.59%1.37%1.24%0.99%0.82%
Liabilities / equity7.927.567.255.676.755.775.685.685.475.99

Industry Peer Context

Each number-line places INDB against the min, median, and max of latest reported values among companies in the same SIC industry when at least three peers report that ratio.

Net margin peer context

INDB Net margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6022; peer count 149.INDB Net margin versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6022; peer count 149.149 SIC peersMin -52.5%Median 21.9%Max 46.5%INDB 20.1%

ROE peer context

INDB ROE versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6022; peer count 149.INDB ROE versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6022; peer count 149.149 SIC peersMin -22.0%Median 9.6%Max 17.5%INDB 5.8%

ROA peer context

INDB ROA versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6022; peer count 149.INDB ROA versus SIC peer range. Source: grepcent computed from latest SEC companyfacts ratios for SIC industry 6022; peer count 149.149 SIC peersMin -2.3%Median 1.1%Max 2.5%INDB 0.8%

Financial Bridges

Waterfall figures reconcile reported SEC companyfacts components. Missing bridges are omitted when required components are not present for the same fiscal year.

Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures

INDB FY2025 free cash flow bridge from reported figures.INDB FY2025 free cash flow bridge from reported figures.INDB free cash flow bridgeFY2025: operating cash flow less capital expendituresSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Free cash flow bridgeReported amount$0.0B$250.0M$500.0M$251.2MOperating cash flow-$12.1MCapex$239.0MFree cash flow

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts FY 2025. Operating cash flow: accession 0000776901-26-000058; concept NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; source concepts us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities | Capital expenditures: accession 0000776901-26-000058; concept PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment; source concepts us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment | Free cash flow: accession 0000776901-26-000058; concept NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities - PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment; source concepts us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment

Financial Charts

INDB revenue, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.INDB revenue, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.INDB RevenueLatest point: FY2025 = $1.0BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearReported revenue$0.0B$1.0B$2.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0000776901-26-000058; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: InterestAndDividendIncomeOperating. Source concepts: us-gaap:InterestAndDividendIncomeOperating.

INDB net income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.INDB net income, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.INDB Net incomeLatest point: FY2025 = $205.1MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearNet income$0.0B$250.0M$500.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0000776901-26-000058; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: NetIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss.

INDB diluted eps, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.INDB diluted eps, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.INDB Diluted EPSLatest point: FY2025 = $4.44/shareSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearDiluted EPS (USD/share)$0.00/share$4.00/share$8.00/shareFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0000776901-26-000058; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.

INDB operating cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.INDB operating cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.INDB Operating cash flowLatest point: FY2025 = $251.2MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearOperating cash flow$0.0B$250.0M$500.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0000776901-26-000058; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities.

INDB capital expenditures, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.INDB capital expenditures, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.INDB Capital expendituresLatest point: FY2025 = $12.1MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearCapital expenditures$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0000776901-26-000058; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment.

INDB dividends paid, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.INDB dividends paid, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.INDB Dividends paidLatest point: FY2025 = $103.9MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearDividends paid$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0000776901-26-000058; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: PaymentsOfDividendsCommonStock. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsOfDividendsCommonStock.

INDB share buybacks, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.INDB share buybacks, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.INDB Share buybacksLatest point: FY2025 = $60.8MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearShare buybacks$0.0B$125.0M$250.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0000776901-26-000058; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: PaymentsForRepurchaseOfCommonStock. Source concepts: us-gaap:PaymentsForRepurchaseOfCommonStock.

INDB assets, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.INDB assets, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.INDB AssetsLatest point: FY2025 = $24.9BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearAssets$0.0B$15.0B$30.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0000776901-26-000058; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: Assets. Source concepts: us-gaap:Assets.

INDB liabilities, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.INDB liabilities, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.INDB LiabilitiesLatest point: FY2025 = $21.3BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearLiabilities$0.0B$15.0B$30.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0000776901-26-000058; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: Liabilities. Source concepts: us-gaap:Liabilities.

INDB stockholders' equity, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.INDB stockholders' equity, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.INDB Stockholders' equityLatest point: FY2025 = $3.6BSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearStockholders' equity$0.0B$2.0B$4.0BFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0000776901-26-000058; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: StockholdersEquity. Source concepts: us-gaap:StockholdersEquity.

INDB free cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.INDB free cash flow, last 5 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts FY2025.INDB Free cash flowLatest point: FY2025 = $239.0MSource: SEC companyfacts FY2025.Fiscal yearFree cash flow$0.0B$250.0M$500.0MFY2021FY2022FY2023FY2024FY2025

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2025 ended 2025-12-31; accession 0000776901-26-000058; filed 2026-02-27. Concept: NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities - PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetCashProvidedByUsedInOperatingActivities; us-gaap:PaymentsToAcquirePropertyPlantAndEquipment.

Quarterly

Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-05-06. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000776901.json.

Flow metrics use discrete quarter-length periods from 10-Q/10-Q/A filings. Q4 revenue and net income are derived only when annual FY and nine-month YTD facts exist for the same fiscal year; derived Q4 values are labeled. EPS Q4 is not derived.

QuarterEnd DateRevenueNet IncomeDiluted EPSMethod
2022-Q12022-03-311.12reported discrete quarter
2022-Q22022-06-301.32reported discrete quarter
2022-Q32022-09-301.57reported discrete quarter
2023-Q22023-06-30198,693,00062,644,0001.42reported discrete quarter
2023-Q32023-09-30202,928,00060,808,0001.38reported discrete quarter
2023-Q42023-12-31207,170,00054,803,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2024-Q12024-03-31208,045,00047,770,0001.12reported discrete quarter
2024-Q22024-06-30211,864,00051,330,0001.21reported discrete quarter
2024-Q32024-09-30216,524,00042,947,0001.01reported discrete quarter
2024-Q42024-12-31216,320,00050,034,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2025-Q12025-03-31211,920,00044,424,0001.04reported discrete quarter
2025-Q22025-06-30218,192,00051,101,0001.20reported discrete quarter
2025-Q32025-09-30294,753,00034,262,0000.69reported discrete quarter
2025-Q42025-12-31297,535,00075,335,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2026-Q12026-03-31290,265,00079,919,0001.63reported discrete quarter

Quarterly Charts

INDB quarterly revenue, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.INDB quarterly revenue, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.INDB Quarterly RevenueLatest point: 2026-Q1 = $290.3MSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Revenue$0.0B$250.0M$500.0M2023-Q22023-Q32023-Q42024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32024-Q42025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32025-Q42026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0000776901-26-000104; filed 2026-05-06. Concept: InterestAndDividendIncomeOperating. Source concepts: us-gaap:InterestAndDividendIncomeOperating.

INDB quarterly net income, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.INDB quarterly net income, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.INDB Quarterly Net incomeLatest point: 2026-Q1 = $79.9MSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Net income$0.0B$125.0M$250.0M2023-Q22023-Q32023-Q42024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32024-Q42025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32025-Q42026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0000776901-26-000104; filed 2026-05-06. Concept: NetIncomeLoss. Source concepts: us-gaap:NetIncomeLoss.

INDB quarterly diluted eps, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.INDB quarterly diluted eps, last 12 periods. Source: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.INDB Quarterly Diluted EPSLatest point: 2026-Q1 = $1.63/shareSource: SEC companyfacts 2026-Q1.Fiscal quarterQuarterly Diluted EPS (USD/share)$0.00/share$1.00/share$2.00/share2022-Q12022-Q22022-Q32023-Q22023-Q32024-Q12024-Q22024-Q32025-Q12025-Q22025-Q32026-Q1

Figure provenance: SEC companyfacts. Latest point: FY 2026 ended 2026-03-31; accession 0000776901-26-000104; filed 2026-05-06. Concept: EarningsPerShareDiluted. Source concepts: us-gaap:EarningsPerShareDiluted.

Macro Cross-References

Latest quarter (10-Q)

Latest 10-Q source: 0000776901-26-000104.

Extracted structurally from real Item 2 body heading to real Item 3/4 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-05-06. Report date: 2026-03-31.

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, notes and tables included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “2025 Form 10-K”).

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (this “Report”), in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and elsewhere, contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are not historical facts and include expressions about management’s confidence and strategies and management’s expectations about new and existing programs and products, acquisitions, relationships, opportunities, taxation, technology, market conditions and economic expectations. These statements may be identified by forward-looking terminology such as “should,” “could,” “will,” “may,” “expect,” “believe,” “forecast,” “view,” “opportunity,” “allow,” “continues,” “reflects,” “typically,” “usually,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” or similar statements or variations of such terms. Such forward-looking statements involve certain risks and uncertainties and our actual results may differ materially from such forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements, in addition to those risk factors listed under the “Risk Factors” section of the 2025 Form 10-K, include but are not limited to:

•adverse economic conditions in the regional and local economies within the New England region and the Company’s market area;

•events impacting the financial services industry, including high profile bank failures, and any resulting decreased confidence in banks among depositors, investors, and other counterparties, as well as competition for deposits and significant disruption, volatility and depressed valuations of equity and other securities of banks in the capital markets;

•the effects to the Company of an increasingly competitive labor market, including the possibility that the Company will have to devote significant resources to attract and retain qualified personnel;

•political and policy uncertainties, changes in U.S. and international trade policies, such as tariffs or other factors, and the potential impact of such factors on the Company and its customers, including the potential for decreases in deposits and loan demand, unanticipated loan delinquencies, loss of collateral and decreased service revenues;

•the instability or volatility in financial markets and unfavorable domestic or global general economic, political or business conditions, including international conflicts and hostilities, such as the ongoing conflict involving Israel, the U.S. and Iran;

•unanticipated loan delinquencies, loss of collateral, decreased service revenues, and other potential negative effects on the Company’s local economies or the Company’s business caused by adverse weather conditions and natural disasters, changes in climate, public health crises or other external events and any actions taken by governmental authorities in response to any such events;

•adverse changes or volatility in the local real estate market, including limitations on rent growth, increases in operating expenses, reductions in property cash flows, reductions in collateral values, and decreased investor demand, which may be exacerbated by legislative or regulatory actions such as rent control or tenant protection laws, including a pending ballot initiative which would establish rent control for all residential properties in Massachusetts, subject to limited exceptions;

•changes in interest rates and any resulting impact on interest earning assets and/or interest bearing liabilities, the level of voluntary prepayments on loans and the receipt of payments on mortgage-backed securities, decreased loan demand or increased difficulty in the ability of borrowers to repay variable rate loans;

•risks related to the Company’s acquisition activities, including disruption to current plans and operations; difficulties in customer and employee retention; fees, expenses and charges related to these transactions being significantly higher than anticipated; impairment of goodwill and/or other intangibles; and the Company’s inability to achieve expected revenues, cost savings, synergies, and other benefits at levels or within the timeframes originally anticipated;

•the effect of laws, regulations, new requirements or expectations, or additional regulatory oversight in the highly regulated financial services industry, and the resulting need to invest in technology to meet heightened regulatory expectations, increased costs of compliance or required adjustments to strategy;

•changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System;

•higher than expected tax expense, including as a result of failure to comply with general tax laws and changes in tax laws;

43

Table of Contents

•increased competition in the Company’s market areas, including competition that could impact deposit gathering, retention of deposits and the cost of deposits, increased competition due to the demand for innovative products and service offerings, and competition from non-depository institutions which may be subject to fewer regulatory constraints and lower cost structures;

•a deterioration in the conditions of the securities markets;

•a deterioration of the credit rating for U.S. long-term sovereign debt or uncertainties surrounding the federal budget;

•inability to adapt to changes in information technology, including changes to industry accepted delivery models driven by a migration to the internet as a means of service delivery, including any inability to effectively implement new technology-driven products, such as artificial intelligence (“AI”);

•electronic or other fraudulent activity within the financial services industry, especially in the commercial banking sector;

•adverse changes in consumer spending and savings habits;

•the effect of laws and regulations regarding the financial services industry, including the need to invest in technology to meet heightened regulatory expectations or the introduction of new requirements or expectations resulting in increased costs of compliance or required adjustments to strategy;

•changes in laws and regulations (including laws and regulations concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance) generally applicable to the Company’s business and the associated costs of such changes;

•the Company’s potential judgments, claims, damages, penalties, fines and reputational damage resulting from pending or future litigation and regulatory and government actions;

•changes in accounting policies, practices and standards, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies as well as the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, and other accounting standard setters;

•operational risks related to the Company and its customers’ reliance on information technology; cyber threats, attacks, intrusions, and fraud; and outages or other issues impacting the Company or its third party service providers which could lead to interruptions or disruptions of the Company’s operating systems, including systems that are customer facing, and adversely impact the Company’s business;

•risks related to the development and use of AI by the Company, its third-party vendors, clients and counterparties; and

•any unexpected material adverse changes in the Company’s operations or earnings.

Except as required by law, the Company disclaims any intent or obligation to update publicly any such forward-looking statements, whether in response to new information, future events or otherwise. Any public statements or disclosures by the Company following this Report which modify or impact any of the forward-looking statements contained in this Report will be deemed to modify or supersede such statements in this Report.

All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation, including a reclassification of the Company’s small business portfolio, with the majority of the portfolio reclassified into the commercial and industrial category, and the remainder of the portfolio, consisting of loans secured by non-owner occupied real estate, reclassified to the commercial real estate category.

44

Table of Contents

Selected Quarterly Financial Data

The selected consolidated financial and other data of the Company set forth below does not purport to be complete and should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the more detailed information, including the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, appearing elsewhere in this Report.

[[GREPCENT_TABLE]]
[["","","","Three Months Ended"],["","March 31 2026","","December 31 2025","","September 30 2025","","June 30 2025","","March 31 2025"],["","(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)"],["Financial condition data"],["Securities","$","3,371,974","","","$","3,309,575","","","$","3,325,015","","","$","2,695,280","","","$","2,719,792"],["Loans","18,425,478","","","18,503,777","","","18,452,443","","","14,533,828","","","14,491,969"],["Allowance for credit losses","(190,560)","","","(189,877)","","","(190,476)","","","(144,773)","","","(144,092)"],["Goodwill and other intangible assets","1,217,297","","","1,224,186","","","1,225,106","","","994,814","","","996,013"],["Total assets","24,783,580","","","24,912,896","","","24,993,239","","","20,048,934","","","19,888,209"],["Total deposits","20,097,510","","","20,126,790","","","20,295,869","","","15,893,740","","","15,676,017"],["Total borrowings","776,256","","","825,847","","","775,377","","","759,428","","","859,874"],["Stockholders\u2019 equity","3,542,041","","","3,565,728","","","3,546,887","","","3,074,856","","","3,033,392"],["Non-performing loans","96,643","","","83,557","","","86,597","","","56,217","","","89,493"],["Non-performing assets","98,743","","","85,657","","","88,697","","","58,317","","","89,493"],["Income statement"],["Interest income","$","290,265","","","$","297,535","","","$","294,753","","","$","218,192","","","$","211,920"],["Interest expense","77,806","","","85,049","","","91,409","","","70,696","","","66,415"],["Net interest income","212,459","","","212,486","","","203,344","","","147,496","","","145,505"],["Provision for credit losses","5,500","","","4,750","","","38,519","","","7,200","","","15,000"],["Non-interest income","40,262","","","41,445","","","40,398","","","34,308","","","32,539"],["Non-interest expenses","142,918","","","154,370","","","160,836","","","108,798","","","105,878"],["Net income","79,919","","","75,335","","","34,262","","","51,101","","","44,424"],["Per share data"],["Net income\u2014basic","$","1.63","","","$","1.52","","","$","0.69","","","$","1.20","","","$","1.04"],["Net income\u2014diluted","1.63","","","1.52","","","0.69","","","1.20","","","1.04"],["Cash dividends declared","0.64","","","0.59","","","0.59","","","0.59","","","0.59"],["Book value per share","72.92","","","72.41","","","71.24","","","72.13","","","71.19"],["Tangible book value per share (1)","47.86","","","47.55","","","46.63","","","48.80","","","47.81"],["Performance ratios"],["Return on average assets","1.31","%","","1.20","%","","0.55","%","","1.04","%","","0.93","%"],["Return on average common equity","9.02","%","","8.38","%","","3.82","%","","6.68","%","","5.94","%"],["Net interest margin (on a fully tax equivalent ba

[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]

Latest 10-K MD&A

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-02-27. Report date: 2025-12-31.

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Company is a state chartered, federally registered bank holding company, incorporated in 1985. The Company is the sole stockholder of Rockland Trust, a Massachusetts trust company chartered in 1907. For a full list of corporate entities see Item 1 “Business — General.”

All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation, including a reclassification of the Company’s small business portfolio, with the majority of the portfolio reclassified into the commercial and industrial category, and the remainder of the portfolio, consisting of loans secured by non-owner occupied real estate, reclassified to the commercial real estate category.

The following should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes.

Executive Level Overview

Management evaluates the Company’s operating results and financial condition using measures that include net income, earnings per share, return on assets and equity, return on tangible common equity, net interest margin, tangible book value per share, asset quality indicators, and many others. These metrics are used by management to make key decisions regarding the Company’s balance sheet, liquidity, interest rate sensitivity, and capital resources and assist with identifying opportunities for improving the Company’s financial position or operating results. The Company is focused on organic growth, but will also consider acquisition opportunities that are expected to provide a satisfactory financial return, including the recent acquisition of Enterprise, which closed on July 1, 2025. The transaction included the acquisition of $3.9 billion in loans and $4.4 billion in deposits, each at fair value, and resulted in the addition of twenty-seven branch locations in northern Massachusetts and southern New Hampshire.

33

2025 Results

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $205.1 million, or $4.44 on a diluted earnings per share basis, as compared to $192.1 million, or $4.52, on a diluted earnings per share basis for the year ended December 31, 2024, representing increases of 6.8% and a decrease of 1.8%, respectively. Financial results for 2025 and 2024 also reflected pre-tax merger-related costs of $39.6 million and a $34.5 million provision for credit losses on non-PCD loans attributable to the closing of the Enterprise acquisition. Excluding these merger-related expenses and provision for credit losses on non-PCD loans, and their related tax effects, full year 2025 operating net income was $260.4 million, or $5.64, on a diluted earnings per share basis compared to full year 2024 operating net income of $193.4 million, or $4.55, on a diluted earnings per share basis. See “Non-GAAP Measures” below for a reconciliation of non-GAAP measures.

Full year 2025 results reflected the following key drivers:

•Successful close of Enterprise acquisition on July 1, 2025

•Net interest margin increase of 29 basis points to 3.57% as compared to the full year 2024;

•Loan growth of 27.5% mainly due to the Enterprise acquisition, robust organic commercial and industrial loan growth;

•Deposit growth of 31.5%, mainly due to the Enterprise acquisition, organic growth in the demand deposit and money market categories;

•Total loan loss provision was $65.5 million for the year, inclusive of $34.5 million recognized for non-PCD loans acquired from Enterprise;

•Wealth assets under administration increased to $9.2 billion;

•Focused expense management;

•Tangible book value per share of $47.55, grew by $0.59 for the year; and

•Repurchase of approximately 936,000 shares for $62.4 million.

34

Interest-Earning Assets

The results depicted in the following table reflect the trend of the Company’s interest-earning assets over the past five years. The Company employs a longer term strategy that typically emphasizes loan growth commensurate with overall economic growth. For the year-ended 2025, the increase in interest-earning assets was driven primarily the Enterprise acquisition, which included the addition of $3.9 billion in loans and $590.3 million in available for sale securities. The following table summarizes the Company’s period end interest-earning assets for each year presented:

Management strives to be disciplined about loan pricing and considers interest rate sensitivity when generating loan assets. In addition, management takes a disciplined approach to credit underwriting, seeking to avoid undue credit risk and credit losses.

35

Funding and the Net Interest Margin

The Company’s overall sources of funding reflect strong business and retail deposit growth with a management emphasis on core deposit growth to fund loans. The increase in funding sources during 2025 were driven primarily by the addition of $4.4 billion in deposits acquired from Enterprise during the third quarter of 2025. The following chart shows the period end balances of the Company’s funding sources for each of the trailing five years:

36

The net interest margin of 3.57% increased 29 basis points when compared to the prior year, including an 8 basis point lift from acquired loan purchase accounting accretion. The remaining increase was driven by the acquisition of a slightly higher adjusted margin from Enterprise and continued benefit from long term asset repricing. The following table shows the net interest margin and cost of deposits trends for the trailing five year period:

Non-interest Income

Non-interest income is primarily comprised of deposit account fees, interchange and ATM fees, investment management fees and mortgage banking income. The increases in non-interest income during 2025 were driven primarily by the impact of the Enterprise acquisition. The following chart shows the components of non-interest income over the past five years:

Expense Control

Management seeks to take a balanced approach to non-interest expense control by monitoring ongoing operating expenses while making needed capital expenditures and prudently investing in growth initiatives. The Company’s primary expenses arise from Rockland Trust’s employee salaries and benefits, as well as expenses associated with buildings and equipment.

37

The following chart depicts the Company’s efficiency ratio on a GAAP basis (calculated by dividing non-interest expense by the sum of non-interest income and net interest income), as well as the Company’s efficiency ratio on a non-GAAP operating basis, (calculated by dividing non-interest expense, excluding certain non-core items, by the sum of non-interest income, excluding certain non-core items, and net interest income), over the past five years:

*See “Non-GAAP Measures” below for a reconciliation to GAAP financial measures.

Capital

The Company’s approach with respect to revenue and expense is designed to promote long-term earnings growth, which in turn contributes to capital growth. Capital is primarily impacted by earnings retention, dividends, changes in other comprehensive income, and opportunistic share repurchases. In addition, during 2025 capital results were impacted by the closing of the Enterprise acquisition. The following chart shows the Company’s book value and tangible book value per share over the past five years:

*See “Non-GAAP Measures” below for a reconciliation to GAAP financial measures.

38

Cash dividends declared by the Company increased from an aggregate of $2.28 per share in 2024 to $2.36 per share in 2025, representing an increase of 3.5%. Additionally, during 2025, the Company repurchased approximately 936,000 shares of its common stock for $62.4 million.

Non-GAAP Measures

When management assesses the Company’s financial performance for purposes of making day-to-day and strategic decisions, it does so based upon the performance of its core banking business, which is primarily derived from the combination of net interest income and non-interest or fee income, reduced by operating expenses, the provision for credit losses, and the impact of income taxes and other non-core items shown in the table that follows. There are items that impact the Company’s results that management believes are unrelated to its core banking business such as gains or losses on the sales of securities, merger and acquisition expenses, provision for credit losses on acquired portfolios, loss on extinguishment of debt, impairment and other items. Management, therefore, excludes items management considers to be non-core when computing the Company’s non-GAAP operating earnings and operating EPS, non-interest income on an operating basis, non-interest expense on an operating basis, and efficiency ratio on an operating basis. Management believes excluding these items facilitates greater visibility into the Company’s core banking business and underlying trends that may, to some extent, be obscured by inclusion of such items.

Management also supplements its evaluation of financial performance with analysis of tangible book value per share (which is computed by dividing stockholders’ equity less goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, or “tangible common equity,” by common shares outstanding), the tangible common equity ratio (which is computed by dividing tangible common equity by “tangible assets,” defined as total assets less goodwill and other intangibles), and return on average tangible common equity (which is computed by dividing net income by average tangible common equity). The Company has included information on tangible book value per share, the tangible common equity ratio and return on average tangible common equity because management believes that investors may find it useful to have access to the same analytical tools used by management.  As a result of merger and acquisition activity, the Company has recognized goodwill and other intangible assets in conjunction with business combination accounting principles.  Excluding the impact of goodwill and other intangibles in measuring asset and capital values for the ratios provided, along with other bank standard capital ratios, provides a framework to compare the capital adequacy of the Company to other companies in the financial services industry.

These non-GAAP measures should not be viewed as a substitute for operating results and other financial measures determined in accordance with GAAP. An item which management excludes when computing these non-GAAP measures can be of substantial importance to the Company’s results for any particular quarter or year. The Company’s non-GAAP performance measures, including operating net income, operating EPS, operating return on average assets, operating return on average common equity, adjusted margin, tangible book value per share and the tangible common equity ratio, are not necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures which may be presented by other companies.

39

The following table summarizes the impact of non-core items on net income and reconciles non-GAAP net operating earnings to net income available to common shareholders for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31
Net IncomeDiluted Earnings Per Share
2025202420252024
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Net income available to common shareholders (GAAP)$205,122$192,081$4.44$4.52
Non-GAAP adjustments
Provision for non-PCD acquired loans34,5190.75
Non-interest expense components
Add: merger and acquisition expenses39,6351,9020.860.04
Non-core increases to income before taxes74,1541,9021.610.04
Net tax benefit associated with non-core items (1)(19,239)(535)(0.42)(0.01)
Add - adjustments for tax effect of previously incurred merger and acquisition expenses3810.01
Total tax impact(18,858)(535)(0.41)(0.01)
Non-core increases to net income55,2961,3671.200.03
Net operating earnings (Non-GAAP)$260,418$193,448$5.64$4.55

(1)The net tax benefit associated with non-core items is determined by assessing whether each non-core item is included or excluded from net taxable income and applying the Company’s combined marginal tax rate only to those items included in net taxable income.

40

The following table summarizes the impact of non-core items with respect to the Company’s total revenue, non-interest income as a percentage of total revenue, and the efficiency ratio for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31
20252024202320222021
(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest income (GAAP)$708,831$561,729$606,521$613,249$401,559(a)
Non-interest income (GAAP)$148,689$128,014$124,609$114,667$105,850(b)
Non-interest expense (GAAP)$529,881$406,366$392,746$373,662$332,529(c)
Less:
Merger and acquisition expenses39,6351,9027,10040,840
Non-interest expense on an operating basis (Non-GAAP)$490,246$404,464$392,746$366,562$291,689(d)
Total revenue (GAAP)$857,520$689,743$731,130$727,916$507,409(a+b)
Ratios
Non-interest income as a % of total revenue (GAAP) (calculated by dividing total non-interest income by total revenue)17.34%18.56%17.04%15.75%20.86%(b/(a+b))
Non-interest income as a % of total revenue on an operating basis (Non-GAAP) (calculated by dividing total non-interest income on an operating basis by total revenue)17.34%18.56%17.04%15.75%20.86%(c/(a+c))
Efficiency ratio (GAAP) (calculated by dividing total non-interest expense by total revenue)61.79%58.92%53.72%51.33%65.53%(c/(a+b))
Efficiency ratio on an operating basis (Non-GAAP) (calculated by dividing total non-interest expense on an operating basis by total revenue)57.17%58.64%53.72%50.36%57.49%(d/(a+b))

41

The following table summarizes the calculation of the Company’s tangible common equity ratio and tangible book value per share for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31
20252024202320222021
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Tangible common equity
Stockholders’ equity$3,565,728$2,993,120$2,895,251$2,886,701$3,018,449(a)
Less: Goodwill and other intangibles1,224,186997,3561,003,2621,010,1401,017,844
Tangible common equity (Non-GAAP)2,341,5421,995,7641,891,9891,876,5612,000,605(b)
Tangible assets
Assets (GAAP)24,912,89619,373,56519,347,37319,294,17420,423,405(c)
Less: Goodwill and other intangibles1,224,186997,3561,003,2621,010,1401,017,844
Tangible assets (Non-GAAP)$23,688,710$18,376,209$18,344,111$18,284,034$19,405,561(d)
Common shares49,243,81342,500,61142,873,18745,641,23847,349,778(e)
Common equity to assets ratio (GAAP)14.31%15.45%14.96%14.96%14.78%(a/c)
Tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio (Non-GAAP)9.88%10.86%10.31%10.26%10.31%(b/d)
Book value per share (GAAP)$72.41$70.43$67.53$63.25$63.75(a/e)
Tangible book value per share (Non-GAAP)$47.55$46.96$44.13$41.12$42.25(b/e)

42

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated financial and other data of the Company set forth below does not purport to be complete and should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the more detailed information, including the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, appearing elsewhere herein.

Table 1 - Selected Financial Data

As of or for the Years Ended December 31
20252024202320222021
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Financial condition data
Securities$3,309,575$2,711,349$2,930,860$3,129,281$2,664,859
Loans18,503,77714,508,37814,278,07013,928,67513,587,286
Allowance for credit losses(189,877)(169,984)(142,222)(152,419)(146,922)
Goodwill and other intangibles1,224,186997,3561,003,2621,010,1401,017,844
Total assets24,912,89619,373,56519,347,37319,294,17420,423,405
Deposits20,126,79015,305,97814,865,54715,879,00716,917,044
Borrowings825,847701,3741,218,379113,377152,374
Stockholders’ equity3,565,7282,993,1202,895,2512,886,7013,018,449
Non-performing loans83,557101,52954,38354,88127,820
Non-performing assets85,657101,52954,49354,88127,820
Operating data
Interest income$1,022,400$852,753$795,726$642,840$415,276
Interest expense313,569291,024189,20529,59113,717
Net interest income708,831561,729606,521613,249401,559
Provision for credit losses65,46936,25023,2506,50018,205
Non-interest income148,689128,014124,609114,667105,850
Non-interest expenses529,881406,366392,746373,662332,529
Net income205,122192,081239,502263,813120,992
Per share data
Net income — basic$4.44$4.52$5.42$5.69$3.47
Net income — diluted4.444.525.425.693.47
Cash dividends declared2.362.282.202.081.92
Book value72.4170.4367.5363.2563.75
Tangible book value (1)47.5546.9644.1341.1242.25
Performance ratios
Return on average assets0.92%0.99%1.24%1.33%0.81%
Return on average common equity6.20%6.53%8.31%9.05%6.34%
Net interest margin (on a fully tax equivalent basis)3.57%3.28%3.54%3.46%3.02%
Dividend payout ratio50.65%50.08%40.92%35.53%51.85%
Asset quality ratios
Non-performing loans as a percent of gross loans0.45%0.70%0.38%0.39%0.20%
Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets0.34%0.52%0.28%0.28%0.14%
Allowance for credit losses as a percent of total loans1.03%1.17%1.00%1.09%1.08%
Allowance for credit losses as a percent of non-performing loans227.24%167.42%261.52%277.73%528.12%
Capital ratios
Equity to assets14.31%15.45%14.96%14.96%14.78%
Tangible equity to tangible assets (1)9.88%10.86%10.31%10.26%10.31%
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio10.15%11.32%10.96%10.99%12.03%
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio12.86%14.65%14.19%14.33%14.30%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio12.86%14.65%14.19%14.33%14.30%
Total risk-based capital ratio15.70%16.04%15.91%16.11%16.04%

(1)     Represents a non-GAAP measurement. For reconciliation to GAAP measurement, see Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Executive Level Overview - Non-GAAP Measures”.

43

Financial Position

Securities Portfolio    The Company’s securities portfolio primarily consists of U.S. Treasury, U.S. government agency securities, agency mortgage-backed securities, agency collateralized mortgage obligations, taxable and non-taxable municipal securities and small business administration pooled securities. Also included in the Company’s securities portfolio are trading and equity securities related to certain employee benefit programs. The majority of these securities are investment grade debt obligations with average lives of five years or less. U.S. government agency securities entail a lesser degree of risk than loans made by the Bank by virtue of the guarantees that back them, require less capital under risk-based capital rules than non-insured or non-guaranteed mortgage loans, are more liquid than individual mortgage loans, and may be used to collateralize borrowings or other obligations of the Bank. The Bank views its securities portfolio as a source of income and liquidity. Interest and principal payments generated from securities provide a source of liquidity to fund loans and meet short-term cash needs.

Total securities increased by $598.2 million, or 22.1%, at December 31, 2025 as compared to December 31, 2024, primarily attributable to the acquisition of the Enterprise available for sale securities portfolio. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, new purchases of $426.2 million and $55.4 million in unrealized gains in the available for sale portfolio were offset by sales, maturities, calls, and paydowns in the combined available for sale and held to maturity portfolios. The ratio of securities to total assets decreased to 13.3% at December 31, 2025 as compared to 14.0% at December 31, 2024. The Company estimates expected credit losses for its available for sale and held to maturity securities in accordance with the CECL methodology, as described in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

The following table sets forth the fair value of available for sale securities and the amortized cost of held to maturity securities along with the percentage distribution:

Table 2 - Securities Portfolio Composition

December 31
20252024
AmountPercentAmountPercent
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair value of securities available for sale
U.S. government agency securities$218,67210.9%$209,66016.8%
U.S. treasury securities471,08423.5%592,00147.3%
Agency mortgage-backed securities772,96338.6%378,16130.2%
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations269,57613.4%28,9952.3%
Non-taxable municipal securities12,5580.6%194%
Taxable municipal securities220,52011.0%%
Pooled trust preferred securities issued by banks and insurers1,0420.1%1,0950.1%
Small business administration pooled securities37,8321.9%40,8383.3%
Total fair value of securities available for sale2,004,247100.0%1,250,944100.0%
Amortized cost of securities held to maturity
U.S. treasury securities$100,8727.9%$100,7917.0%
Agency mortgage-backed securities694,90354.3%788,47054.9%
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations370,69829.0%422,82729.5%
Small business administration pooled securities112,5548.8%122,8688.6%
Total amortized cost of securities held to maturity1,279,027100.0%1,434,956100.0%
Total$3,283,274$2,685,900

The Company’s available for sale securities are carried at fair value and are categorized within the fair value hierarchy based on the observability of model inputs. Securities which require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable are classified as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had no securities categorized as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

44

The following table sets forth the weighted average yield for each range of contractual maturities of the Bank’s available for sale and held to maturity securities portfolios at December 31, 2025. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Weighted average yields in the table below have been calculated based on the amortized cost of the security.

Table 3 - Securities Portfolio, Weighted Average Yields

Within One YearOne Year to Five YearsFive Years to Ten YearsOver Ten YearsTotal
Weighted Average Yield
Securities available for sale:
U.S. government agency securities1.4%1.2%1.3%
U.S. treasury securities0.8%1.2%1.0%
Agency mortgage-backed securities1.2%3.0%2.1%4.0%3.6%
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations4.2%2.1%4.3%4.3%
Non-taxable municipal securities3.9%3.7%4.1%3.8%
Taxable municipal securities4.2%4.4%2.8%4.3%
Pooled trust preferred securities issued by banks and insurers4.4%4.4%
Small business administration pooled securities2.7%1.9%2.1%
Total available for sale securities1.0%2.2%3.7%4.0%2.9%
Securities held to maturity:
U.S. treasury securities1.3%1.5%1.3%
Agency mortgage-backed securities2.8%2.8%1.9%3.2%2.7%
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations3.2%1.9%1.0%1.5%1.7%
Small business administration pooled securities2.5%4.0%4.0%
Total held to maturity securities2.9%2.4%1.9%2.4%2.4%
Total1.4%2.3%2.8%3.4%2.7%

As of December 31, 2025, the weighted average life of the securities portfolio was 3.7 years and the modified duration was 3.3 years.

At December 31, 2025, the aggregate book value of securities issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the U.S. Department of the Treasury exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity. Accordingly, the following table discloses the aggregate book value and market value of these securities at December 31, 2025:

Table 4 - Aggregate Book Value and Market Value of Select Securities

Aggregate Book ValueAggregate Market Value
(Dollars in thousands)
Securities issued by:
Fannie Mae$1,379,761$1,310,935
Freddie Mac687,395658,071
U.S. Department of the Treasury586,259568,208
Total$2,653,415$2,537,214

45

Residential Mortgage Loan Sales     The Bank’s residential mortgage loans are generally originated in compliance with terms, conditions and documentation which permit the sale of such loans to investors in the secondary market. Loan sales in the secondary market provide funds for additional lending and other banking activities. Depending on market conditions, the Bank may sell the servicing of the sold loans for a servicing released premium, simultaneous with the sale of the loan. For the remainder of the sold loans for which the Company retains the servicing, a mortgage servicing asset is recognized. Additionally, as part of its asset/liability management strategy, the Bank may opt to retain certain residential real estate loan originations for its portfolio. When a loan is sold, the Company enters into agreements that contain representations and warranties about the characteristics of the loans sold and their origination. The Company may be required to either repurchase mortgage loans or to indemnify the purchaser from losses if representations and warranties are found to be not accurate in all material respects. The Company incurred no material losses related to mortgage repurchases during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023.

The volume of residential real estate loan sales fluctuate based on customer demands, which is often driven by the interest rate environment. The following table shows the total residential loans that were closed and whether the amounts were held in the portfolio or sold (or held for sale) in the secondary market for the periods indicated:

Table 5 - Closed Residential Real Estate Loans

Years Ended December 31
202520242023
(Dollars in thousands)
Held in portfolio$257,798$205,611$512,991
Sold or held for sale in the secondary market291,996256,42979,665
Total closed loans$549,794$462,040$592,656

When a loan is sold, the Company may decide to also sell the servicing of sold loans for a servicing release premium, simultaneously with the sale of the loan, or the Company may opt to sell the loan and retain the servicing. The table below reflects additional information related to loans which were sold during the periods indicated:

Table 6 - Residential Mortgage Loan Sales

Years Ended December 31
202520242023
(Dollars in thousands)
Sold with servicing rights released$260,815$246,266$75,548
Sold with servicing rights retained (1)1,9538,333649
Total loans sold$262,768$254,599$76,197

(1)All loans sold with servicing rights retained during the above periods were sold without recourse.

In the event of a sale with servicing rights retained, a mortgage servicing asset is established, which represents the then current estimated fair value based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available, or alternatively is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, such as the cost to service, the discount rate, an inflation rate, ancillary income, prepayment speeds and default rates and losses. Servicing rights are recorded in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income, and are assessed for impairment based on fair value at each reporting date. Impairment is determined by stratifying the rights based on predominant characteristics, such as interest rate, loan type and investor type. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance, to the extent that fair value is less than the capitalized amount. If the Company later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists, a reduction of the allowance may be recorded as an increase to income. The principal balance of loans serviced by the Bank on behalf of investors was $266.0 million at December 31, 2025 and $280.2 million at December 31, 2024.

46

The following table shows the adjusted cost of the servicing rights associated with these loans and the changes for the periods indicated:

Table 7 - Mortgage Servicing Asset

20252024
(Dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance$2,466$2,641
Additions10356
Amortization(348)(392)
Change in valuation allowance(12)161
Ending balance$2,209$2,466

See Note 10, “Derivatives and Hedging Activities,” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for more information on mortgage activity and mortgage related derivatives.

Loan Portfolio   The Company’s total loan portfolio at December 31, 2025 increased $4.0 billion, or 27.5%, when compared to December 31, 2024, primarily due to the Enterprise acquisition. On the commercial side, the commercial and industrial portfolio increased organically by 9.1% but was offset by a decline in the commercial real estate and commercial construction portfolios. Organically, the consumer real estate portfolio increased by 1.2%, driven by growth within the home equity portfolio.

The following table summarizes loan growth/decline during the periods indicated:

Table 8 - Components of Loan Growth/(Decline)

December 31December 31EnterpriseOrganic Growth/Organic Growth/
20252024Acquisition(Decline) $(Decline) %
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial$4,611,789$3,246,455$979,072$386,2629.14%
Commercial real estate8,275,4086,839,7051,742,275(306,572)(3.57)%
Commercial construction1,399,193782,078664,281(47,166)(3.26)%
Total commercial14,286,39010,868,2383,385,62832,5240.23%
Residential real estate2,873,4432,460,600425,695(12,852)(0.45)%
Home equity1,297,6621,140,16895,09662,3985.05%
Total Consumer real estate4,171,1053,600,768520,79149,5461.20%
Total other consumer46,28239,3726,6932170.47%
Total loans$18,503,777$14,508,378$3,913,112$82,2870.45%

47

The following table sets forth information concerning the composition of the Bank’s loan portfolio by loan type at the dates indicated:

Table 9 - Loan Portfolio Composition

December 31
20252024
(Dollars in thousands)
AmountPercentAmountPercent
Commercial and industrial$4,611,78924.9%$3,246,45522.4%
Commercial real estate8,275,40844.7%6,839,70547.0%
Commercial construction1,399,1937.6%782,0785.4%
Residential real estate2,873,44315.5%2,460,60017.0%
Home equity1,297,6627.0%1,140,1687.9%
Other consumer46,2820.3%39,3720.3%
Gross loans18,503,777100.0%14,508,378100.0%
Allowance for credit losses(189,877)(169,984)
Net loans$18,313,900$14,338,394

The following table summarizes loans by contractual maturity as of December 31, 2025, along with the indication of whether interest rates are fixed or adjustable:

Table 10 - Scheduled Contractual Loan Amortization

December 31, 2025
1 Year or Less1 - 5 Years5 - 15 years (2)After 15 YearsTotal
(Dollars in thousands)
Fixed rate
Commercial and industrial$219,450$700,466$210,217$245,506$1,375,639
Commercial real estate471,3011,350,286646,184218,0982,685,869
Commercial construction (1)83,19597,07518,051112,282310,603
Residential real estate57,166292,475672,803773,1031,795,547
Home equity23,02993,14240,176110,098266,445
Other consumer2,3194,1343292367,018
Total fixed rate loans856,4602,537,5781,587,7601,459,3236,441,121
Adjustable rate
Commercial and industrial388,8501,240,853477,5081,128,9393,236,150
Commercial real estate904,2571,634,839813,3452,237,0985,589,539
Commercial construction (1)395,423229,37141,389422,4071,088,590
Residential real estate26,942200,485203,528646,9411,077,896
Home equity99,945400,772140,043390,4571,031,217
Other consumer39,26439,264
Total adjustable rate loans1,854,6813,706,3201,675,8134,825,84212,062,656
Total loans$2,711,141$6,243,898$3,263,573$6,285,165$18,503,777

(1)Includes certain construction loans that will convert to commercial mortgages and will be reclassified to commercial real estate upon the completion of the construction phase.

(2)Loans having no schedule of repayments or no stated maturity are reported as being due in the 5-15 years category above.

48

Generally, the actual maturity of loans is substantially shorter than their contractual maturity due to prepayments and, in the case of real estate loans, due-on-sale clauses, which generally give the Bank the right to declare a loan immediately due and payable in the event that, among other things, the borrower sells the property subject to the mortgage and the loan is not repaid. The average life of real estate loans tends to increase when current real estate loan rates are higher than rates on mortgages in the portfolio and, conversely, tends to decrease when rates on mortgages in the portfolio are higher than current real estate loan rates. Due to the fact that the Bank may, consistent with industry practice, renew a significant portion of commercial and commercial real estate loans at or immediately prior to their maturity by renewing the loans on substantially similar or revised terms, the principal repayments actually received by the Bank are anticipated to be significantly less than the amounts contractually due in any particular period. In other circumstances, a loan, or a portion of a loan, may not be repaid due to the borrower’s inability to satisfy the contractual obligations of the loan.

Asset Quality  The Company continually monitors the asset quality of the loan portfolio using all available information. Based on this assessment, loans demonstrating certain payment issues or other weaknesses may be categorized as delinquent, non-performing and/or put on non-accrual status. Further details surrounding relevant asset quality categories are summarized below:

Delinquency     The Company’s philosophy toward managing its loan portfolios is predicated upon careful monitoring, which stresses early detection and response to delinquent and default situations.  The Company seeks to make arrangements to resolve any delinquent or default situation over the shortest possible time frame.  Generally, the Company requires that a delinquency notice be mailed to a borrower upon expiration of a grace period (typically no longer than 15 days beyond the due date).  Reminder notices may be sent and telephone calls may be made prior to the expiration of the grace period. If the delinquent status is not resolved within a reasonable time frame following the mailing of a delinquency notice, the Bank’s personnel charged with managing its loan portfolios contacts the borrower to ascertain the reasons for delinquency and the prospects for payment.  Any subsequent actions taken to resolve the delinquency will depend upon the nature of the loan and the length of time that the loan has been delinquent. The borrower’s needs are considered as much as reasonably possible without jeopardizing the Bank’s position. A late charge is usually assessed on loans upon expiration of the grace period as permitted by loan agreements.

Non-accrual Loans    As a general rule, loans 90 days or more past due with respect to principal or interest are classified as non-accrual loans, or sooner if management considers such action to be prudent. However, certain loans that are 90 days or more past due may be kept on an accruing status if the loans are well secured and in the process of collection. Income accruals are suspended on all non-accrual loans and all previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against current income. A loan remains on non-accrual status until it becomes current with respect to principal and interest and remains current for a minimum period of six months, the loan is liquidated, or when the loan is determined to be uncollectible and is charged-off against the allowance for credit losses.

Loan Modifications In the course of resolving problem loans, the Company may choose to modify the contractual terms of certain loans. The Company attempts to work out an alternative payment schedule with the borrower in order to avoid or cure a default. Terms may be modified to fit the ability of the borrower to repay in line with its current financial status and may include adjustments to term extensions, interest rates, and accommodations for other than insignificant payment delays and/or a combination thereof. These actions are intended to minimize economic loss and avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. If such efforts by the Company do not result in satisfactory performance, the loan is referred to legal counsel, at which time foreclosure proceedings are initiated. At any time prior to a sale of the property at foreclosure, the Company may terminate foreclosure proceedings if the borrower is able to work out a satisfactory payment plan. All loan modifications are reviewed by the Company to identify if a borrower is deemed to be experiencing financial difficulty at time of the modification.

Purchased Credit Deteriorated Loans   Purchased Credit Deteriorated (“PCD”) loans are acquired loans which have shown a more-than-insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination. PCD loans are recorded at amortized cost with an allowance for credit losses recorded upon purchase.

Non-performing Assets    Non-performing assets are typically comprised of non-performing loans and other real estate owned (“OREO”). Non-performing loans consist of non-accrual loans and loans that are 90 days or more past due but still accruing interest.

OREO consists of real estate properties, which have primarily served as collateral to secure loans, that are controlled or owned by the Bank. These properties are recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell at the date control is established, resulting in a new cost basis. The amount by which the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the fair value (net of estimated costs to sell) of the foreclosed asset is charged to the allowance for credit losses. Subsequent declines in the fair value of the foreclosed asset below the new cost basis are recorded through the use of a valuation allowance. Subsequent increases in the

49

fair value are recorded as reductions in the valuation allowance, but not below zero. All costs incurred thereafter in maintaining the property are generally charged to non-interest expense. In the event the real estate is utilized as a rental property, net rental income and expenses are recorded as incurred within non-interest expense.

The following table sets forth information regarding non-performing assets held by the Bank at the dates indicated:

Table 11 - Non-performing Assets

December 31
20252024
(Dollars in thousands)
Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis
Commercial and industrial$9,160$14,454
Commercial real estate50,51574,343
Commercial construction3,693
Residential real estate15,04310,243
Home equity5,1022,479
Other consumer4410
Total non-performing loans83,557101,529
Other real estate owned2,100
Total non-performing assets$85,657$101,529
Non-performing loans as a percent of gross loans0.45%0.70%
Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets0.34%0.52%

The following table summarizes the changes in non-performing assets for the periods indicated:

Table 12 - Activity in Non-performing Assets

20252024
(Dollars in thousands)
Non-performing assets beginning balance$101,529$54,493
Acquired non-performing loans22,918
New to non-performing101,32987,721
Loans charged-off(56,804)(10,347)
Loans paid-off(73,990)(17,721)
Loans transferred to other real estate owned/other assets(2,100)
Loans restored to performing status(8,769)(12,576)
New to other real estate owned2,100
Sale of other real estate owned(110)
Other(556)69
Non-performing assets ending balance$85,657$101,529

Allowance for Credit Losses    The allowance for credit losses is maintained at a level that management considers appropriate to provide for the Company’s current estimate of expected lifetime credit losses on loans measured at amortized cost. The allowance is increased by providing for credit losses through a charge to expense and by credits for recoveries of loans previously charged-off and is reduced by loans being charged-off.

In accordance with its Allowance for Credit Losses Program, the Company uses the Current Expected Credit Losses (or “CECL”) model methodology to estimate credit losses for financial assets on a collective basis for loans sharing similar risk characteristics using a quantitative model combined with an assessment of certain qualitative factors designed to address forecast risk and model risk inherent in the quantitative model output. The model estimates expected credit losses using loan

50

level data over the contractual life of the exposure, which is adjusted for estimated prepayments. Economic forecasts are incorporated into the estimate over a reasonable and supportable forecast period of 12 months, beyond which is a reversion to the Company’s historical long-run average over a period of six months. The Company’s qualitative assessment is structured based upon nine qualitative risk factors impacting the expected risk of loss within the loan portfolio, with an additional factor designed to capture model imprecision. Loans that do not share similar risk characteristics with any pools of assets are subject to individual assessment and are removed from the collectively assessed pools to avoid double counting. For the loans that will be individually assessed, the Company uses either a discounted cash flow approach or a fair value of collateral approach. The latter approach is used for loans deemed to be collateral dependent or when foreclosure is probable.

Management’s allowance for credit loss estimate incorporates an economic forecast over a reasonable and supportable period of 12 months. As of December 31, 2025, management utilized the Moody’s Baseline forecast to estimate the effect of anticipated current and future economic conditions on the Company’s allowance for credit losses. This scenario selected by management assumes that general economic conditions will reflect a slight increase in momentum in the near term, that monetary policy will be impacted by a gradual reduction in Federal Reserve policy rates, and that progress toward inflation will be slowed as a result of changes in international trade policies. Additionally, the allowance for credit losses is qualitatively adjusted on a quarterly basis in order to ensure coverage for relationships that are deemed to be more at risk within certain industries, specific collateral types, or other specific characteristics that may be highly impacted by the current economic environment.

The balance of allowance for credit losses increased by $19.9 million to $189.9 million as of December 31, 2025, as compared to $170.0 million at December 31, 2024. The increase was driven primarily by $43.5 million in initial allowance reserves recorded on the acquired Enterprise portfolio, including $34.5 million and $9.0 million attributable to non-PCD and PCD loans, respectively, as well as additional specific reserve allocations on certain commercial loans during 2025. These increases were partially offset by charge-offs on several classified commercial loans which had been previously reserved for.

51

The following table summarizes the ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding within each major loan category for the periods presented:

Table 13 - Summary Net Charge-Offs to Average Loans Outstanding

Net Charge-Offs (Recoveries)Average Amount OutstandingRatio of Net Charge-Offs/(Recoveries) to Average Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
Year Ended December 31, 2025
Commercial and industrial$8,678$3,919,1990.22%
Commercial real estate43,3927,508,9380.58%
Commercial construction1,112,459%
Residential real estate2,688,113%
Home equity21,216,821%
Other consumer (1)2,52439,2866.42%
Total$54,596$16,484,8160.33%
Year Ended December 31, 2024
Commercial and industrial$6,399$3,166,7150.20%
Commercial real estate6,811,838%
Commercial construction800,254%
Residential real estate2,434,114%
Home equity371,115,598%
Other consumer (1)2,05233,7616.08%
Total$8,488$14,362,2800.06%
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Commercial and industrial$23,811$3,196,1290.74%
Commercial real estate7,8556,525,3940.12%
Commercial construction1,019,871%
Residential real estate2,217,971%
Home equity(15)1,093,546%
Other consumer (1)1,79631,2025.76%
Total$33,447$14,084,1130.24%

(1)Other consumer portfolio is inclusive of deposit account overdrafts recorded as loan balances and the associated net charge-offs.

Net charge-offs were $54.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The elevated charge-off activity for the year ended December 31, 2025 was primarily attributable to charge-offs recognized on several classified commercial loans during the year.

For purposes of the allowance for credit losses, management segregates the portfolio based upon loans sharing similar risk characteristics. The allocation of the allowance for credit losses is made to each loan category using the analytical techniques and estimation methods described in this Report. While these amounts represent management’s best estimate of credit losses at the evaluation dates, they are not necessarily indicative of either the categories in which actual losses may occur or the extent of actual losses that may be recognized within each category. Each of these loan categories possess unique risk characteristics that are considered when determining the appropriate level of allowance for each segment. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any segment of the loan portfolio.

52

The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for credit losses by loan category at the dates indicated:

Table 14 - Summary of Allocation of Allowance for Credit Losses

December 31
20252024
Allowance AmountPercent of Allowance of Total AllowancePercent of Loans In Category of Total LoansAllowance AmountPercent of Allowance of Total AllowancePercent of Loans In Category of Total Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial$47,97625.3%24.9%$30,79918.1%22.4%
Commercial real estate84,91644.7%44.7%93,71855.2%47.0%
Commercial construction14,2547.5%7.6%8,1664.8%5.4%
Residential real estate29,25415.4%15.5%25,23814.8%17.0%
Home equity12,3766.5%7.0%11,0076.5%7.9%
Other consumer1,1010.6%0.3%1,0560.6%0.3%
Total$189,877100.0%100.0%$169,984100.0%100.0%

To determine if a loan should be charged-off, all possible sources of repayment are analyzed. Possible sources of repayment include the potential for future cash flows, the value of the Bank’s collateral, and the strength of co-makers or guarantors. When available information confirms that specific loans or portions thereof are uncollectible, these amounts are promptly charged-off against the allowance for credit losses and any recoveries of such previously charged-off amounts are credited to the allowance.

Regardless of whether a loan is unsecured or collateralized, the Company charges off the amount of any confirmed loan loss in the period when the loans, or portions of loans, are deemed uncollectible. For troubled, collateral-dependent loans, loss-confirming events may include an appraisal or other valuation that reflects a shortfall between the value of the collateral and the carrying value of the loan or receivable, or a deficiency balance following the sale of the collateral.

For additional information regarding the Bank’s allowance for credit losses, see Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 4, “Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality” within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock    The FHLB is a cooperative that provides services to its member banking institutions. The primary reason for the FHLB of Boston membership is to gain access to a reliable source of wholesale funding as a tool to manage liquidity and interest rate risk. The purchase of stock in the FHLB is a requirement for a member to gain access to funding. The Company either purchases additional FHLB stock or is subject to redemption of FHLB stock proportional to the volume of funding received. The Company views the holdings as a necessary long-term investment for the purpose of balance sheet liquidity and not for investment return.  The Company’s investments in FHLB of Boston stock decreased to $21.8 million at December 31, 2025 compared to $31.6 million at December 31, 2024 in conjunction with paydowns of FHLB term borrowings during the twelve months of 2025, including the paydown of approximately $50.0 million of FHLB borrowings assumed from the Enterprise acquisition.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets were $1.2 billion and $1.0 billion at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024.

The Company typically performs its annual goodwill impairment testing during the third quarter of the year, unless certain indicators suggest earlier testing to be warranted, using a combined qualitative and quantitative approach. The initial qualitative approach assesses whether the existence of events or circumstances led to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Company’s single reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than carrying value, a quantitative impairment test is performed to compare carrying value to the fair value of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss will be recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The Company’s annual impairment test was performed as of August 31, 2025 and it was determined that the Company’s goodwill was not impaired.

53

Other intangible assets are also reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. There were no other events or changes during the fourth quarter of 2025 that indicated impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets. For additional information regarding the goodwill and other intangible assets, see Note 6, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 hereof.

Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance Policies    The Bank holds life insurance policies for the purpose of offsetting its future obligations to its employees under its retirement and benefits plans. The cash surrender value of life insurance policies was $378.6 million and $304.0 million at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively, reflecting approximately $68.4 million of policies obtained from the Enterprise acquisition.

The Company recorded tax exempt income from life insurance policies in the amounts of $9.4 million, $8.1 million, and $7.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The Company also recorded gains on life insurance benefits of $2.0 million, $457,000, and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Deposits    At December 31, 2025, total deposits were $20.1 billion, representing a $4.8 billion, or 31.5% increase compared to $15.3 billion at December 31, 2024. Total non-interest bearing demand deposits comprised 27.8% of total deposits at December 31, 2025, down only slightly from 28.7% at December 31, 2024. The total cost of deposits was 1.53% for the year ended December 31, 2025, representing a decrease of 10 basis points from the prior year.

The Company’s deposits are comprised primarily of core deposits (demand, savings and money market), as well as time deposits. The 2025 growth in deposit balances was driven primarily by $4.4 billion in balances acquired from Enterprise, as well as organic growth of $458.1 million, or 2.3%, during the twelve months ended 2025. The Company’s ratio of core deposits, inclusive of reciprocal money market deposits, to total deposits represented 83.7% at December 31, 2025 compared to 81.7% at December 31, 2024. In addition, the Company may also utilize brokered deposit sources, as needed, with balances of $6.0 million and $61.2 million outstanding at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The decrease was due to the maturity of $55.3 million of brokered certificates of deposit during 2025.

Excluding the effects of the Enterprise acquisition, the Company’s deposits have increased on a net organic basis as compared to the prior year end as summarized in the table below:

Table 15 - Components of Deposit Growth/(Decline)

December 31 2025December 31 2024Enterprise Bancorp AcquisitionOrganic Growth/(Decline) $Organic Growth/(Decline) %
(Dollars in thousands)
Non-interest-bearing demand deposits$5,600,955$4,390,703$1,040,758$169,4943.1%
Savings and interest checking6,482,9705,207,5481,170,875104,5471.6%
Money market4,774,6452,960,3811,411,120403,1449.2%
Time certificates of deposits3,268,2202,747,346739,957(219,083)(6.3)%
Total$20,126,790$15,305,978$4,362,710$458,1022.3%

The Company’s deposit accounts are insured to the maximum extent permitted by the Deposit Insurance Fund which is administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The FDIC offers insurance coverage on deposits up to the federally insured limit of $250,000. The Company participates in the IntraFi Network, allowing it to provide easy access to multi-million dollar FDIC deposit insurance protection on certificate of deposit and money market investments for consumers, businesses and public entities. This channel allows the Company to access a reciprocal deposit exchange that can be used to benefit customers seeking increased FDIC insurance protection, and amounted to $1.6 billion and $1.1 billion in deposits, at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The estimated balance of uninsured deposits at the Bank were $6.5 billion and $5.0 billion as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. Included in these amounts are $932.0 million and $814.0 million of collateralized deposits, which offer additional protection.

54

Scheduled maturities of time deposits not covered by deposit insurance at December 31, 2025, were as follows:

Table 16 - Maturities of Uninsured Time Deposits

December 31, 2025
(Dollars in thousands)
Due within 3 months or less$326,355
Due after 3 months through 6 months168,058
Due after 6 months through 12 months58,302
Due after 12 months8,719
Total uninsured time deposits (1)561,434

(1)Amounts of uninsured time deposits presented in the table above are estimates determined based upon a relative proportion of customer account balances in excess of FDIC insurance limits, and in a manner consistent with the Company’s regulatory reporting requirements.

Borrowings    The Company’s borrowings consist of both short-term and long-term borrowings and provide the Bank with one of its primary sources of funding. Maintaining available borrowing capacity provides the Bank with a contingent source of liquidity. Borrowings were $825.8 million at December 31, 2025, representing an increase of $124.5 million, compared to December 31, 2024. The increase was driven primarily by a $300.0 million subordinated debt raise completed by the Company in March 2025, as well as a $50.0 million line of credit advance during the fourth quarter of 2025. These increases were partially offset by $237.0 million in paydowns on FHLB borrowings during the twelve months ended December 31, 2025. Additionally, at the July 15, 2025 call date, the Company redeemed in full $60.0 million in subordinated notes assumed as part of the Enterprise merger. The Company also paid down approximately $50.0 million in FHLB borrowings acquired from Enterprise. See Note 8, “Borrowings” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for more information regarding borrowings.

Liquidity and Capital Resources    The Company proactively manages its liquidity and cash flow requirements with the intent to maintain stable, cost-effective funding and to promote the strength of its overall balance sheet. The liquidity position of the Company is continuously monitored by management and adjustments are made to appropriately balance sources and uses of funds, as needed. For further details surrounding the Company’s liquidity risks and related strategy, see the “Risk Management – Liquidity Risk” section below within Item 7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations within this Report.

At December 31, 2025, the Company and the Bank exceeded the minimum requirements for Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital, total capital, and Tier 1 leverage capital, inclusive of the capital conservation buffer. See Note 19, “Regulatory Matters” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for more information regarding capital requirements.

Investment Management

The following table presents total assets under administrations and number of accounts held by the Rockland Trust Investment Management Group at the following dates:

Table 17 - Assets Under Administration

December 31 2025December 31 2024December 31 2023
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets under administration$9,217,333$7,035,315$6,537,905
Number of trust, fiduciary and agency accounts7,8436,6376,550

The Company’s Investment Management Group provides investment management and trust services to individuals, institutions, small businesses, and charitable institutions.

Accounts maintained by the Investment Management Group consist of managed and non-managed accounts. Managed accounts are those for which the Bank is responsible for administration and investment management and/or investment advice, while non-managed accounts are those for which the Bank acts solely as a custodian or directed trustee. The Bank receives fees

55

dependent upon the level and type of service(s) provided. The Investment Management Group generated gross fee revenues of $45.0 million, $38.3 million, and $34.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively. Total assets under administration as of December 31, 2025 were $9.2 billion, including $444.3 million of investment solutions designed by Rockland Trust that are administered and executed through its agreement with LPL Financial (“LPL”), compared to $7.0 billion and $418.2 million, respectively, at December 31, 2024. The Company also has a subsidiary that is a registered investment advisor, Bright Rock Capital Management, LLC, which provides institutional quality investment management services to both institutional and high net worth clients. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, included in the assets under administration amounts above, there were $520.5 million and $491.5 million, respectively, relating to the Company’s registered investment advisor.

The administration of trust and fiduciary accounts is monitored by the Trust Committee of the Bank’s Board of Directors. The Trust Committee has delegated administrative responsibilities to three committees, one for investments, one for administration, and one for operations, all of which are comprised of Investment Management Group officers who meet no less than quarterly.

The Bank has an agreement with LPL and its affiliates and their insurance subsidiary, LPL Insurance Associates, Inc., to offer the sale of mutual fund shares, unit investment trust shares, general securities, fixed and variable annuities and life insurance. Registered representatives who are both employed by the Bank and licensed and contracted with LPL are onsite to offer these products to the Bank’s customer base. These same agents are also approved and appointed with various other broker general agents for the purposes of processing insurance solutions for clients. The retail investments and insurance revenues were $5.1 million, $4.4 million, and $5.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively.

Results of Operations

Table 18 - Summary of Results of Operations

Years Ended December 31
202520242023
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Net income$205,122$192,081$239,502
Diluted earnings per share$4.44$4.52$5.42
Return on average assets0.92%0.99%1.24%
Return on average equity6.20%6.53%8.31%
Stockholders’ equity as % of assets14.31%15.45%14.96%
Net interest margin3.57%3.28%3.54%

Net Interest Income    The amount of net interest income is affected by changes in interest rates and by the volume, mix, and interest rate sensitivity of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

On a fully tax-equivalent basis, net interest income was $713.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, representing a 26.0% increase from net interest income of $566.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The 2025 increase in net interest income was primarily attributable to increased average interest earning assets obtained from the Enterprise acquisition, as well as higher yields on interest earning assets, which were positively impacted by the accretion of purchase accounting marks from the Enterprise acquisition, and decreased funding costs. These factors resulted in a net interest margin of 3.57%, representing an increase of 29 basis point, as compared to 3.28% for the prior year.

56

The following table presents the Company’s average balances, net interest income, interest rate spread, and net interest margin for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023. Non-taxable income from loans and securities is presented on a fully tax-equivalent basis by adjusting tax-exempt income upward by an amount equivalent to the prevailing federal income taxes that would have been paid if the income had been fully taxable.

Table 19 - Average Balance, Interest Earned/Paid & Average Yields

Years Ended December 31
202520242023
Average BalanceInterest Earned/ PaidAverage YieldAverage BalanceInterest Earned/ PaidAverage YieldAverage BalanceInterest Earned/ PaidAverage Yield
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-earning assets
Interest-earning deposits with banks, federal funds sold, and short term investments$479,484$19,7664.12%$125,066$5,6694.53%$118,806$5,1864.37%
Securities
Securities - trading4,642%4,562%4,411%
Securities - taxable investments3,017,69479,2682.63%2,791,24657,0922.05%3,027,76960,3361.99%
Securities - non-taxable investments (1)12,4104353.51%19273.65%19073.68%
Total securities3,034,74679,7032.63%2,796,00057,0992.04%3,032,37060,3431.99%
Loans held for sale14,1917965.61%11,9607125.95%3,2891905.78%
Loans
Commercial and industrial (1)3,919,199243,5176.21%3,166,715195,7516.18%3,196,129191,7266.00%
Commercial real estate (1)7,508,938401,7835.35%6,811,838354,9415.21%6,525,394315,0404.83%
Commercial construction (1)1,112,45976,3016.86%800,25458,4557.30%1,019,87166,4406.51%
Total commercial12,540,596721,6015.75%10,778,807609,1475.65%10,741,394573,2065.34%
Residential real estate2,688,113125,4554.67%2,434,114106,7974.39%2,217,97188,2103.98%
Home equity1,216,82177,5896.38%1,115,59875,5436.77%1,093,54670,6986.47%
Total consumer real estate3,904,934203,0445.20%3,549,712182,3405.14%3,311,517158,9084.80%
Other consumer39,2862,5606.52%33,7612,5307.49%31,2022,4187.75%
Total loans16,484,816927,2055.62%14,362,280794,0175.53%14,084,113734,5325.22%
Total Interest-Earning Assets20,013,2371,027,4705.13%17,295,306857,4974.96%17,238,578800,2514.64%
Cash and Due from Banks209,413179,955180,553
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock23,62737,15533,734
Other Assets2,051,1261,831,5161,853,585
Total Assets$22,297,403$19,343,932$19,306,450
Interest-bearing liabilities
Deposits
Savings and interest checking accounts$5,786,258$66,7601.15%$5,169,237$66,3341.28%$5,489,923$43,0730.78%
Money market4,019,90096,7682.41%2,941,53969,9982.38%3,022,32251,6301.71%
Time certificates of deposits3,060,719110,8683.62%2,600,190110,6304.25%1,724,62550,0502.90%
Total interest-bearing deposits12,866,877274,3962.13%10,710,966246,9622.31%10,236,870144,7531.41%
Borrowings
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings452,67517,7183.91%840,61139,0484.65%782,12137,6244.81%
Line of credit, net1,9051166.09%%%

57

Junior subordinated debentures62,8613,8676.15%62,8594,5067.17%62,8574,3596.93%
Subordinated debt231,22817,4727.56%10,1075085.03%49,9332,4704.95%
Total borrowings748,66939,1735.23%913,57744,0624.82%894,91144,4534.97%
Total interest-bearing liabilities13,615,546313,5692.30%11,624,543291,0242.50%11,131,781189,2061.70%
Non-interest-bearing demand deposits5,047,8694,431,3034,918,787
Other liabilities325,414345,286374,585
Total liabilities18,988,82916,401,13216,425,153
Stockholders’ equity3,308,5742,942,8002,881,297
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$22,297,403$19,343,932$19,306,450
Net interest income (1)$713,901$566,473$611,045
Interest rate spread (2)2.83%2.46%2.94%
Net interest margin (3)3.57%3.28%3.54%
Supplemental Information
Total deposits, including demand deposits$17,914,746$274,396$15,142,269$246,962$15,155,657$144,753
Cost of total deposits1.53%1.63%0.96%
Total funding liabilities, including demand deposits$18,663,415$313,569$16,055,846$291,024$16,050,568$189,206
Cost of total funding liabilities1.68%1.81%1.18%

(1)The total amount of adjustment to present interest income and yield on a fully tax-equivalent basis is $5.1 million, $4.7 million, and $4.5 million for 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(2)Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average costs of interest-bearing liabilities.

(3)Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

58

The following table presents certain information on a fully-tax equivalent basis regarding changes in the Company’s interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided with respect to changes attributable to (1) changes in rate (change in rate multiplied by prior year volume), (2) changes in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior year rate) and (3) changes in volume/rate (change in rate multiplied by change in volume) which is allocated to the change due to rate column:

Table 20 - Volume Rate Analysis

Years Ended December 31
2025 Compared To 20242024 Compared To 20232023 Compared To 2022
Change Due to RateChange Due to VolumeTotal ChangeChange Due to RateChange Due to VolumeTotal ChangeChange Due to RateChange Due to VolumeTotal Change
(Dollars in thousands)
Income on interest-earning assets
Interest-earning deposits, federal funds sold and short term investments$(1,968)$16,065$14,097$210$273$483$3,788$(12,987)$(9,199)
Securities
Taxable securities17,5444,63222,1761,469(4,713)(3,244)8,6261,3569,982
Non-taxable securities (1)(17)445428
Total securities22,604(3,244)9,982
Loans held for sale(49)133842150152272(54)18
Loans
Commercial and industrial1,25146,51547,7665,789(1,764)4,02544,7307,55252,282
Commercial real estate10,51936,32346,84226,07213,82939,90139,67525639,931
Commercial construction(4,959)22,80517,8466,322(14,307)(7,985)16,958(8,322)8,636
Total commercial112,45435,941100,849
Residential real estate7,51411,14418,6589,9918,59618,58711,37913,38824,767
Home equity(4,808)6,8542,0463,4191,4264,84525,3091,34126,650
Total consumer real estate20,70423,43251,417
Total other consumer(384)41430(86)198112356(52)304
Loans (1)133,18859,485152,570
Total$169,973$57,246$153,371
Expense of interest-bearing liabilities
Deposits
Savings and interest checking accounts$(7,492)$7,918$426$25,777$(2,516)$23,261$35,640$(906)$34,734
Money market1,10925,66126,77019,748(1,380)18,36841,513(1,566)39,947
Time certificates of deposits(19,356)19,59423835,17025,41060,58043,9571,46345,420
Total interest-bearing deposits27,434102,209120,101
Borrowings
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings(3,310)(18,020)(21,330)(1,390)2,8141,42422,45514,85637,311
Line of credit116116
Long-term borrowings(31)(31)
Junior subordinated debentures(639)(639)1471472,2342,234
Subordinated debt5,85011,11416,9648(1,970)(1,962)(5)5
Total borrowings(4,889)(391)39,514
Total$22,545$101,818$159,615
Change in net interest income$147,428$(44,572)$(6,244)

(1)The table above reflects income determined on a fully tax equivalent basis. See footnote to Table 19 above for the related adjustments.

59

Provision For Credit Losses   The provision for credit losses represents the charge to expense that is required to maintain an adequate level of allowance for credit losses. The Company recorded a provision for credit losses of $65.5 million, $36.3 million and $23.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively. The increase in the current period includes $34.5 million related to non-PCD loans acquired from Enterprise. The increases between 2024 and 2023 are attributable to idiosyncratic events within the commercial portfolios.

The Company’s allowance for credit losses, as a percentage of total loans, was 1.03%, 1.17% and 1.00% at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The decrease from the prior periods is due to charge-offs taken on loans that were specifically reserved for at those periods. See Note 4, “Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report, for further details surrounding the primary drivers of the provision for credit losses during the period.

Non-interest Income    The following table sets forth information regarding non-interest income for the periods shown:

Table 21 - Non-interest Income

Years Ended December 31
Change
20252024Amount%
(Dollars in thousands)
Deposit account fees$32,141$26,455$5,68621.5%
Interchange and ATM fees20,98919,0551,93410.1%
Investment management50,04542,7447,30117.1%
Mortgage banking income4,5314,1433889.4%
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance policies9,4348,0861,34816.7%
Gain on life insurance benefits1,9654571,508330.0%
Loan level derivative income3,5642,1171,44768.4%
Other non-interest income26,02024,9571,0634.3%
Total$148,689$128,014$20,67516.2%

The primary reasons for significant variances in the non-interest income categories shown in the preceding table are noted below:

•Deposit account fees were higher than the year ago period as a result of increases in overdraft and cash management fees, as well as increased volume attributable to Enterprise acquisition.

•Interchange and ATM fees increased year-over-year primarily due to increased volume due to the Enterprise acquisition and timing of vendor rebates.

•Investment management and advisory income increased year-over-year, and is primarily attributable to higher asset-based revenue resulting from higher levels of assets under administration, which increased by $2.2 billion, or 31.0%, from $7.0 billion at December 31, 2024 to $9.2 billion at December 31, 2025, including the addition of $1.5 billion in assets under administration acquired from Enterprise. This increase was partially offset by lower insurance commissions recognized in 2025 as compared to 2024.

•Mortgage banking income increased year-over-year, driven by higher origination volume as compared to the same prior year period.

•The increase in cash surrender value of life insurance policies were primarily attributable to policies obtained in connection with the Enterprise acquisition.

•Gain on life insurance benefits increased year-over-year as the Company received higher levels of proceeds on life insurance policies.

•Loan level derivative income increased year-over-year, reflecting fluctuations in customer demand fueled by changes in the macroeconomic environment.

60

•Other noninterest income increased year-over-year, driven primarily by business owner advisory services of $533,000, credit card fee income of $502,000, checkbook fees of $319,000, and payment processing income of $294,000. These increases were partially offset by decreases in FHLB dividend income and less equity securities unrealized gains.

Non-interest Expense    The following table sets forth information regarding non-interest expense for the periods shown:

Table 22 - Non-interest Expense

Years Ended December 31
Change
20252024Amount%
(Dollars in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits$287,499$233,653$53,84623.0%
Occupancy and equipment57,59652,0725,52410.6%
Data processing and facilities management11,1809,9571,22312.3%
Software and subscriptions24,21618,1526,06433.4%
FDIC assessment12,50010,8921,60814.8%
Debit card expense8,4926,6301,86228.1%
Consulting6,6137,125(512)(7.2)%
Amortization of intangible assets16,9105,90511,005186.4%
Merger and acquisition expense39,6351,90237,733(100.0)%
Other non-interest expense65,24060,0785,1628.6%
Total$529,881$406,366$123,51530.4%

The primary reasons for significant variances in the non-interest expense categories shown in the preceding tables are noted below:

•Salaries and employee benefits increased year-over-year primarily attributable to increases in general salaries of $30.4 million, including the impact of an expanded employee base as a result of the Enterprise acquisition, as well as increases in incentive programs of approximately $6.9 million, medical plan insurance of $4.3 million, payroll taxes of $3.5 million and commissions of $2.4 million.

•Occupancy and equipment expense increased year-over-year, primarily attributable to the expanded branch network, real estate and other fixed assets obtained from the Enterprise acquisition.

•Data processing increases reflect overall increased levels of transactional activity in conjunction with the Company’s growth, including the Enterprise acquisition.

•Software and subscriptions increased primarily due to the Company’s continued investment in its technology infrastructure.

•FDIC assessment expense increased in comparison to the prior year, primarily attributable to an increased assessment rate following the Enterprise acquisition.

•Debit card expenses increased year-over-year, driven primarily by a one-time credit of $1.1 million recognized during 2024.

•Consulting expense decreased year-over-year due primarily to the timing of strategic initiatives.

•Amortization of intangible assets increased, driven by increased amortization attributable to the core deposit intangible, customer list and other intangible assets established as part of the Enterprise acquisition.

61

•The Company incurred merger and acquisition expenses of $39.6 million and $1.9 million during the years ended 2025 and 2024, respectively, related to the Company’s acquisition of Enterprise. The majority of the merger expense related to change in control and severance contracts, vendor systems contract terminations, as well as legal and professional fees.

•Other non-interest expenses increased year-over year, driven primarily by increases in internet banking expense of $837,000, examinations and audits of $784,000, loan workout costs of $739,000, director fees of $619,000, telecommunications costs of $592,000, contract labor of $395,000, reciprocal deposit fees of $372,000, business development and customer events of $310,000, along with other miscellaneous expenses. These increases were partially offset by decreases in card issuance costs, losses on equity securities, defined benefit plan costs, and other losses and change-offs .

Income Taxes    The tax effect of all income and expense transactions is recognized by the Company in each year’s consolidated statements of income, regardless of the year in which the transactions are reported for income tax purposes. The following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s tax provision and applicable tax rates for the periods indicated:

Table 23 - Tax Provision and Applicable Tax Rates

Years Ended December 31
202520242023
(Dollars in thousands)
Combined federal and state income tax provisions$57,048$55,046$75,632
Effective income tax rates21.76%22.27%24.00%
Blended statutory tax rate27.47%27.91%27.91%

The effective tax rate is impacted by pre-tax income levels, a decrease in the statutory state tax rate, as well as increased tax benefits from low-income housing tax credits. The effective tax rates in the table are lower than the blended statutory tax rates due to the impact of discrete items, including tax benefits related to equity compensation, as well as certain tax preference assets such as life insurance policies, tax exempt bonds and federal tax credits, such as low income housing tax credits.

For additional information related to the Company’s income taxes see Note 11, “Income Taxes” and Note 12, “Low Income Housing Project Investments” within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

The One Big Beautiful Bill Act (“OBBBA”) was enacted on July 4, 2025. Among other things, the new law makes permanent certain expiring business tax provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. These include provisions which allow businesses to immediately expense, for tax purposes, the cost of new investments in certain qualified depreciable assets and the cost of qualified domestic research and development. The OBBBA also imposes a floor on tax deductions taken on charitable contributions. Further, the OBBBA significantly changes U.S. tax law related to foreign operations and certain tax credits; however, such changes are not anticipated to have a material impact to the Company’s financial statements.

Dividends    The Company declared quarterly cash dividends totaling $2.36 per common share in 2025 and $2.28 per common share in 2024. The 2025 and 2024 ratio of dividends paid to earnings was 50.65% and 50.08%, respectively.

Since substantially all of the funds available for the payment of dividends are derived from the Bank, future dividends of the Company will depend on the earnings of the Bank, its financial condition, its need for funds, applicable governmental policies and regulations, and other such matters as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

Comparison of 2024 vs. 2023 For a discussion of our results for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, please see Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2025.

62

Risk Management

The Board of Directors has approved an Enterprise Risk Management Policy and Risk Appetite Statement to state the Company’s goals and objectives in identifying, measuring, and managing the risks associated with the Company’s current and near future anticipated size and complexity. Management is responsible for comprehensive enterprise risk management, and continually strives to adopt and implement practices that strike an appropriate balance between risk and reward and permit the achievement of strategic goals in a controlled environment.

The Company has implemented the “three lines of defense” enterprise risk management model . The first line of defense represents all operating business units, and corporate functions. Under the purview of the Chief Risk Officer, the second line of defense monitors and provides risk management advice across all risk domains, and is comprised of Enterprise Risk Management/Operational Risk, Enterprise Compliance, and Information Security. The activities of the second line of defense are overseen by and reported to the Board Risk Committee on a regular basis. Under the purview of the Chief Internal Auditor, the third line of defense is the independent assurance function primarily executed by the Company’s internal audit department. Third line of defense audit activities are overseen by and reported to the Company’s Board Audit Committee on a regular basis. Risk management efforts are further supported and bolstered through a formal and robust risk governance structure comprised of various management level committees that are designed to identify, monitor, report and mitigate top risks faced by the Company based on its risk taxonomy as described below.

The Board of Directors, with the assistance of its Risk Committee, exercised oversight of the Company’s risk management program and practices. As risks must be taken to create value, the Board of Directors has approved a Risk Appetite Statement that defines the acceptable residual risk appetite for the Company and the nine major risk types identified as having the potential to create significant adverse impacts on the Company, such as financial losses, reputational damage, legal or regulatory actions, failure to achieve strategic objectives, diminished customer experience, and/or cultural erosion. The nine major risk categories identified by the Company and addressed in the Risk Appetite Statement are strategic and emerging risk, culture risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, market and interest rate risk, operational risk, reputation risk, regulatory and compliance risk, and technology and cyber risk, each of which is discussed below.

Strategic and Emerging Risk   Strategic and emerging risk is the risk arising from adverse strategic or business decisions, misalignment of strategic direction with the Company’s mission and values, failure to execute strategies or tactics, or an inadequate adaptation or lack of responsiveness to industry and/or operating environment changes. Management seeks to mitigate strategic and emerging risk through strategic planning, frequent executive review of strategic plan progress, monitoring of competitors and technology, assessment of new products, new branches, and new business initiatives, customer advocacy, and crisis management planning.

Culture Risk   Culture risk is the risk arising from failed leadership and/or ineffective colleague engagement and workplace management that causes the Company to lose sight of core values and, through acts or omissions, damage the relationship-based culture that has been one of the foundations of the Company’s success. Management seeks to mitigate culture risk through effective employee relations, leadership that encourages continuous improvement, cultural development and reinforcement of core values, communication of clear ethical and behavioral standards, consistent enforcement of policies and programs, discipline of misbehavior, alignment of incentives and compensation, and by promoting a company-wide focus on respect for individual differences and differing perspectives.

Credit Risk Credit risk is the risk arising from the failure of a borrower or a counterparty to a contract to make payments as agreed, and includes the risks arising from inadequate collateral and mismanagement of loan concentrations. While the collateral securing loans may be sufficient in some cases to recover the amount due, in other cases the Company may experience significant credit losses that could have an adverse effect on its operating results. The Company makes assumptions and judgments about the collectability of its loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of its borrowers and counterparties and the value of collateral for the repayment of loans. For further discussion regarding the credit risk and the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio, see Note 5, “Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Liquidity Risk   Liquidity risk is the risk arising from the Company being unable to meet obligations when due. Liquidity risk includes the inability to access funding sources or manage fluctuations in available funding levels. Liquidity risk also results from a failure to recognize or address market condition changes that affect the ability to liquidate assets quickly with minimal value loss.

The Company’s primary sources of funds are deposits, borrowings, and the amortization, prepayment, and maturities of loans and securities. The Bank utilizes its extensive branch network to access retail customers who provide a base of in-market

63

core deposits. These funds are principally comprised of demand deposits, interest checking accounts, savings accounts, and money market accounts. Interest rates, economic conditions, and competitive factors greatly influence deposit levels.

The Company measures funds availability and surplus under both stress and non-stress conditions. In addition, liquidity monitoring ensures appropriate oversight of funding exposures and reliance, as well as available capacity. The Company continually monitors both on and off balance sheet liquidity sources to understand vulnerabilities and when adjustments to the balance between sources and uses of funds may be necessary. Management regularly performs liquidity stress testing to assess potential liquidity outflows or funding concerns resulting from economic or industry disruptions, volatility in the financial markets, or unforeseen credit events. The results of these scenarios are used to inform the Company’s Contingency Funding Plan and help provide the basis for its liquidity needs.

The Company prioritizes core deposits as a primary funding source and continues to maintain a variety of available liquidity sources, including FHLB advances, and Federal Reserve borrowing capacity. These funding sources serve as a contingent source of liquidity and, when profitable lending and investment opportunities exist, the Company may access them to provide the liquidity needed to grow the balance sheet. The amount and type of assets that the Company has available to pledge affects the Company’s FHLB and Federal Reserve borrowing capacity. The Company’s lending decisions, therefore, can also affect its liquidity position.

The Company may also have the ability to raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or unsecured debt privately or publicly, as demonstrated by the $300.0 million subordinated debt issuance completed by the Company during the first quarter of 2025. Additionally, the Company is able to acquire brokered certificates of deposits at its discretion. The availability and cost of equity or debt on an unsecured basis is dependent on many factors, including the Company’s financial position, the market environment, and the Company’s credit rating. The Company monitors the factors that could affect its ability to raise liquidity through these channels.

The table below shows current and unused liquidity capacity from various sources at the dates indicated:

Table 24 - Sources of Liquidity

December 31
20252024
OutstandingAdditional Borrowing CapacityOutstandingAdditional Borrowing Capacity
(Dollars in thousands)
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings (1)$416,549$2,812,217638,5141,992,574
Line of credit, net (2)49,95375,000
Federal Reserve Bank of Boston (3)5,472,6723,635,233
Unpledged securities576,504564,676
Federal Funds Lines of Credit100,00050,000
Junior subordinated debentures (4)62,86262,860
Subordinated debt (4)296,483
Brokered deposits (4)6,00061,236
$831,847$9,036,393$762,610$6,242,483

(1)Loans and securities with a carrying value of $4.5 billion and $3.8 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, were pledged to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston.

(2)Represents line of credit available to the parent Company.

(3)Loans and securities with a carrying value of $8.3 billion and $4.6 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, were pledged to the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston.

(4)The additional borrowing capacity has not been assessed for these categories.

In addition to customary operational liquidity practices, the Board and management recognize the need to establish reasonable guidelines to manage a heightened liquidity risk environment. Catalysts for elevated liquidity risk can be Company-specific issues and/or systemic macro-economic or industry-wide events. Management is therefore responsible for instituting systems and controls designed to provide advanced detection of potentially significant funding shortages, establishing methods for assessing and monitoring risk levels, and instituting responses that may alleviate or circumvent a potential liquidity crisis.

64

Management has established a Contingency Funding Plan to provide a framework to detect potential liquidity problems and appropriately address them in a timely manner.

Market and Interest Rate Risk  Market risk refers to the risk of potential losses arising from changes in interest rates and the value of assets due to market conditions or other external factors or events. Interest rate risk is the most significant market risk to which the Company has exposure to due to the nature of its operations.

Interest rate risk is the sensitivity of income to changes in interest rates. Interest rate changes, as well as fluctuations in the level and duration of assets and liabilities, affect net interest income, which is the Company’s primary source of revenue. Interest rate risk arises directly from the Company’s core banking activities. In addition to directly affecting net interest income, changes in the level of interest rates can also affect the amount of loans originated, the timing of cash flows on loans and securities, and the fair value of securities and derivatives, and have other effects.

Management strives to control interest rate risk within limits approved by the Board of Directors that reflect the Company’s tolerance for interest rate risk over short-term and long-term horizons. The Company attempts to manage interest rate risk by identifying, quantifying, and, where appropriate, hedging exposure. If assets and liabilities do not re-price simultaneously and in equal volume, the potential for interest rate exposure exists. It is the Company’s objective to maintain stability in the growth of net interest income through the maintenance of an appropriate mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and, when necessary within limits management deems prudent, with hedging instruments such as interest rate swaps, floors, and caps.

The Company quantifies its interest rate exposures using net interest income and Economic Value of Equity analysis. Key assumptions in these analyses relate to behavior of interest rates and behavior of the Company’s deposit and loan customers. The most material assumptions relate to the prepayment of loans and securities and the life and sensitivity of non-maturity deposits (e.g., demand deposit, savings, and money market accounts). The risk of prepayment tends to increase when interest rates fall. Since future prepayment behavior of loan customers is uncertain, interest rate sensitivity of loans cannot be determined with precision and actual behavior may differ from assumptions to a significant degree. Non-maturity deposits, assumptions over customer behavior, shifts in deposits categories, and magnitude of impact to the cost of deposits all may differ from what is currently anticipated by the models or analyses.

Given the volatility associated with market rates, and the uncertainty surrounding future rate movements, management has continued to maintain a more neutral interest rate risk position. The Company runs numerous scenarios to quantify and effectively assist in managing interest rate risk, including instantaneous parallel shifts over one and two year horizons, and a series of non-parallel shocks to evaluate the impact of different yield curve shape. Key highlights of the Company’s net interest income sensitivity is summarized in the following table:

Table 25 - Interest Rate Sensitivity

Years Ended December 31
20252024
Year 1Year 1
Parallel rate shocks (basis points)
-200(1.1)%(2.9)%
-100(0.4)%(0.9)%
+1000.2%0.7%
+2000.1%1.2%

The results depicted in the table above are dependent on material assumptions, such as prepayment rates, decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, and other factors, which management believes are reasonable. These assumptions may be impacted by customer preferences or competitive influences and therefore actual experience may differ from the assumptions in the model. Accordingly, although the tables provide an indication of the Company’s interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates, and actual results may differ.

The most significant market factors affecting the Company’s net interest income during the year ended December 31, 2025 were the shape of the U.S. Government securities and interest rate swap yield curve, the U.S. prime interest rate, the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, and other interest rates offered on long-term fixed rate loans.

65

The Company manages the interest rate risk inherent in both its loan and borrowing portfolios by using interest rate swap agreements and interest rate caps and floors. An interest rate swap is an agreement in which one party agrees to pay a floating rate of interest on a notional principal amount in exchange for receiving a fixed rate of interest on the same notional amount for a predetermined period from the other party. Interest rate caps and floors are agreements where one party agrees to pay a floating rate of interest on a notional principal amount for a predetermined period to a second party if certain market interest rate thresholds are realized. While interest is paid or received in swap, cap, and floors agreements, the notional principal amount is not exchanged. The Company may also manage the interest rate risk inherent in its mortgage banking operations by entering into forward sales contracts under which the Company agrees to deliver whole mortgage loans to various investors. See Note 10, “Derivatives and Hedging Activities” within Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for additional information regarding the Company’s derivative financial instruments.

Movements in foreign currency rates or commodity prices do not directly or materially affect the Company’s earnings. Movements in equity prices may have a modest impact on earnings by affecting the volume of activity or the amount of fees from investment-related business lines. See Note 3, “Securities” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Operational Risk     Operational risk is the risk arising from human error or misconduct, transaction errors or delays, inadequate or failed internal systems or processes, data unavailability, loss, or poor quality, or adverse external events. Operational risk includes fraud risk and model risk. Potential operational risk exposure exists throughout the Company. The continued effectiveness of colleagues and operational infrastructure are integral to mitigating operational risk, and any shortcomings subject the Company to risks that vary in size, scale and scope.

Reputation Risk  Reputation risk is the risk arising from negative public opinion of the Company and the Bank. Management seeks to mitigate reputational risk through actions that include a structured process of customer complaint resolution and ongoing reputational monitoring.

Regulatory and Compliance Risk Regulatory and Compliance risk is the risk arising from violations of laws or regulations, non-conformance with prescribed practices, internal bank policies and procedures, or ethical standards. Compliance risk includes consumer compliance risk, legal risk, and regulatory compliance risk. Management seeks to mitigate compliance risk through compliance training and regulatory change management processes.

Technology and Cyber Risk Technology and Cyber risk is the risk of losses or other impacts arising from the failure of technology systems to function in accordance with expectations and business requirements. Technology risks include technical failures, unlawful tampering with technical systems, cyber security, terrorist activities, ineffectiveness or exposure due to interruption in third party support. Management seeks to mitigate technology risk through appropriate security and controls over data and its technological environment. The Bank manages cybersecurity threats proactively and maintains robust controls to protect its critical systems and information assets by investing in secure, reliable and resilient technology infrastructure, fostering a culture of technology risk awareness and continuously improving its technology risk management practices.

Contractual Obligations, Commitments, Contingencies and Off-Balance Sheet Obligations

In the ordinary course of business the Company has entered into contractual obligations, commitments, residential loans sold with recourse and other off-balance sheet financial instruments. Refer to the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements in this report for further information and the expected timing of the applicable payments as of December 31, 2025. These include payments related to (i) borrowings (Note 8 - Borrowings), (ii) lease obligations (Note 17 - Leases), (iii) time deposits with stated maturity dates (Note 7 - Deposits), (iv) commitments to extend credit (Note 18 - Commitments and Contingencies), (v) derivative positions (Note 10 - Derivatives and Hedging Activities), and (vi) unfunded commitments on low income housing project investments (Note 12 - Low Income Housing Project Investments). Also refer to Table 24 - Sources of Liquidity within Item 7 of this Report for further details surrounding the Company’s current and unused liquidity resources.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto presented in Item 8 of this Report have been prepared in accordance with GAAP which requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.

66

The financial nature of the Company’s consolidated financial statements is more clearly affected by changes in interest rates than by inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily fluctuate in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services. However, inflation does affect the Company because, as prices increase, the money supply grows and interest rates are affected by inflationary expectations. The impact on the Company is a noted increase in the size of loan requests with resulting growth in total assets. In addition, operating expenses may increase without a corresponding increase in productivity. There is no precise method, however, to measure the effects of inflation on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, any examination or analysis of the financial statements should take into consideration the possible effects of inflation.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Critical accounting policies are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties, and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. Certain estimates associated with these policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of assumptions and judgments and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. These critical accounting estimates are defined as estimates made in accordance with GAAP that involve a significant level of estimation uncertainty and have had, or are reasonably likely to have, a material impact on financial condition or results of operations. Management believes that the Company’s most critical accounting policies and estimates upon which the Company’s financial condition depends, and which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments, are as follows:

Allowance for Credit Losses - Loans Held for Investment     The Company estimates the allowance for credit losses in accordance with the CECL methodology for loans measured at amortized cost. The allowance for credit losses is established based upon the Company’s current estimate of expected lifetime credit losses. Arriving at an appropriate amount of allowance for credit losses involves a high degree of judgment.

The Company estimates credit losses on a collective basis for loans sharing similar risk characteristics using a quantitative model combined with an assessment of certain qualitative factors designed to address forecast risk and model risk inherent in the quantitative model output. Management’s judgment is required for the selection and application of these factors which are derived from historical loss experience as well as assumptions surrounding expected future losses and economic forecasts.

Loans that no longer share similar risk characteristics with any pools of assets are subject to individual assessment and are removed from the collectively assessed pools to avoid double counting. For the loans that are individually assessed, the Company uses either a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) approach or a fair value of collateral approach. The latter approach is used for loans deemed to be collateral dependent or when foreclosure is probable. Changes in these judgments and assumptions could be due to a number of circumstances which may have a direct impact on the provision for loan losses and may result in changes to the amount of allowance. The allowance for credit losses is increased by the provision for credit losses and by recoveries of loans previously charged off. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management’s assessments confirm that the Company will not collect the full amortized cost basis of a loan.

Management performs periodic sensitivity and stress testing using available economic forecasts in order to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses under varying scenarios. Given the Company’s benign loss history, the analyses performed have not resulted in a material change to the quantitative allowance but have informed management’s determination of qualitative adjustments and act as corroborating evidence as to the appropriateness of the allowance as a whole. For additional discussion of the Company’s methodology of assessing the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses, see Note 4, “Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Income Taxes    The Company accounts for income taxes using two components of income tax expense, current and deferred.  Current taxes represent the net estimated amount due to or to be received from taxing authorities in the current year.  In estimating accrued taxes, management assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions, taking into account statutory, judicial, and regulatory guidance in the context of the Company’s tax position. Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future effects on income taxes that result from temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements, and carry-forwards that exist at the end of a period. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates and provisions of the enacted tax law and are not discounted to reflect the time-value of money.  The effect of any change in enacted tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are assessed for recoverability and the Company may record a valuation allowance if it believes based on available evidence that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets recognized will not be realized before their expiration. The amount of the deferred

67

tax asset recognized and considered realizable could be reduced if projected income is not achieved due to various factors such as unfavorable business conditions. If projected income is not expected to be achieved, the Company may record a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount that it believes can be realized in its future tax returns. Additionally, deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated based on tax rates expected to be in effect in future periods. Previously recorded tax assets and liabilities need to be adjusted when the expected date of the future event is revised based upon current information. The Company may also record an unrecognized tax benefit related to uncertain tax positions taken by the Company on its tax returns for which there is less than a 50% likelihood of being recognized upon a tax examination. All movements in unrecognized tax benefits are recognized through the provision for income taxes. Taxes are discussed in more detail in Note 11, “Income Taxes” within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Business Combinations In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, the Company recognizes assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their respective fair values as of the date of acquisition, with the related transaction costs expensed in the period incurred. The Company may use third party valuation specialists to assist in the determination of fair value of certain assets and liabilities at the acquisition date, including loans, core deposit intangibles and time deposits. While the Company uses its best estimates and assumptions to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed on the acquisition date, the estimates are inherently uncertain. The allowance for credit losses on PCD loans is recognized within business combination accounting. The allowance for credit losses on non-PCD loans is recognized as a provision expense in the same period as the business combination. For further discussion of the Company’s accounting policies for estimating credit losses on acquired loans, see Note 4, “Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Valuation of Goodwill/Intangible Assets and Analysis for Impairment The Company has increased its market share through the acquisition of entire financial institutions accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting, as well as from the acquisition of branches (not the entire institution) and other non-banking entities. For all acquisitions, the Company is required to record assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair value, which is an estimate determined by the use of internal or other valuation techniques, which may include the use of third-party specialists. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment at least annually, or more often if warranted, using a combined qualitative and quantitative impairment approach. The initial qualitative approach assesses whether the existence of events or circumstances led to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than carrying value, a quantitative impairment test is performed to compare carrying value to the fair value of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss will be recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

The Company’s goodwill relates to acquisitions that are fully integrated into the retail banking operations, which management does not consider to be at risk of failing step one in the near future. The Company’s other intangible assets are subject to amortization and are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. When applicable, the Company tests each of the other intangibles by comparing the carrying value of the intangible to the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset.

Valuation of Investment Securities Securities that the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity are classified as securities held-to-maturity and are accounted for using historical cost, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount. Trading and equity securities are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses recorded in other non-interest income. All other securities are classified as securities available-for-sale and are carried at fair market value. The fair values of securities are based on either quoted market price or third-party pricing services. In general, the third-party pricing services employ various methodologies, including but not limited to, broker quotes and proprietary models. Management does not typically adjust the prices received from third-party pricing services. Depending upon the type of security, management employs various techniques to analyze the pricing it receives from third-parties, such as reviewing model inputs, reviewing comparable trades, analyzing changes in market yields and, in certain instances, reviewing the underlying collateral of the security. Management reviews changes in fair values from period to period and performs testing to ensure that the prices received from the third parties are consistent with their expectation of the market.

Management determines if the market for a security is active primarily based upon the frequency of which the security, or similar securities, are traded. For securities which are determined to have an inactive market, fair value models are calibrated and to the extent possible, significant inputs are back tested on a quarterly basis. The third-party service provider performs calibration and testing of the models by comparing anticipated inputs to actual results, on a quarterly basis. Unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale are reported, on an after-tax basis, as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive income.

68

Recent Accounting Developments

See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

MD&A history

Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.

FY 2024 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000776901-25-000093.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2025-02-28. Report date: 2024-12-31.

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Company is a state chartered, federally registered bank holding company, incorporated in 1985. The Company is the sole stockholder of Rockland Trust, a Massachusetts trust company chartered in 1907. For a full list of corporate entities see Item 1 “Business — General.”

All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain amounts in prior year financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation, including the following:

•the Company reclassified its portfolio of loans secured by owner-occupied commercial real estate to the commercial and industrial loan category to more appropriately reflect the variation in the management and underlying risk profile of such loans compared with investor-owned commercial real estate loans; and

•the Company combined the presentation of “Software maintenance” and “Subscriptions” costs into “Software and subscriptions” costs within Non-interest expense within the Consolidated Statements of Income. Previously, “Subscriptions” costs were included within “Other noninterest expenses”.

The following should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes.

32

Executive Level Overview

Management evaluates the Company’s operating results and financial condition using measures that include net income, earnings per share, return on assets and equity, return on tangible common equity, net interest margin, tangible book value per share, asset quality indicators, and many others. These metrics are used by management to make key decisions regarding the Company’s balance sheet, liquidity, interest rate sensitivity, and capital resources and assist with identifying opportunities for improving the Company’s financial position or operating results. The Company focuses on organic growth, but will also consider growth through acquisition. Any potential acquisition opportunities are evaluated for the potential to provide a satisfactory financial return as well as other criteria (ease of integration, synergies, geographical location).

On December 9, 2024, the Company announced the signing of a definitive merger agreement with Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. (“Enterprise”), which is currently expected to close in the second half of 2025. The closing of the Enterprise acquisition is subject to certain conditions including approval of the transaction by Enterprise shareholders, receipt of required regulatory approvals, and other customary conditions.

2024 Results

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $192.1 million, or $4.52 on a diluted earnings per share basis, as compared to $239.5 million, or $5.42, on a diluted earnings per share basis for the year ended December 31, 2023, representing decreases of 19.8% and 16.6%, respectively. Financial results for 2024 also reflected pre-tax merger-related costs of $1.9 million associated with the Company’s pending acquisition of Enterprise. Excluding these merger-related costs and the related tax effects, full year 2024 operating net income was $193.4 million, or $4.55, on a diluted earnings per share basis. No such adjustments were included in the Company’s full year 2023 results. See “Non-GAAP Measures” below for a reconciliation of non-GAAP measures.

Full year 2024 results reflected the following key drivers:

•Net interest margin compression of 26 basis points as compared to the full year 2023;

•Loan growth of 1.6%;

•Deposit growth of 3.0%;

•Provision for credit loss primarily impacted by loss exposure in the commercial portfolios;

•Strong fee income; with wealth assets under administration surpassing the $7.0 billion mark;

•Focused expense management; and

•Strong capital levels, with tangible book value growth of $2.83 for the year.

33

Interest-Earning Assets

The results depicted in the following table reflect the trend of the Company’s interest-earning assets over the past five years and reflect a longer term overall strategy that typically emphasizes loan growth commensurate with overall economic growth. Compared to the prior year, the composition of interest-earning assets at December 31, 2024 primarily reflects growth in the residential real estate and commercial loan portfolios, as well as decreased securities balances reflecting paydowns, calls and maturities. The following table summarizes the Company’s average interest-earning assets for each year presented:

Management strives to be disciplined about loan pricing and considers interest rate sensitivity when generating loan assets. In addition, management takes a disciplined approach to credit underwriting, seeking to avoid undue credit risk and credit losses.

34

Funding and the Net Interest Margin

The Company’s overall sources of funding reflect strong business and retail deposit growth with a management emphasis on core deposit growth to fund loans. In conjunction with deposit growth, total borrowings decreased by $517.0 million at December 31, 2024 as compared to December 31, 2023, driven by a reduction in Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings, along with the full redemption of $50.0 million in subordinated debentures during the first quarter of 2024. For further details surrounding the Company’s liquidity risks and related strategy, see “Risk Management – Liquidity Risk” section below within Item 7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations within this Report. The following chart shows the period end balances of the Company’s funding sources for each of the trailing five years:

35

The Company’s ratio of core deposits to total deposits decreased during 2023 and 2024, primarily attributable to the broader industry demand shift from core deposits to higher yielding time deposits. The following chart shows the percentage of core deposits to total deposits for the trailing five years:

(1) The percentage of core deposits to total deposits presented above is inclusive of reciprocal money market deposits collected through the Company’s participation in the IntraFi Network.

The following table shows the net interest margin and cost of deposits trends for the trailing five year period, reflecting the 2024 impact from overall increases in deposit rates and the correlating direct impact on net interest margin:

36

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income is primarily comprised of deposit account fees, interchange and ATM fees, investment management fees and mortgage banking income. The following chart shows the components of noninterest income over the past five years:

Expense Control

Management seeks to take a balanced approach to noninterest expense control by monitoring ongoing operating expenses while making needed capital expenditures and prudently investing in growth initiatives. The Company’s primary expenses arise from Rockland Trust’s employee salaries and benefits, as well as expenses associated with buildings and equipment.

The following chart depicts the Company’s efficiency ratio on a GAAP basis (calculated by dividing noninterest expense by the sum of noninterest income and net interest income), as well as the Company’s efficiency ratio on a non-GAAP operating basis, (calculated by dividing noninterest expense, excluding certain noncore items, by the sum of noninterest income, excluding certain noncore items, and net interest income) over the past five years:

*See “Non-GAAP Measures” below for a reconciliation to GAAP financial measures.

37

Capital

The Company’s approach with respect to revenue and expense is designed to promote long-term earnings growth, which in turn contributes to capital growth. Capital balances during 2024 were impacted primarily by earnings retention, dividends, changes in other comprehensive income, and opportunistic share repurchases. The following chart shows the Company’s book value and tangible book value per share over the past five years:

*See “Non-GAAP Measures” below for a reconciliation to GAAP financial measures.

Cash dividends declared by the Company increased from an aggregate of $2.20 per share in 2023 to $2.28 per share in 2024, representing an increase of 3.6%. During the first quarter of 2024, the Company repurchased 532,266 shares of its common stock for $31.0 million at an average price per share of $58.22, marking the completion of a $100 million buyback program announced in October 2023.

Non-GAAP Measures

When management assesses the Company’s financial performance for purposes of making day-to-day and strategic decisions, it does so based upon the performance of its core banking business, which is primarily derived from the combination of net interest income and noninterest or fee income, reduced by operating expenses, the provision for credit losses, and the impact of income taxes and other noncore items shown in the table that follows. There are items that impact the Company’s results that management believes are unrelated to its core banking business such as gains or losses on the sales of securities, merger and acquisition expenses, provision for credit losses on acquired portfolios, loss on extinguishment of debt, impairment and other items. Management, therefore, excludes items management considers to be noncore when computing the Company’s non-GAAP operating earnings and operating EPS, noninterest income on an operating basis and efficiency ratio on an operating basis. Management believes excluding these items facilitates greater visibility into the Company’s core banking business and underlying trends that may, to some extent, be obscured by inclusion of such items.

Management also supplements its evaluation of financial performance with an analysis of tangible book value per share (which is computed by dividing stockholders’ equity less goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, or tangible common equity, by common shares outstanding) and with the Company’s tangible common equity ratio (which is computed by dividing tangible common equity by tangible assets) which are non-GAAP measures. The Company has included information on these tangible ratios because management believes that investors may find it useful to have access to the same analytical tools used by management to assess performance and identify trends.  The Company has recognized goodwill and other intangible assets in conjunction with merger and acquisition activities.  Excluding the impact of goodwill and other intangibles in measuring asset and capital values for the ratios provided, along with other bank standard capital ratios, facilitates comparison of the capital adequacy of the Company to other companies in the financial services industry.

These non-GAAP measures should not be viewed as a substitute for financial results determined in accordance with GAAP. An item which management deems to be noncore and excludes when computing these non-GAAP measures can be of

38

substantial importance to the Company’s results for any particular period. The Company’s non-GAAP performance measures are not necessarily comparable to similarly named non-GAAP performance measures which may be presented by other companies.

The following table summarizes the impact of noncore items on net income and reconciles non-GAAP net operating earnings to net income available to common shareholders for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31
Net IncomeDiluted Earnings Per Share
2024202320242023
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Net income available to common shareholders (GAAP)$192,081$239,502$4.52$5.42
Non-GAAP adjustments
Noninterest expense components
Add: merger and acquisition expenses1,9020.04
Noncore increases to income before taxes1,9020.04
Net tax benefit associated with noncore items (1)(535)(0.01)
Noncore increases to net income1,3670.03
Net operating earnings (Non-GAAP)$193,448$239,502$4.55$5.42

(1)The net tax benefit associated with noncore items is determined by assessing whether each noncore item is included or excluded from net taxable income and applying the Company’s combined marginal tax rate only to those items included in net taxable income.

39

The following table summarizes the impact of noncore items with respect to the Company’s total revenue, noninterest income as a percentage of total revenue, and the efficiency ratio for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31
20242023202220212020
(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest income (GAAP)$561,729$606,521$613,249$401,559$367,728(a)
Noninterest income (GAAP)$128,014$124,609$114,667$105,850$111,440(b)
Noninterest expense (GAAP)$406,366$392,746$373,662$332,529$273,832(c)
Less:
Loss on termination of derivatives684
Merger and acquisition expenses1,9027,10040,840
Noninterest expense on an operating basis (Non-GAAP)$404,464$392,746$366,562$291,689$273,148(d)
Total revenue (GAAP)$689,743$731,130$727,916$507,409$479,168(a+b)
Ratios
Noninterest income as a % of total revenue (GAAP) (calculated by dividing total noninterest income by total revenue)18.56%17.04%15.75%20.86%23.26%(b/(a+b))
Efficiency ratio (GAAP) (calculated by dividing total noninterest expense by total revenue)58.92%53.72%51.33%65.53%57.15%(c/(a+b))
Efficiency ratio on an operating basis (Non-GAAP) (calculated by dividing total noninterest expense on an operating basis by total revenue)58.64%53.72%50.36%57.49%57.00%(d/(a+b))

40

The following table summarizes the calculation of the Company’s tangible common equity ratio and tangible book value per share for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31
20242023202220212020
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Tangible common equity
Stockholders’ equity$2,993,120$2,895,251$2,886,701$3,018,449$1,702,685(a)
Less: Goodwill and other intangibles997,3561,003,2621,010,1401,017,844529,313
Tangible common equity (Non-GAAP)1,995,7641,891,9891,876,5612,000,6051,173,372(b)
Tangible assets
Assets (GAAP)19,373,56519,347,37319,294,17420,423,40513,204,301(c)
Less: Goodwill and other intangibles997,3561,003,2621,010,1401,017,844529,313
Tangible assets (Non-GAAP)$18,376,209$18,344,111$18,284,034$19,405,561$12,674,988(d)
Common shares42,500,61142,873,18745,641,23847,349,77832,965,692(e)
Common equity to assets ratio (GAAP)15.45%14.96%14.96%14.78%12.89%(a/c)
Tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio (Non-GAAP)10.86%10.31%10.26%10.31%9.26%(b/d)
Book value per share (GAAP)$70.43$67.53$63.25$63.75$51.65(a/e)
Tangible book value per share (Non-GAAP)$46.96$44.13$41.12$42.25$35.59(b/e)

41

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated financial and other data of the Company set forth below does not purport to be complete and should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the more detailed information, including the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, appearing elsewhere herein.

Table 1 - Selected Financial Data

As of or for the Years Ended December 31
20242023202220212020
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Financial condition data
Securities$2,711,349$2,930,860$3,129,281$2,664,859$1,162,317
Loans14,508,37814,278,07013,928,67513,587,2869,392,866
Allowance for credit losses(169,984)(142,222)(152,419)(146,922)(113,392)
Goodwill and other intangibles997,3561,003,2621,010,1401,017,844529,313
Total assets19,373,56519,347,37319,294,17420,423,40513,204,301
Deposits15,305,97814,865,54715,879,00716,917,04410,993,170
Borrowings701,3741,218,379113,377152,374181,060
Stockholders’ equity2,993,1202,895,2512,886,7013,018,4491,702,685
Nonperforming loans101,52954,38354,88127,82066,861
Nonperforming assets101,52954,49354,88127,82066,861
Operating data
Interest income$852,753$795,726$642,840$415,276$402,069
Interest expense291,024189,20529,59113,71734,341
Net interest income561,729606,521613,249401,559367,728
Provision for credit losses36,25023,2506,50018,20552,500
Noninterest income128,014124,609114,667105,850111,440
Noninterest expenses406,366392,746373,662332,529273,832
Net income192,081239,502263,813120,992121,167
Per share data
Net income — basic$4.52$5.42$5.69$3.47$3.64
Net income — diluted4.525.425.693.473.64
Cash dividends declared2.282.202.081.921.84
Book value70.4367.5363.2563.7551.65
Tangible book value (1)46.9644.1341.1242.2535.59
Performance ratios
Return on average assets0.99%1.24%1.33%0.81%0.96%
Return on average common equity6.53%8.31%9.05%6.34%7.13%
Net interest margin (on a fully tax equivalent basis)3.28%3.54%3.46%3.02%3.29%
Dividend payout ratio50.08%40.92%35.53%51.85%50.21%
Asset quality ratios
Nonperforming loans as a percent of gross loans0.70%0.38%0.39%0.20%0.71%
Nonperforming assets as a percent of total assets0.52%0.28%0.28%0.14%0.51%
Allowance for credit losses as a percent of total loans1.17%1.00%1.09%1.08%1.21%
Allowance for credit losses as a percent of nonperforming loans167.42%261.52%277.73%528.12%169.59%
Capital ratios
Equity to assets15.45%14.96%14.96%14.78%12.89%
Tangible equity to tangible assets (1)10.86%10.31%10.26%10.31%9.26%
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio11.32%10.96%10.99%12.03%9.56%
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio14.65%14.19%14.33%14.30%12.67%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio14.65%14.19%14.33%14.30%13.34%
Total risk-based capital ratio16.04%15.91%16.11%16.04%15.13%

(1)     Represents a non-GAAP measurement. For reconciliation to GAAP measurement, see Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Executive Level Overview - Non-GAAP Measures”.

42

Financial Position

Securities Portfolio    The Company’s securities portfolio primarily consists of U.S. Treasury, U.S. government agency securities, agency mortgage-backed securities, agency collateralized mortgage obligations, and small business administration pooled securities. Also included in the Company’s securities portfolio are trading and equity securities related to certain employee benefit programs. The majority of these securities are investment grade debt obligations with average lives of five years or less. U.S. government agency securities entail a lesser degree of risk than loans made by the Bank by virtue of the guarantees that back them, require less capital under risk-based capital rules than noninsured or nonguaranteed mortgage loans, are more liquid than individual mortgage loans, and may be used to collateralize borrowings or other obligations of the Bank. The Bank views its securities portfolio as a source of income and liquidity. Interest and principal payments generated from securities provide a source of liquidity to fund loans and meet short-term cash needs.

Total securities decreased by $219.5 million, or 7.5%, at December 31, 2024 as compared to December 31, 2023, as new purchases of $130.4 million and $22.6 million in unrealized gains related to the available for sale portfolio were offset by calls, paydowns, and maturities. The ratio of securities to total assets decreased to 14.0% at December 31, 2024 as compared to 15.1% at December 31, 2023. The Company estimates expected credit losses for its available for sale and held to maturity securities in accordance with the CECL methodology, as described in Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

The following table sets forth the fair value of available for sale securities and the amortized cost of held to maturity securities along with the percentage distribution:

Table 2 - Securities Portfolio Composition

December 31
20242023
AmountPercentAmountPercent
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair value of securities available for sale
U.S. government agency securities$209,66016.8%$207,13815.5%
U.S. treasury securities592,00147.3%769,10257.6%
Agency mortgage-backed securities378,16130.2%277,04720.8%
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations28,9952.3%33,1892.5%
State, county and municipal securities194%190%
Pooled trust preferred securities issued by banks and insurers1,0950.1%1,0180.1%
Small business administration pooled securities40,8383.3%46,5723.5%
Total fair value of securities available for sale1,250,944100.0%1,334,256100.0%
Amortized cost of securities held to maturity
U.S. government agency securities%29,5211.9%
U.S. treasury securities100,7917.0%100,7126.4%
Agency mortgage-backed securities788,47054.9%829,43152.9%
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations422,82729.5%477,51730.4%
Single issuer trust preferred securities issued by banks%1,5000.1%
Small business administration pooled securities122,8688.6%130,4268.3%
Total amortized cost of securities held to maturity1,434,956100.0%1,569,107100.0%
Total$2,685,900$2,903,363

The Company’s available for sale securities are carried at fair value and are categorized within the fair value hierarchy based on the observability of model inputs. Securities which require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable are classified as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company had no securities categorized as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

43

The following table sets forth the weighted average yield for each range of contractual maturities of the Bank’s available for sale and held to maturity securities portfolios at December 31, 2024. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Weighted average yields in the table below have been calculated based on the amortized cost of the security.

Table 3 - Securities Portfolio, Weighted Average Yields

Within One YearOne Year to Five YearsFive Years to Ten YearsOver Ten YearsTotal
Weighted Average Yield
Securities available for sale:
U.S. government agency securities1.3%1.3%
U.S. treasury securities0.6%1.0%0.9%
Agency mortgage-backed securities3.7%2.4%2.0%2.9%2.6%
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations2.1%3.4%3.3%
State, county, and municipal securities3.0%3.0%
Pooled trust preferred securities issued by banks and insurers5.1%5.1%
Small business administration pooled securities2.1%2.1%
Total available for sale securities0.6%1.3%2.0%2.8%1.6%
Securities held to maturity:
U.S. treasury securities1.3%1.5%1.3%
Agency mortgage-backed securities3.0%3.0%2.1%3.2%2.8%
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations2.5%1.1%1.6%1.7%
Small business administration pooled securities2.5%4.1%4.0%
Total held to maturity securities3.0%2.6%2.0%2.5%2.5%
Total0.6%1.9%2.0%2.6%2.0%

As of December 31, 2024, the weighted average life of the securities portfolio was 3.7 years and the modified duration was 3.3 years.

At December 31, 2024, the aggregate book value of securities issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the U.S. Department of the Treasury exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity. Accordingly, the following table discloses the aggregate book value and market value of these securities at December 31, 2024:

Table 4 - Aggregate Book Value and Market Value of Select Securities

Aggregate Book ValueAggregate Market Value
(Dollars in thousands)
Securities issued by:
Fannie Mae$1,178,460$1,063,507
Freddie Mac466,006418,143
U.S. Department of the Treasury728,809685,024
Total$2,373,275$2,166,674

44

Residential Mortgage Loan Sales     The Bank’s residential mortgage loans are generally originated in compliance with terms, conditions and documentation which permit the sale of such loans to investors in the secondary market. Loan sales in the secondary market provide funds for additional lending and other banking activities. Depending on market conditions, the Bank may sell the servicing of the sold loans for a servicing released premium, simultaneous with the sale of the loan. For the remainder of the sold loans for which the Company retains the servicing, a mortgage servicing asset is recognized. Additionally, as part of its asset/liability management strategy, the Bank may opt to retain certain residential real estate loan originations for its portfolio. When a loan is sold, the Company enters into agreements that contain representations and warranties about the characteristics of the loans sold and their origination. The Company may be required to either repurchase mortgage loans or to indemnify the purchaser from losses if representations and warranties are found to be not accurate in all material respects. The Company incurred no material losses related to mortgage repurchases during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022.

The Company experienced a lower volume of residential real estate loan sales for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, as compared to 2022, driven primarily by reduced customer demand in the higher interest rate environment. The following table shows the total residential loans that were closed and whether the amounts were held in the portfolio or sold (or held for sale) in the secondary market for the periods indicated:

Table 5 - Closed Residential Real Estate Loans

Years Ended December 31
202420232022
(Dollars in thousands)
Held in portfolio$205,611$512,991$689,636
Sold or held for sale in the secondary market256,42979,66584,059
Total closed loans$462,040$592,656$773,695

During 2024, a larger portion of new originations were sold in the secondary market versus retained in the Company’s portfolio as compared to the same prior year periods, reflecting the Company’s strategy to shift its residential production to the saleable market.

When a loan is sold, the Company may decide to also sell the servicing of sold loans for a servicing release premium, simultaneously with the sale of the loan, or the Company may opt to sell the loan and retain the servicing. The table below reflects additional information related to loans which were sold during the periods indicated:

Table 6 - Residential Mortgage Loan Sales

Years Ended December 31
202420232022
(Dollars in thousands)
Sold with servicing rights released$246,266$75,548$103,221
Sold with servicing rights retained (1)8,333649863
Total loans sold$254,599$76,197$104,084

(1)All loans sold with servicing rights retained during the above periods were sold without recourse.

In the event of a sale with servicing rights retained, a mortgage servicing asset is established, which represents the then current estimated fair value based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available, or alternatively is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, such as the cost to service, the discount rate, an inflation rate, ancillary income, prepayment speeds and default rates and losses. Servicing rights are recorded in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income, and are assessed for impairment based on fair value at each reporting date. Impairment is determined by stratifying the rights based on predominant characteristics, such as interest rate, loan type and investor type. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance, to the extent that fair value is less than the capitalized amount. If the Company later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists, a reduction of the allowance may be recorded as an increase to income. The principal balance of loans serviced by the Bank on behalf of investors was $280.2 million at December 31, 2024 and $298.8 million at December 31, 2023.

45

The following table shows the adjusted cost of the servicing rights associated with these loans and the changes for the periods indicated:

Table 7 - Mortgage Servicing Asset

20242023
(Dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance$2,641$2,947
Additions565
Amortization(392)(485)
Change in valuation allowance161174
Ending balance$2,466$2,641

See Note 9, “Derivatives and Hedging Activities,” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for more information on mortgage activity and mortgage related derivatives.

Loan Portfolio    The Company’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2024 increased by $230.3 million, or 1.6%, when compared to December 31, 2023. Total commercial loans increased by $145.2 million, or 1.4%, fueled primarily by the commercial and industrial portfolio, which increased by $121.8 million, or 4.2%, along with steady growth in the small business portfolio, which increased by $29.8 million, or 11.8%, during the period, while the combined commercial real estate and construction portfolios remained relatively flat. The total consumer portfolio increased $85.1 million, or 2.4%, reflecting solid growth in both the home equity and residential real estate portfolios, which increased by $42.5 million, or 3.9%, and $35.8 million, or 1.5%, respectively.

The following table sets forth information concerning the composition of the Bank’s loan portfolio by loan type at the dates indicated:

Table 8 - Loan Portfolio Composition

December 31
20242023
(Dollars in thousands)
AmountPercentAmountPercent
Commercial and industrial$3,047,67121.0%$2,925,82320.5%
Commercial real estate6,756,70846.5%6,695,67146.9%
Commercial construction782,0785.4%849,5866.0%
Small business281,7811.9%251,9561.8%
Residential real estate2,460,60017.0%2,424,75416.9%
Home equity1,140,1687.9%1,097,6267.7%
Other consumer39,3720.3%32,6540.2%
Gross loans14,508,378100.0%14,278,070100.0%
Allowance for credit losses(169,984)(142,222)
Net loans$14,338,394$14,135,848

46

The following table summarizes loans by contractual maturity as of December 31, 2024, along with the indication of whether interest rates are fixed or adjustable:

Table 9 - Scheduled Contractual Loan Amortization

December 31, 2024
1 Year or Less1 - 5 Years5 - 15 years (2)After 15 YearsTotal
(Dollars in thousands)
Fixed rate
Commercial and industrial$216,030$434,120$142,941$195,634$988,725
Commercial real estate456,6411,330,350597,060298,6602,682,711
Commercial construction (1)22,23838,1875,056119,758185,239
Small business32,11496,77312,34257,692198,921
Residential real estate50,026253,232767,303689,8491,760,410
Home equity24,63798,35088,83792,733304,557
Other consumer1,2651,2532071262,851
Total fixed rate loans802,9512,252,2651,613,7461,454,4526,123,414
Adjustable rate
Commercial and industrial520,338932,808261,533344,2672,058,946
Commercial real estate740,0491,778,1481,110,600445,2004,073,997
Commercial construction (1)222,344135,91911,332227,244596,839
Small business23,36527,4799,12622,89082,860
Residential real estate14,85995,755287,891301,685700,190
Home equity77,021248,538241,064268,988835,611
Other consumer36,52136,521
Total adjustable rate loans1,634,4973,218,6471,921,5461,610,2748,384,964
Total loans$2,437,448$5,470,912$3,535,292$3,064,726$14,508,378

(1)Includes certain construction loans that will convert to commercial mortgages and will be reclassified to commercial real estate upon the completion of the construction phase.

(2)Loans having no schedule of repayments or no stated maturity are reported as being due in the 5-15 years category above.

Generally, the actual maturity of loans is substantially shorter than their contractual maturity due to prepayments and, in the case of real estate loans, due-on-sale clauses, which generally give the Bank the right to declare a loan immediately due and payable in the event that, among other things, the borrower sells the property subject to the mortgage and the loan is not repaid. The average life of real estate loans tends to increase when current real estate loan rates are higher than rates on mortgages in the portfolio and, conversely, tends to decrease when rates on mortgages in the portfolio are higher than current real estate loan rates. Due to the fact that the Bank may, consistent with industry practice, renew a significant portion of commercial and commercial real estate loans at or immediately prior to their maturity by renewing the loans on substantially similar or revised terms, the principal repayments actually received by the Bank are anticipated to be significantly less than the amounts contractually due in any particular period. In other circumstances, a loan, or a portion of a loan, may not be repaid due to the borrower’s inability to satisfy the contractual obligations of the loan.

Asset Quality   The Company continually monitors the asset quality of the loan portfolio using all available information. Based on this assessment, loans demonstrating certain payment issues or other weaknesses may be categorized as delinquent, nonperforming and/or put on nonaccrual status. Further details surrounding relevant asset quality categories are summarized below:

Delinquency    The Company’s philosophy toward managing its loan portfolios is predicated upon careful monitoring, which stresses early detection and response to delinquent and default situations.  The Company seeks to make arrangements to resolve any delinquent or default situation over the shortest possible time frame.  Generally, the Company requires that a delinquency notice be mailed to a borrower upon expiration of a grace period (typically no longer than 15 days beyond the due

47

date).  Reminder notices may be sent and telephone calls may be made prior to the expiration of the grace period. If the delinquent status is not resolved within a reasonable time frame following the mailing of a delinquency notice, the Bank’s personnel charged with managing its loan portfolios contacts the borrower to ascertain the reasons for delinquency and the prospects for payment.  Any subsequent actions taken to resolve the delinquency will depend upon the nature of the loan and the length of time that the loan has been delinquent. The borrower’s needs are considered as much as reasonably possible without jeopardizing the Bank’s position. A late charge is usually assessed on loans upon expiration of the grace period.

Nonaccrual Loans    As a general rule, loans 90 days or more past due with respect to principal or interest are classified as nonaccrual loans. However, certain loans that are 90 days or more past due may be kept on an accruing status if the loans are well secured and in the process of collection. Income accruals are suspended on all nonaccrual loans and all previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against current income. A loan remains on nonaccrual status until it becomes current with respect to principal and interest and remains current for a minimum period of six months, the loan is liquidated, or when the loan is determined to be uncollectible and is charged-off against the allowance for credit losses.

Loan Modifications In the course of resolving problem loans, the Company may choose to modify the contractual terms of certain loans. The Company attempts to work out an alternative payment schedule with the borrower in order to avoid or cure a default. Terms may be modified to fit the ability of the borrower to repay in line with its current financial status and may include adjustments to term extensions, interest rates, other than insignificant payment delays and/or a combination thereof. These actions are intended to minimize economic loss and avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. If such efforts by the Bank do not result in satisfactory performance, the loan is referred to legal counsel, at which time foreclosure proceedings are initiated. At any time prior to a sale of the property at foreclosure, the Bank may terminate foreclosure proceedings if the borrower is able to work out a satisfactory payment plan. All loan modifications are reviewed by the Company to identify if a borrower is deemed to be experiencing financial difficulty at time of the modification.

Purchased Credit Deteriorated Loans   Purchased Credit Deteriorated (“PCD”) loans are acquired loans which have shown a more-than-insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination. PCD loans are recorded at amortized cost with an allowance for credit losses recorded upon purchase.

Nonperforming Assets    Nonperforming assets are typically comprised of nonperforming loans and other real estate owned (“OREO”). Nonperforming loans consist of nonaccrual loans and loans that are 90 days or more past due but still accruing interest.

OREO consists of real estate properties, which have primarily served as collateral to secure loans, that are controlled or owned by the Bank. These properties are recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell at the date control is established, resulting in a new cost basis. The amount by which the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the fair value (net of estimated costs to sell) of the foreclosed asset is charged to the allowance for credit losses. Subsequent declines in the fair value of the foreclosed asset below the new cost basis are recorded through the use of a valuation allowance. Subsequent increases in the fair value are recorded as reductions in the valuation allowance, but not below zero. All costs incurred thereafter in maintaining the property are generally charged to noninterest expense. In the event the real estate is utilized as a rental property, net rental income and expenses are recorded as incurred within noninterest expense.

48

The following table sets forth information regarding nonperforming assets held by the Bank at the dates indicated:

Table 10 - Nonperforming Assets

December 31
20242023
(Dollars in thousands)
Loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis
Commercial and industrial$14,152$26,805
Commercial real estate74,34316,335
Small business302398
Residential real estate10,2437,634
Home equity2,4793,171
Other consumer1040
Total nonperforming loans101,52954,383
Other real estate owned110
Total nonperforming assets$101,529$54,493
Nonperforming loans as a percent of gross loans0.70%0.38%
Nonperforming assets as a percent of total assets0.52%0.28%

The following table summarizes the changes in nonperforming assets for the periods indicated:

Table 11 - Activity in Nonperforming Assets

20242023
(Dollars in thousands)
Nonperforming assets beginning balance$54,493$54,881
New to nonperforming87,72158,712
Loans charged-off(10,347)(34,782)
Loans paid-off(17,721)(19,719)
Loans transferred to other real estate owned/other assets(110)
Loans restored to performing status(12,576)(4,994)
New to other real estate owned110
Sale of other real estate owned(110)
Other69395
Nonperforming assets ending balance$101,529$54,493

Allowance for Credit Losses    The allowance for credit losses is maintained at a level that management considers appropriate to provide for the Company’s current estimate of expected lifetime credit losses on loans measured at amortized cost. The allowance is increased by providing for credit losses through a charge to expense and by credits for recoveries of loans previously charged-off and is reduced by loans being charged-off.

In accordance with its Allowance for Credit Losses Program, the Company uses the Current Expected Credit Losses (or “CECL”) model methodology to estimate credit losses for financial assets on a collective basis for loans sharing similar risk characteristics using a quantitative model combined with an assessment of certain qualitative factors designed to address forecast risk and model risk inherent in the quantitative model output. The model estimates expected credit losses using loan level data over the contractual life of the exposure, which is adjusted for estimated prepayments. Economic forecasts are incorporated into the estimate over a reasonable and supportable forecast period of one year, beyond which is a reversion to the Company’s historical long-run average over a period of six months. The Company’s qualitative assessment is structured based upon nine qualitative risk factors impacting the expected risk of loss within the loan portfolio, with an additional factor

49

designed to capture model imprecision. Loans that do not share similar risk characteristics with any pools of assets are subject to individual assessment and are removed from the collectively assessed pools to avoid double counting. For the loans that will be individually assessed, the Company uses either a discounted cash flow approach or a fair value of collateral approach. The latter approach is used for loans deemed to be collateral dependent or when foreclosure is probable.

Management’s allowance for credit loss estimate incorporates an economic forecast over a reasonable and supportable period of 12 months. As of December 31, 2024, the forecast selected by management assumes that the Federal Reserve will make two 25 basis point cuts to the policy rate in 2025 and gradually reduce rates to a neutral level of 3% by late 2026, that progress toward inflation normalization will be slowed as a result of expected fiscal, tariff and immigration policies implemented by the new U.S. presidential administration, and that the 10-year treasury yield will remain elevated near 4% through 2025 and will only gradually decline by the end of the decade. Additionally, the allowance for credit losses is qualitatively adjusted on a quarterly basis in order to ensure coverage for relationships that are deemed to be more at risk within certain industries, specific collateral types, or other specific characteristics that may be highly impacted by the current economic environment.

50

The following table summarizes the ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding within each major loan category for the periods presented:

Table 12 - Summary Net Charge-Offs to Average Loans Outstanding

Net Charge-Offs (Recoveries)Average Amount OutstandingRatio of Net Charge-Offs/(Recoveries) to Average Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
Year Ended December 31, 2024
Commercial and industrial$5,804$2,980,2860.19%
Commercial real estate6,731,055%
Commercial construction800,254%
Small business595267,2120.22%
Residential real estate2,434,114%
Home equity371,115,598%
Other consumer (1)2,05233,7616.08%
Total$8,488$14,362,2800.06%
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Commercial and industrial$23,419$3,026,3270.77%
Commercial real estate7,8556,460,0880.12%
Commercial construction1,019,871%
Small business392235,1080.17%
Residential real estate2,217,971%
Home equity(15)1,093,546%
Other consumer (1)1,79631,2025.76%
Total$33,447$14,084,1130.24%
Year Ended December 31, 2022
Commercial and industrial$(49)$2,886,383%
Commercial real estate(271)6,459,892%
Commercial construction1,191,394%
Small business47204,9820.02%
Residential real estate1,831,493%
Home equity11,061,228%
Other consumer (1)1,27531,9863.99%
Total$1,003$13,667,3580.01%

(1) Other consumer portfolio is inclusive of deposit account overdrafts recorded as loan balances and the associated net charge-offs.

For purposes of the allowance for credit losses, management segregates the portfolio based upon loans sharing similar risk characteristics. The allocation of the allowance for credit losses is made to each loan category using the analytical techniques and estimation methods described in this Report. While these amounts represent management’s best estimate of credit losses at the evaluation dates, they are not necessarily indicative of either the categories in which actual losses may occur or the extent of such actual losses that may be recognized within each category. Each of these loan categories possess unique risk characteristics that are considered when determining the appropriate level of allowance for each segment. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any segment of the loan portfolio.

51

The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for credit losses by loan category at the dates indicated:

Table 13 - Summary of Allocation of Allowance for Credit Losses

December 31
20242023
Allowance AmountPercent of Allowance of Total AllowancePercent of Loans In Category of Total LoansAllowance AmountPercent of Allowance of Total AllowancePercent of Loans In Category of Total Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial$27,80016.4%21.0%$33,31723.4%20.5%
Commercial real estate92,53554.4%46.5%60,07442.3%46.9%
Commercial construction8,1664.8%5.4%7,6835.4%6.0%
Small business4,1822.5%1.9%3,9632.8%1.8%
Residential real estate25,23814.8%17.0%23,63716.6%16.9%
Home equity11,0076.5%7.9%12,7979.0%7.7%
Other consumer1,0560.6%0.3%7510.5%0.2%
Total$169,984100.0%100.0%$142,222100.0%100.0%

To determine if a loan should be charged-off, all possible sources of repayment are analyzed. Possible sources of repayment include the potential for future cash flows, the value of the Bank’s collateral, and the strength of co-makers or guarantors, if applicable. When available information confirms that specific loans or portions thereof are uncollectible, these amounts are promptly charged-off against the allowance for credit losses and any recoveries of such previously charged-off amounts are credited to the allowance.

Regardless of whether a loan is unsecured or collateralized, the Company charges off the amount of any confirmed loan loss in the period when the loans, or portions of loans, are deemed uncollectible. For troubled, collateral-dependent loans, loss-confirming events may include an appraisal or other valuation that reflects a shortfall between the value of the collateral and the carrying value of the loan or receivable, or a deficiency balance following the sale of the collateral.

For additional information regarding the Bank’s allowance for credit losses, see Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 3, “Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality” within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock    The FHLB is a cooperative that provides services to its member banking institutions. The primary reason for the FHLB of Boston membership is to gain access to a reliable source of wholesale funding as a tool to manage liquidity and interest rate risk. The purchase of stock in the FHLB is a requirement for a member to gain access to funding. The Company either purchases additional FHLB stock or is subject to redemption of FHLB stock proportional to the volume of funding received. The Company views the holdings as a necessary long-term investment for the purpose of balance sheet liquidity and not for investment return.  The Company’s investments in FHLB of Boston stock decreased to $31.6 million at December 31, 2024 compared to $43.6 million at December 31, 2023, reflecting reduced levels of outstanding FHLB borrowings, which decreased by $467.0 million, or 42.2%, from $1.1 billion at December 31, 2023 to $638.5 million at December 31, 2024, largely attributable to growth in deposit balances experienced during 2024.

52

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets were $997.4 million and $1.0 billion at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.

The Company typically performs its annual goodwill impairment testing during the third quarter of the year, unless certain indicators suggest earlier testing to be warranted, using a combined qualitative and quantitative approach. The initial qualitative approach assesses whether the existence of events or circumstances led to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Company’s single reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than carrying value, a quantitative impairment test is performed to compare carrying value to the fair value of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss will be recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

The Company’s annual impairment test was performed as of August 31, 2024 using a quantitative impairment test which leveraged a combination of income and market valuation approaches to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit. The income valuation approach utilized a discounted cash flow analysis, while the market approach utilized a combination of the guideline public company and comparative transactions approaches, whereby market multiples used to estimate fair values were derived from market stock prices of, and comparable transactions announced by public companies that are engaged in the same or similar lines of business. The results of the annual assessment determined that the Company’s goodwill was not impaired and that the fair value of its reporting unit was in excess of its carrying value by greater than 10%. Events or circumstances that could negatively impact the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit in the future include a sustained decrease in the Company’s stock price, continued decline in industry peer multiples, and further deterioration of the Company’s financial projections.

The quantitative impairment test relied upon certain key assumptions, including projected financial information deemed by management to be reasonable based on the Company’s past and expected future performance, as well as a discount rate consistent with the Company’s cost of capital. Additionally, management performed sensitivity analyses over various financial assumptions used in the model noting results which further corroborated the conclusions reached.

Other intangible assets are also reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. There were no other events or changes during the fourth quarter of 2024 that indicated impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets. For additional information regarding the goodwill and other intangible assets, see Note 5, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 hereof.

Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance Policies    The Bank holds life insurance policies for the purpose of offsetting its future obligations to its employees under its retirement and benefits plans. The cash surrender value of life insurance policies was $304.0 million and $297.4 million at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.

The Company recorded tax exempt income from life insurance policies in the amounts of $8.1 million, $7.9 million, and $7.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The Company also recorded gains on life insurance benefits of $457,000, $2.3 million, and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Deposits    At December 31, 2024, total deposits were $15.3 billion, representing a $440.4 million, or 3.0% increase compared to $14.9 billion at December 31, 2023, reflecting continued consumer demand for higher cost time deposits, along with strong business and municipal deposit inflows. The total cost of deposits was 1.63% for the year ended December 31, 2024, representing an increase of 67 basis points from the prior year, reflecting an overall higher rate environment in 2024 as compared to the prior year.

The Company’s deposits are comprised primarily of core deposits (demand, savings and money market), as well as time deposits. The Company’s ratio of core deposits, inclusive of reciprocal money market deposits, to total deposits represented 81.7% at December 31, 2024 compared to 84.6% at December 31, 2023, with the decrease driven primarily by core deposit outflows in conjunction with growth in time deposits. In addition, the Company may also utilize brokered deposit sources, as needed, with balances of $61.2 million and $100.9 million outstanding at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.

The Company’s deposit accounts are insured to the maximum extent permitted by the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) which is administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The FDIC offers insurance coverage on deposits up to the federally insured limit of $250,000. The Company participates in the IntraFi Network, allowing it to provide

53

easy access to multi-million dollar FDIC deposit insurance protection on certificate of deposit and money market investments for consumers, businesses and public entities. This channel allows the Company to access a reciprocal deposit exchange that can be used to benefit customers seeking increased FDIC insurance protection, and amounted to $1.1 billion and $959.1 million in deposits, at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. The estimated balance of uninsured deposits at the Bank were $5.0 billion and $4.6 billion as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. Included in these amounts are $814.0 million and $720.5 million of collateralized deposits, which offer additional protection to the customer.

Scheduled maturities of time deposits not covered by deposit insurance at December 31, 2024, were as follows:

Table 14 - Maturities of Uninsured Time Deposits

December 31, 2024
(Dollars in thousands)
Due within 3 months or less$188,360
Due after 3 months through 6 months152,777
Due after 6 months through 12 months65,496
Due after 12 months5,834
Total uninsured time deposits (1)412,467

(1)Amounts of uninsured time deposits presented in the table above are estimates determined based upon a relative proportion of customer account balances in excess of FDIC insurance limits, and in a manner consistent with the Company’s regulatory reporting requirements.

Borrowings    The Company’s borrowings consist of both short-term and long-term borrowings and provide the Bank with one of its primary sources of funding. Maintaining available borrowing capacity provides the Bank with a contingent source of liquidity. Borrowings were $701.4 million at December 31, 2024, representing a decrease of $517.0 million, compared to December 31, 2023. The decrease was experienced primarily within Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings, which decreased $467.0 million in conjunction with deposit balance growth during 2024. In addition, the Company fully redeemed its outstanding subordinated debentures with an aggregate principal amount of $50.0 million during the first quarter of 2024. See Note 7, “Borrowings” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for more information regarding borrowings.

Liquidity and Capital Resources    The Company proactively manages its liquidity and cash flow requirements with the intent to maintain stable, cost-effective funding and to promote the strength of its overall balance sheet. The liquidity position of the Company is continuously monitored by management and adjustments are made to appropriately balance sources and uses of funds, as needed. For further details surrounding the Company’s liquidity risks and related strategy, see the “Risk Management – Liquidity Risk” section below within Item 7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations within this Report.

At December 31, 2024, the Company and the Bank exceeded the minimum requirements for Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital, total capital, and Tier 1 leverage capital, inclusive of the capital conservation buffer. See Note 18, “Regulatory Matters” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for more information regarding capital requirements.

Investment Management

The following table presents total assets under administrations and number of accounts held by the Rockland Trust Investment Management Group at the following dates:

Table 15 - Assets Under Administration

December 31 2024December 31 2023December 31 2021
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets under administration$7,035,315$6,537,905$5,792,857
Number of trust, fiduciary and agency accounts6,6376,5506,459

54

The Company’s Investment Management Group provides investment management and trust services to individuals, institutions, small businesses, and charitable institutions.

Accounts maintained by the Investment Management Group consist of managed and nonmanaged accounts. Managed accounts are those for which the Bank is responsible for administration and investment management and/or investment advice, while nonmanaged accounts are those for which the Bank acts solely as a custodian or directed trustee. The Bank receives fees dependent upon the level and type of service(s) provided. The Investment Management Group generated gross fee revenues of $38.3 million, $34.6 million, and $32.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively. Total assets under administration as of December 31, 2024 were $7.0 billion, including $418.2 million of investment solutions designed by Rockland Trust that are administered and executed through its agreement with LPL Financial (“LPL”), compared to $6.5 billion and $383.0 million, respectively, at December 31, 2023. The Company also has a subsidiary that is a registered investment advisor, Bright Rock Capital Management, LLC, which provides institutional quality investment management services to both institutional and high net worth clients. As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, included in the assets under administration amounts above, there were $491.5 million and $449.8 million, respectively, relating to the Company's registered investment advisor.

The administration of trust and fiduciary accounts is monitored by the Trust Committee of the Bank’s Board of Directors. The Trust Committee has delegated administrative responsibilities to three committees, one for investments, one for administration, and one for operations, all of which are comprised of Investment Management Group officers who meet no less than quarterly.

The Bank has an agreement with LPL and its affiliates and their insurance subsidiary, LPL Insurance Associates, Inc., to offer the sale of mutual fund shares, unit investment trust shares, general securities, advisory platforms, fixed and variable annuities and life insurance. Registered representatives who are both employed by the Bank and licensed and contracted with LPL are onsite to offer these products to the Bank’s customer base. These same agents are also approved and appointed with various other Broker General Agents for the purposes of processing insurance solutions for clients. The retail investments and insurance revenues were $4.4 million, $5.6 million, and $4.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

Results of Operations

Table 16 - Summary of Results of Operations

Years Ended December 31
202420232022
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Net income$192,081$239,502$263,813
Diluted earnings per share$4.52$5.42$5.69
Return on average assets0.99%1.24%1.33%
Return on average equity6.53%8.31%9.05%
Stockholders’ equity as % of assets15.45%14.96%14.96%
Net interest margin3.28%3.54%3.46%

Net Interest Income    The amount of net interest income is affected by changes in interest rates and by the volume, mix, and interest rate sensitivity of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

On a fully tax-equivalent basis, net interest income was $566.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, representing a 7.3% decrease from net interest income of $611.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The 2024 decrease in net interest income was attributable to rising deposit costs, resulting in a 26 basis point reduction in net margin to 3.28%, as compared to 3.54% for the prior year.

55

The following table presents the Company’s average balances, net interest income, interest rate spread, and net interest margin for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022. Nontaxable income from loans and securities is presented on a fully tax-equivalent basis by adjusting tax-exempt income upward by an amount equivalent to the prevailing federal income taxes that would have been paid if the income had been fully taxable.

Table 17 - Average Balance, Interest Earned/Paid & Average Yields

Years Ended December 31
202420232022
Average BalanceInterest Earned/ PaidAverage YieldAverage BalanceInterest Earned/ PaidAverage YieldAverage BalanceInterest Earned/ PaidAverage Yield
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-earning assets
Interest-earning deposits with banks, federal funds sold, and short term investments$125,066$5,6694.53%$118,806$5,1864.37%$1,222,434$14,3851.18%
Securities
Securities - trading4,562%4,411%3,764%
Securities - taxable investments2,791,24657,0922.05%3,027,76960,3361.99%2,948,35850,3541.71%
Securities - nontaxable investments (1)19273.65%19073.68%19673.57%
Total securities2,796,00057,0992.04%3,032,37060,3431.99%2,952,31850,3611.71%
Loans held for sale11,9607125.95%3,2891905.78%4,7741723.60%
Loans (2)
Commercial and industrial2,980,286182,5486.13%3,026,327180,5515.97%2,886,383131,4974.56%
Commercial real estate (1)6,731,055350,5395.21%6,460,088311,7874.83%6,459,892272,1704.21%
Commercial construction800,25458,4557.30%1,019,87166,4406.51%1,191,39457,8044.85%
Small business267,21217,6056.59%235,10814,4286.14%204,98210,8865.31%
Total commercial10,778,807609,1475.65%10,741,394573,2065.34%10,742,651472,3574.40%
Residential real estate2,434,114106,7974.39%2,217,97188,2103.98%1,831,49363,4433.46%
Home equity1,115,59875,5436.77%1,093,54670,6986.47%1,061,22844,0484.15%
Total consumer real estate3,549,712182,3405.14%3,311,517158,9084.80%2,892,721107,4913.72%
Other consumer33,7612,5307.49%31,2022,4187.75%31,9862,1146.61%
Total loans14,362,280794,0175.53%14,084,113734,5325.22%13,667,358581,9624.26%
Total Interest-Earning Assets17,295,306857,4974.96%17,238,578800,2514.64%17,846,884646,8803.62%
Cash and Due from Banks179,955180,553184,812
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock37,15533,7347,134
Other Assets1,831,5161,853,5851,858,210
Total Assets$19,343,932$19,306,450$19,897,040
Interest-bearing liabilities
Deposits
Savings and interest checking accounts$5,169,237$66,3341.28%$5,489,923$43,0730.78%$6,159,289$8,3390.14%
Money market2,941,53969,9982.38%3,022,32251,6301.71%3,489,98111,6830.33%
Time certificates of deposits2,600,190110,6304.25%1,724,62550,0502.90%1,310,4424,6300.35%
Total interest-bearing deposits10,710,966246,9622.31%10,236,870144,7531.41%10,959,71224,6520.22%
Borrowings
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings840,61139,0484.65%782,12137,6244.81%16,1383131.94%
Long-term borrowings%%2,235311.39%

56

Junior subordinated debentures62,8594,5067.17%62,8574,3596.93%62,8542,1253.38%
Subordinated debt10,1075085.03%49,9332,4704.95%49,8372,4704.96%
Total borrowings913,57744,0624.82%894,91144,4534.97%131,0644,9393.77%
Total interest-bearing liabilities11,624,543291,0242.50%11,131,781189,2061.70%11,090,77629,5910.27%
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits4,431,3034,918,7875,559,997
Other liabilities345,286374,585330,371
Total liabilities16,401,13216,425,15316,981,144
Stockholders’ equity2,942,8002,881,2972,915,896
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$19,343,932$19,306,450$19,897,040
Net interest income (1)$566,473$611,045$617,289
Interest rate spread (3)2.46%2.94%3.35%
Net interest margin (4)3.28%3.54%3.46%
Supplemental Information
Total deposits, including demand deposits$15,142,269$246,962$15,155,657$144,753$16,519,709$24,652
Cost of total deposits1.63%0.96%0.15%
Total funding liabilities, including demand deposits$16,055,846$291,024$16,050,568$189,206$16,650,773$29,591
Cost of total funding liabilities1.81%1.18%0.18%

(1)The total amount of adjustment to present interest income and yield on a fully tax-equivalent basis is $4.7 million, $4.5 million, and $4.0 million for 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

(2)Includes average nonaccruing loans.

(3)Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average costs of interest-bearing liabilities.

(4)Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

57

The following table presents certain information on a fully-tax equivalent basis regarding changes in the Company’s interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided with respect to changes attributable to (1) changes in rate (change in rate multiplied by prior year volume), (2) changes in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior year rate) and (3) changes in volume/rate (change in rate multiplied by change in volume) which is allocated to the change due to rate column:

Table 18 - Volume Rate Analysis

Years Ended December 31
2023 Compared To 20222023 Compared To 20222022 Compared To 2021
Change Due to RateChange Due to VolumeTotal ChangeChange Due to RateChange Due to VolumeTotal ChangeChange Due to RateChange Due to VolumeTotal Change
(Dollars in thousands)
Income on interest-earning assets
Interest-earning deposits, federal funds sold and short term investments$210$273$483$3,788$(12,987)$(9,199)$12,750$(859)$11,891
Securities
Taxable securities1,469(4,713)(3,244)8,6261,3569,98230019,57719,877
Nontaxable securities (1)(1)(12)(13)
Total securities(3,244)9,98219,864
Loans held for sale2150152272(54)1852(736)(684)
Loans
Commercial and industrial4,744(2,747)1,99742,6796,37549,05413,778(10,081)3,697
Commercial real estate25,67413,07838,75239,609839,6179,676124,634134,310
Commercial construction6,322(14,307)(7,985)16,958(8,322)8,63610,04323,06533,108
Small business1,2071,9703,1771,9421,6003,5423501,2601,610
Total commercial35,941100,849172,725
Residential real estate9,9918,59618,58711,37913,38824,767(2,442)19,60617,164
Home equity3,4191,4264,84525,3091,34126,6507,6741,2148,888
Total consumer real estate23,43251,41726,052
Total other consumer(86)198112356(52)304(120)566446
Loans (1)59,485152,570199,223
Total$57,246$153,371$230,294
Expense of interest-bearing liabilities
Deposits
Savings and interest checking accounts$25,777$(2,516)$23,261$35,640$(906)$34,734$6,179$550$6,729
Money market19,748(1,380)18,36841,513(1,566)39,9479,0077469,753
Time certificates of deposits35,17025,41060,58043,9571,46345,420(2,072)1,915(157)
Total interest-bearing deposits102,209120,10116,325
Borrowings
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings(1,390)2,8141,42422,45514,85637,311(35)(549)(584)
Line of credit
Long-term borrowings(31)(31)(4)(296)(300)
Junior subordinated debentures1471472,2342,234433433
Subordinated debt8(1,970)(1,962)(5)5(5)5
Total borrowings(391)39,514(451)
Total$101,818$159,615$15,874
Change in net interest income$(44,572)$(6,244)$214,420

(1)The table above reflects income determined on a fully tax equivalent basis. See footnotes to Table 17 above for the related adjustments.

58

Provision For Credit Losses   The provision for credit losses represents the charge to expense that is required to maintain an adequate level of allowance for credit losses. The Company recorded a provision for credit losses $36.3 million, $23.3 million and $6.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively, primarily attributable to idiosyncratic events within the commercial portfolios.

The Company’s allowance for credit losses, as a percentage of total loans, was 1.17%, 1.00% and 1.09% at December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. See Note 3, “Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report, for further details surrounding the primary drivers of the provision for credit losses during the period.

Noninterest Income    The following table sets forth information regarding noninterest income for the periods shown:

Table 19 - Noninterest Income

Years Ended December 31
Change
20242023Amount%
(Dollars in thousands)
Deposit account fees$26,455$23,486$2,96912.6%
Interchange and ATM fees19,05518,1089475.2%
Investment management42,74440,1912,5536.4%
Mortgage banking income4,1432,3261,81778.1%
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance policies8,0867,8682182.8%
Gain on life insurance benefits4572,291(1,834)(80.1)%
Loan level derivative income2,1173,327(1,210)(36.4)%
Other noninterest income24,95727,012(2,055)(7.6)%
Total$128,014$124,609$3,4052.7%

The primary reasons for significant variances in the noninterest income categories shown in the preceding table are noted below:

•Deposit account fees increased year-over-year due primarily to increased overdraft and cash management fees.

•Interchange and ATM fees increased year-over-year due to transaction volumes.

•Investment management and advisory income increased year-over-year, driven largely by higher levels of assets under administration, which increased by $497.4 million, or 7.6%, from $6.5 billion at December 31, 2023 to $7.0 billion at December 31, 2024. This increase was partially offset by lower insurance commissions recognized in 2024 as compared to 2023.

•Mortgage banking income increased year-over-year, driven by a greater portion of new originations being sold in the secondary market versus being retained in the Company’s portfolio in 2024.

•Gain on life insurance benefits decreased year-over-year as the Company received lower levels of proceeds on life insurance policies.

•Loan level derivative decreased year-over-year, reflecting fluctuations in customer demand fueled by changes in the macroeconomic environment.

•Other noninterest income decreased year-over-year, driven primarily by a $1.9 million decrease in discounted purchases of Massachusetts historical tax credits, lower commercial loan fees, and reduced unrealized gains on equity securities. These decreases were partially offset by increases in FHLB dividend income and equity capital gain distributions.

59

Noninterest Expense    The following table sets forth information regarding noninterest expense for the periods shown:

Table 20 - Noninterest Expense

Years Ended December 31
Change
20242023Amount%
(Dollars in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits$233,653$222,135$11,5185.2%
Occupancy and equipment52,07250,5821,4902.9%
Data processing and facilities management9,9579,884730.7%
Software and subscriptions18,15216,1651,98712.3%
FDIC assessment10,89211,953(1,061)(8.9)%
Debit card expense6,6309,003(2,373)(26.4)%
Consulting7,1258,954(1,829)(20.4)%
Amortization of intangible assets5,9056,878(973)(14.1)%
Merger and acquisition expense1,9021,902(100.0)%
Other noninterest expense60,07857,1922,8865.0%
Total$406,366$392,746$13,6203.5%

The primary reasons for significant variances in the noninterest expense categories shown in the preceding tables are noted below:

•Salaries and employee benefits increased year-over-year primarily attributable to increases in general salaries of $7.6 million, medical plan insurance of $2.0 million, payroll taxes of $1.9 million and incentive programs of approximately $860,000. These increases were partially offset by the impact of outsized interest rate-driven valuation fluctuations on the Company’s split-dollar bank-owned life insurance policies, which resulted in a $1.0 million decrease in expense for 2024 as compared to 2023.

•Occupancy and equipment expense increased year-over-year, driven primarily by lease termination costs related to the exit of an inactive branch location associated with a previous acquisition, as well as increased cleaning costs and depreciation expense.

•Software and subscriptions increased primarily due to the Company’s continued investment in its technology infrastructure.

•FDIC assessment expense decreased in comparison to the prior year, primarily attributable to an estimated $1.1 million special assessment imposed by the FDIC and recognized by the Company in the fourth quarter of 2023 to recover losses incurred by the DIF during the year.

•Debit card expenses decreased year-over-year, driven primarily by a one-time credit of $1.1 million recognized during the third quarter of 2024, as well as reduced processing costs.

•Consulting expense decreased year-over-year due primarily to the timing of strategic initiatives.

•During the fourth quarter of 2024, the Company recognized $1.9 million of merger and acquisition expenses related to the pending merger with Enterprise. No such costs were incurred during 2023.

•Other noninterest expenses increased year-over year, driven primarily by increases in internet banking expense of $1.1 million, telecommunications costs of $762,000, card issuance costs of $599,000, unrealized losses on equity securities of $543,000, examinations and audits of $323,000, along with other miscellaneous expenses. These increases were partially offset by decreases in recruitment and legal costs.

60

Income Taxes    The tax effect of all income and expense transactions is recognized by the Company in each year’s consolidated statements of income, regardless of the year in which the transactions are reported for income tax purposes. The following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s tax provision and applicable tax rates for the periods indicated:

Table 21 - Tax Provision and Applicable Tax Rates

Years Ended December 31
202420232022
(Dollars in thousands)
Combined federal and state income tax provisions$55,046$75,632$83,941
Effective income tax rates22.27%24.00%24.14%
Blended statutory tax rate27.91%27.91%27.85%

The Company’s effective tax rate for 2024 is lower as compared to the year ago period primarily due to lower pre-tax income as well as increased tax benefits from low-income housing tax credits. The effective tax rates in the table above are lower than the blended statutory tax rates due to the impact of discrete items, including tax benefits related to equity compensation and purchased state tax credits, as well as certain tax preference assets such as life insurance policies, tax exempt bonds, and federal tax credits.

The Company invests in various low income housing projects, which are real estate limited partnerships that acquire, develop, own and operate low and moderate-income housing developments. As a limited partner in these operating partnerships, the Company will receive tax credits and tax deductions for losses incurred by the underlying properties. The investments are accounted for using the proportional amortization method and will be amortized over various periods through 2043, which represents the period that the tax credits and other tax benefits will be utilized. The total committed investment in these partnerships at December 31, 2024 was $275.1 million, of which $203.3 million has been funded. The Company recognized a net tax benefit of approximately $4.5 million for 2024 and anticipates additional net tax benefits of $42.7 million over the remaining life of the investments from the combination of tax credits and operating losses.

For additional information related to the Company’s income taxes see Note 10, “Income Taxes” and Note 11, “Low Income Housing Project Investments” within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Dividends    The Company declared quarterly cash dividends totaling $2.28 per common share in 2024 and $2.20 per common share in 2023. The 2024 and 2023 ratio of dividends paid to earnings was 50.08% and 40.92%, respectively.

Since substantially all of the funds available for the payment of dividends are derived from the Bank, future dividends of the Company will depend on the earnings of the Bank, its financial condition, its need for funds, applicable governmental policies and regulations, and other such matters as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

Comparison of 2023 vs. 2022 For a discussion of our results for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, please see Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2024.

Risk Management

The Board of Directors has approved an Enterprise Risk Management Policy and Risk Appetite Statement to state the Company’s goals and objectives in identifying, measuring, and managing the risks associated with the Company’s current and near future anticipated size and complexity. Management is responsible for comprehensive enterprise risk management, and continually strives to adopt and implement practices that strike an appropriate balance between risk and reward and permit the achievement of strategic goals in a controlled environment.

The Company has implemented the “three lines of defense” enterprise risk management framework. The first line of defense are the executives in charge of business units, operational areas, and corporate functions who, sometimes assisted by management committees, teams, and working groups, own and manage risks. The second line of defense monitors and provides risk management advice across all risk domains, and is comprised of the enterprise risk management department, with oversight from the Chief Risk Officer. The third line of defense is independent assurance performed by the Chief Internal Auditor, who reports to the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, and by the Company’s internal audit department.

61

The Board, with the assistance of its Risk Committee, oversees management’s enterprise risk management practices. As risks must be taken to create value, the Board of Directors has approved a Risk Appetite Statement that defines the acceptable residual risk tolerances for the Company and the nine major risk types identified as having the potential to create significant adverse impacts on the Company, such as financial losses, reputational damage, legal or regulatory actions, failure to achieve strategic objectives, diminished customer experience, and/or cultural erosion. The nine major risk categories identified by the Company and addressed in the Risk Appetite Statement are strategic and emerging risk, culture risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, market and interest rate risk, operational risk, reputation risk, compliance risk, and technology and cyber risk, each of which is discussed below.

Strategic and Emerging Risk   Strategic and emerging risk is the risk arising from adverse strategic or business decisions, misalignment of strategic direction with the Company’s mission and values, failure to execute strategies or tactics, or an inadequate adaptation or lack of responsiveness to industry and/or operating environment changes. Management seeks to mitigate strategic and emerging risk through strategic planning, frequent executive review of strategic plan progress, monitoring of competitors and technology, assessment of new products, new branches, and new business initiatives, customer advocacy, and crisis management planning.

Culture Risk    Culture risk is the risk arising from failed leadership and/or ineffective colleague engagement and workplace management that causes the Company to lose sight of core values and, through acts or omissions, damage the relationship-based culture that has been one of the foundations of the Company’s success. Management seeks to mitigate culture risk through effective employee relations, leadership that encourages continuous improvement, cultural development and reinforcement of core values, communication of clear ethical and behavioral standards, consistent enforcement of policies and programs, discipline of misbehavior, alignment of incentives and compensation, and by promoting a company-wide focus on respect for individual differences and differing perspectives.

Credit Risk Credit risk is the risk arising from the failure of a borrower or a counterparty to a contract to make payments as agreed and includes the risks arising from inadequate collateral and mismanagement of loan concentrations. While the collateral securing loans may be sufficient in some cases to recover the amount due, in other cases the Company may experience significant credit losses that could have an adverse effect on its operating results. The Company makes assumptions and judgments about the collectability of its loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of its borrowers and counterparties and the value of collateral for the repayment of loans. For further discussion regarding the credit risk and the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio, see Note 3, “Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Liquidity Risk   Liquidity risk is the risk arising from the Company being unable to meet obligations when due. Liquidity risk includes the inability to access funding sources or manage fluctuations in available funding levels. Liquidity risk also results from a failure to recognize or address market condition changes that affect the ability to liquidate assets quickly with minimal value loss.

The Company’s primary sources of funds are deposits, borrowings, and the amortization, prepayment, and maturities of loans and securities. The Bank utilizes its extensive branch network to access retail customers who provide a base of in-market core deposits. These funds are principally comprised of demand deposits, interest checking accounts, savings accounts, and money market accounts. Interest rates, economic conditions, and competitive factors greatly influence deposit levels.

The Company’s primary measure of short-term liquidity is the Total Basic Surplus/Deficit as a percentage of assets. This ratio, which is an analysis of the relationship between liquid assets plus available FHLB funding, less short-term liabilities relative to total assets, was within policy limits at December 31, 2024. The Total Basic Surplus/Deficit measure is affected primarily by changes in deposits, securities and short-term investments, loans, and borrowings. An increase in deposits, without a corresponding increase in nonliquid assets, will improve the Total Basic Surplus/Deficit measure, whereas, an increase in loans, with no increase in deposits, will decrease the measure. Other factors affecting the Total Basic Surplus/Deficit include FHLB collateral requirements, securities portfolio changes, and the mix of deposits.

The Company prioritizes core deposits as a primary funding source and continues to maintain a variety of available liquidity sources, including FHLB advances, and Federal Reserve borrowing capacity. These funding sources serve as a contingent source of liquidity and, when profitable lending and investment opportunities exist, the Company may access them to provide the liquidity needed to grow the balance sheet. The amount and type of assets that the Company has available to pledge affects the Company’s FHLB and Federal Reserve borrowing capacity. For example, a prime one-to-four family residential loan may provide 75 cents of borrowing capacity for every $1.00 pledged, whereas a pledged commercial loan may

62

increase borrowing capacity in a lower amount. The Company’s lending decisions, therefore, can also affect its liquidity position.

The Company may also have the ability to raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or unsecured debt privately or publicly and has done so in the past. Additionally, the Company is able to enter into repurchase agreements or acquire brokered deposits at its discretion. The availability and cost of equity or debt on an unsecured basis is dependent on many factors, including the Company’s financial position, the market environment, and the Company’s credit rating. The Company monitors the factors that could affect its ability to raise liquidity through these channels.

The table below shows current and unused liquidity capacity from various sources at the dates indicated:

Table 22 - Sources of Liquidity

December 31
20242023
OutstandingAdditional Borrowing CapacityOutstandingAdditional Borrowing Capacity
(Dollars in thousands)
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings (1)$638,514$1,992,5741,105,5411,577,746
Federal Reserve Bank of Boston (2)3,635,2333,078,179
Unpledged securities564,6761,187,882
Federal Funds Lines of Credit50,00085,000
Junior subordinated debentures (3)62,86062,858
Subordinated debt (3)49,980
Reciprocal deposits (3)1,062,896959,068
Brokered deposits (3)61,236100,923
$1,825,506$6,242,483$2,278,370$5,928,807

(1)Loans and securities with a carrying value of $3.8 billion and $3.9 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, were pledged to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston.

(2)Loans and securities with a carrying value of $4.9 billion and $4.6 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, were pledged to the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston.

(3)The additional borrowing capacity has not been assessed for these categories.

In addition to customary operational liquidity practices, the Board and management recognize the need to establish reasonable guidelines to manage a heightened liquidity risk environment. Catalysts for elevated liquidity risk can be Company-specific issues and/or systemic industry-wide events. Management is therefore responsible for instituting systems and controls designed to provide advanced detection of potentially significant funding shortages, establishing methods for assessing and monitoring risk levels, and instituting responses that may alleviate or circumvent a potential liquidity crisis. Management has established a Liquidity Contingency Plan to provide a framework to detect potential liquidity problems and appropriately address them in a timely manner. In a period of perceived heightened liquidity risk, the Liquidity Contingency Plan provides for the establishment of a Liquidity Crisis Task Force to monitor the potential for a liquidity crisis and execute an appropriate response.

The Company continually monitors both on and off balance sheet liquidity sources to understand vulnerabilities and when adjustments to the balance between sources and uses of funds may be necessary. Management regularly performs various liquidity stress testing scenarios and other analyses to assess potential liquidity outflows or funding concerns resulting from economic or industry disruptions, volatility in the financial markets, or unforeseen credit events. The results of these scenarios are used to inform the Company’s Liquidity Contingency Plan and help provide the basis for its liquidity needs.

Market and Interest Rate Risk   Market risk refers to the risk of potential losses arising from changes in interest rates and the value of investments due to market conditions or other external factors or events. Interest rate risk is the most significant market risk to which the Company has exposure to due to the nature of its operations.

Interest rate risk is the sensitivity of income to changes in interest rates. Interest rate changes, as well as fluctuations in the level and duration of assets and liabilities, affect net interest income, which is the Company’s primary source of revenue. Interest rate risk arises directly from the Company’s core banking activities. In addition to directly affecting net interest

63

income, changes in the level of interest rates can also affect the amount of loans originated, the timing of cash flows on loans and securities, and the fair value of securities and derivatives, and have other effects.

Management strives to control interest rate risk within limits approved by the Board of Directors that reflect the Company’s tolerance for interest rate risk over short-term and long-term horizons. The Company attempts to manage interest rate risk by identifying, quantifying, and, where appropriate, hedging exposure. If assets and liabilities do not re-price simultaneously and in equal volume, the potential for interest rate exposure exists. It is the Company’s objective to maintain stability in the growth of net interest income through the maintenance of an appropriate mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and, when necessary within limits management deems prudent, with hedging instruments such as interest rate swaps, floors, and caps.

The Company quantifies its interest rate exposures using net interest income simulation models, as well as simpler gap analysis, and an Economic Value of Equity analysis. Key assumptions in these analyses relate to behavior of interest rates and behavior of the Company’s deposit and loan customers. The most material assumptions relate to the prepayment of mortgage assets (including mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities) and the life and sensitivity of non-maturity deposits (e.g., demand deposit, savings, and money market accounts). In the case of prepayment of mortgage assets, assumptions are derived from published median prepayment estimates for comparable mortgage loans. The risk of prepayment tends to increase when interest rates fall. Since future prepayment behavior of loan customers is uncertain, interest rate sensitivity of loans cannot be determined with precision and actual behavior may differ from assumptions to a significant degree. Non-maturity deposits, assumptions over customer behavior, shifts in deposits categories, and magnitude of impact to the cost of deposits all may differ from what is currently anticipated by the models or analyses.

Given the volatility associated with market rates, and the uncertainty surrounding future rate movements, management has continued to maintain a more neutral interest rate risk position. The Company runs several scenarios to quantify and effectively assist in managing interest rate risk, including instantaneous parallel shifts in market rates as well as gradual (12-24 months) shifts in market rates, and may also include other alternative scenarios as management deems necessary given the interest rate environment. The results of those scenarios are summarized in the following table:

Table 23 - Interest Rate Sensitivity

Years Ended December 31
20242023
Year 1Year 1
Parallel rate shocks (basis points)
-300(5.1)%(1.7)%
-200(2.9)%(0.9)%
-100(0.9)%(0.3)%
+1000.7%(0.3)%
+2001.2%0.8%
+3002.0%(1.0)%
Gradual rate shifts (basis points)
-200 over 12 months(1.1)%(0.1)%
-100 over 12 months(0.4)%—%
+200 over 12 months0.7%(0.3)%
Alternative scenarios
Steep down 200 basis points scenario(0.7)%1.2%

The results depicted in the table above are dependent on material assumptions, such as prepayment rates, decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, and other factors, which management believes are reasonable. These assumptions may be impacted by customer preferences or competitive influences and therefore actual experience may differ from the assumptions in the model. Accordingly, although the tables provide an indication of the Company’s interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates, and actual results may differ.

64

The most significant market factors affecting the Company’s net interest income during the year ended December 31, 2024 were the shape of the U.S. Government securities and interest rate swap yield curve, the U.S. prime interest rate, the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, and other interest rates offered on long-term fixed rate loans.

The Company manages the interest rate risk inherent in both its loan and borrowing portfolios by using interest rate swap agreements and interest rate caps and floors. An interest rate swap is an agreement in which one party agrees to pay a floating rate of interest on a notional principal amount in exchange for receiving a fixed rate of interest on the same notional amount for a predetermined period from the other party. Interest rate caps and floors are agreements where one party agrees to pay a floating rate of interest on a notional principal amount for a predetermined period to a second party if certain market interest rate thresholds are realized. While interest is paid or received in swap, cap, and floors agreements, the notional principal amount is not exchanged. The Company may also manage the interest rate risk inherent in its mortgage banking operations by entering into forward sales contracts under which the Company agrees to deliver whole mortgage loans to various investors. See Note 9, “Derivatives and Hedging Activities” within Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for additional information regarding the Company’s derivative financial instruments.

Movements in foreign currency rates or commodity prices do not directly or materially affect the Company’s earnings. Movements in equity prices may have a modest impact on earnings by affecting the volume of activity or the amount of fees from investment-related business lines. See Note 2, “Securities” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Operational Risk     Operational risk is the risk arising from human error or misconduct, transaction errors or delays, inadequate or failed internal systems or processes, data unavailability, loss, or poor quality, or adverse external events. Operational risk includes fraud risk and model risk. Potential operational risk exposure exists throughout the Company. The continued effectiveness of colleagues and operational infrastructure are integral to mitigating operational risk, and any shortcomings subject the Company to risks that vary in size, scale and scope.

Reputation Risk   Reputation risk is the risk arising from negative public opinion of the Company and the Bank. Management seeks to mitigate reputational risk through actions that include a structured process of customer complaint resolution and ongoing reputational monitoring.

Regulatory and Compliance Risk Regulatory and Compliance risk is the risk arising from violations of laws or regulations, non-conformance with prescribed practices, internal bank policies and procedures, or ethical standards. Compliance risk includes consumer compliance risk, legal risk, and regulatory compliance risk. Management seeks to mitigate compliance risk through compliance training and regulatory change management processes.

Technology and Cyber Risk Technology and Cyber risk is the risk of losses or other impacts arising from the failure of technology systems to function in accordance with expectations and business requirements. Technology risks include technical failures, unlawful tampering with technical systems, cyber security, terrorist activities, ineffectiveness or exposure due to interruption in third party support. Management seeks to mitigate technology risk through appropriate security and controls over data and its technological environment. The Bank manages cybersecurity threats proactively and maintains robust controls to protect its critical systems and data by investing in secure, reliable and resilient technology infrastructure, fostering a culture of technology risk awareness and continuously improving its technology risk management practices.

Contractual Obligations, Commitments, Contingencies and Off-Balance Sheet Obligations

In the ordinary course of business the Company has entered into contractual obligations, commitments, residential loans sold with recourse and other off-balance sheet financial instruments. Refer to the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements in this report for further information and the expected timing of the applicable payments as of December 31, 2024. These include payments related to (i) borrowings (Note 7 - Borrowings), (ii) lease obligations (Note 16 - Leases), (iii) time deposits with stated maturity dates (Note 6 - Deposits), (iv) commitments to extend credit (Note 17 - Commitments and Contingencies), (v) derivative positions (Note 9 - Derivatives and Hedging Activities), and (vi) unfunded commitments on low income housing project investments (Note 11 - Low Income Housing Project Investments). Also refer to Table 22 - Sources of Liquidity within Item 7 of this Report for further details surrounding the Company’s current and unused liquidity resources.

65

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto presented in Item 8 of this Report have been prepared in accordance with GAAP which requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.

The financial nature of the Company’s consolidated financial statements is more clearly affected by changes in interest rates than by inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily fluctuate in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services. However, inflation does affect the Company because, as prices increase, the money supply grows and interest rates are affected by inflationary expectations. The impact on the Company is a noted increase in the size of loan requests with resulting growth in total assets. In addition, operating expenses may increase without a corresponding increase in productivity. There is no precise method, however, to measure the effects of inflation on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, any examination or analysis of the financial statements should take into consideration the possible effects of inflation.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Critical accounting policies are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties, and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. Certain estimates associated with these policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of assumptions and judgments and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. These critical accounting estimates are defined as estimates made in accordance with GAAP that involve a significant level of estimation uncertainty and have had, or are reasonably likely to have, a material impact on financial condition or results of operations. Management believes that the Company’s most critical accounting policies and estimates upon which the Company’s financial condition depends, and which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments, are as follows:

Allowance for Credit Losses - Loans Held for Investment     The Company estimates the allowance for credit losses in accordance with the CECL methodology for loans measured at amortized cost. The allowance for credit losses is established based upon the Company's current estimate of expected lifetime credit losses. Arriving at an appropriate amount of allowance for credit losses involves a high degree of judgment.

The Company estimates credit losses on a collective basis for loans sharing similar risk characteristics using a quantitative model combined with an assessment of certain qualitative factors designed to address forecast risk and model risk inherent in the quantitative model output. Management’s judgement is required for the selection and application of these factors which are derived from historical loss experience as well as assumptions surrounding expected future losses and economic forecasts.

Loans that no longer share similar risk characteristics with any pools of assets are subject to individual assessment and are removed from the collectively assessed pools to avoid double counting. For the loans that are individually assessed, the Company uses either a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) approach or a fair value of collateral approach. The latter approach is used for loans deemed to be collateral dependent or when foreclosure is probable. Changes in these judgements and assumptions could be due to a number of circumstances which may have a direct impact on the provision for loan losses and may result in changes to the amount of allowance. The allowance for credit losses is increased by the provision for credit losses and by recoveries of loans previously charged off. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management’s assessments confirm that the Company will not collect the full amortized cost basis of a loan.

Management performs periodic sensitivity and stress testing using available economic forecasts in order to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses under varying scenarios. Given the Company’s benign loss history, the analyses performed have not resulted in a material change to the quantitative allowance but have informed management’s determination of qualitative adjustments and act as corroborating evidence as to the appropriateness of the allowance as a whole. For additional discussion of the Company’s methodology of assessing the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses, see Note 3, “Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Income Taxes    The Company accounts for income taxes using two components of income tax expense, current and deferred.  Current taxes represent the net estimated amount due to or to be received from taxing authorities in the current year.

66

In estimating accrued taxes, management assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions, taking into account statutory, judicial, and regulatory guidance in the context of the Company’s tax position. Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future effects on income taxes that result from temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements, and carry-forwards that exist at the end of a period. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates and provisions of the enacted tax law and are not discounted to reflect the time-value of money.  The effect of any change in enacted tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are assessed for recoverability and the Company may record a valuation allowance if it believes based on available evidence that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets recognized will not be realized before their expiration. The amount of the deferred tax asset recognized and considered realizable could be reduced if projected income is not achieved due to various factors such as unfavorable business conditions. If projected income is not expected to be achieved, the Company may record a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount that it believes can be realized in its future tax returns. Additionally, deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated based on tax rates expected to be in effect in future periods. Previously recorded tax assets and liabilities need to be adjusted when the expected date of the future event is revised based upon current information. The Company may also record an unrecognized tax benefit related to uncertain tax positions taken by the Company on its tax returns for which there is less than a 50% likelihood of being recognized upon a tax examination. All movements in unrecognized tax benefits are recognized through the provision for income taxes. Taxes are discussed in more detail in Note 10, “Income Taxes” within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Valuation of Goodwill/Intangible Assets and Analysis for Impairment The Company has increased its market share through the acquisition of entire financial institutions accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting, as well as from the acquisition of branches (not the entire institution) and other nonbanking entities. For all acquisitions, the Company is required to record assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair value, which is an estimate determined by the use of internal or other valuation techniques, which may include the use of third party specialists. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment at least annually, or more often if warranted, using a combined qualitative and quantitative impairment approach. The initial qualitative approach assesses whether the existence of events or circumstances led to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than carrying value, a quantitative impairment test is performed to compare carrying value to the fair value of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss will be recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The Company completed its annual impairment test as of August 31, 2024, using the quantitative impairment test, and determined that the Company's goodwill was not impaired. There were no other events or changes during the fourth quarter of 2024 that indicated impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets.

The Company’s goodwill relates to acquisitions that are fully integrated into the retail banking operations, which management does not consider to be at risk of failing step one in the near future. The Company’s other intangible assets are subject to amortization and are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. When applicable, the Company tests each of the other intangibles by comparing the carrying value of the intangible to the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. There were no other events or changes during the fourth quarter of 2024 that indicated impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets.

Valuation of Investment Securities Securities that the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity are classified as securities held-to-maturity and are accounted for using historical cost, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount. Trading and equity securities are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses recorded in other noninterest income. All other securities are classified as securities available-for-sale and are carried at fair market value. The fair values of securities are based on either quoted market price or third-party pricing services. In general, the third-party pricing services employ various methodologies, including but not limited to, broker quotes and proprietary models. Management does not typically adjust the prices received from third-party pricing services. Depending upon the type of security, management employs various techniques to analyze the pricing it receives from third-parties, such as reviewing model inputs, reviewing comparable trades, analyzing changes in market yields and, in certain instances, reviewing the underlying collateral of the security. Management reviews changes in fair values from period to period and performs testing to ensure that the prices received from the third parties are consistent with their expectation of the market.

Management determines if the market for a security is active primarily based upon the frequency of which the security, or similar securities, are traded. For securities which are determined to have an inactive market, fair value models are calibrated and to the extent possible, significant inputs are back tested on a quarterly basis. The third-party service provider performs calibration and testing of the models by comparing anticipated inputs to actual results, on a quarterly basis. Unrealized gains

67

and losses on securities available-for-sale are reported, on an after-tax basis, as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive income.

Recent Accounting Developments

See Note 1, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

FY 2023 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000776901-24-000069.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2024-02-28. Report date: 2023-12-31.

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Company is a state chartered, federally registered bank holding company, incorporated in 1985. The Company is the sole stockholder of Rockland Trust, a Massachusetts trust company chartered in 1907. For a full list of corporate entities see Item 1 "Business — General."

All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. When necessary, certain amounts in prior year financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. The following should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes.

32

Table of Contents

Executive Level Overview

Management evaluates the Company's operating results and financial condition using measures that include net income, earnings per share, return on assets and equity, return on tangible common equity, net interest margin, tangible book value per share, asset quality indicators, and many others. These metrics are used by management to make key decisions regarding the Company's balance sheet, liquidity, interest rate sensitivity, and capital resources and assist with identifying opportunities for improving the Company's financial position or operating results. The Company focuses on organic growth, but will also consider growth through acquisition. Any potential acquisition opportunities are evaluated for the potential to provide a satisfactory financial return as well as other criteria (ease of integration, synergies, geographical location).

2023 Results

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $239.5 million, or $5.42 on a diluted earnings per share basis, as compared to $263.8 million, or $5.69 on a diluted earnings per share basis for the year ended December 31, 2022, representing decreases of 9.2% and 4.7%, respectively. Full year 2023 operating net income was also $239.5 million, or $5.42, on a diluted earnings per share basis, as no adjustments were recognized, while full year 2022 operating results reflect pre-tax merger and acquisition-related costs of $7.1 million associated with the fourth quarter 2021 acquisition of Meridian Bancorp, Inc. ("Meridian") and its subsidiary, East Boston Savings Bank. Excluding these merger and acquisition-related costs, operating net income was $268.9 million, or $5.80 on a diluted per share basis for the year ended December 31, 2022, representing decreases of 10.9% and 6.6%, respectively. See "Non-GAAP Measures" below for a reconciliation of non-GAAP measures.

Full year 2023 results reflected the following key drivers:

•Net interest margin increased by 8 basis points as compared to the full year 2022;

•Disciplined loan growth;

•Stable asset quality; provision for credit loss primarily impacted by loss exposure in the commercial portfolios;

•Strong fee income;

•Prudent expense management; 54% efficiency ratio for the year;

•Strong tangible book value growth of 7.3%; and

•Robust capital levels; Company active under two authorized stock buyback programs, repurchasing 2.9 million shares for $189 million during the year.

33

Table of Contents

Interest-Earning Assets

The results depicted in the following table reflect the trend of the Company's interest-earning assets over the past five years and reflect a longer term overall strategy that typically emphasizes loan growth commensurate with overall economic growth. Compared to the prior year, the composition of interest-earnings assets at December 31, 2023 primarily reflects growth in the residential real estate loan portfolio, decreased securities balances reflecting paydowns, calls and maturities, and also reduced cash balances commensurate with deposit balance reductions. The following table summarizes the Company's average interest-earning assets for each year presented:

Management strives to be disciplined about loan pricing and considers interest rate sensitivity when generating loan assets. In addition, management takes a disciplined approach to credit underwriting, seeking to avoid undue credit risk and credit losses.

34

Table of Contents

Funding and the Net Interest Margin

The Company's overall sources of funding reflect strong business and retail deposit growth with a management emphasis on core deposit growth to fund loans. Total borrowings increased by $1.1 billion at December 31, 2023 as compared to December 31, 2022, primarily in response to deposit balance reductions and to fund the Company's stock buyback activity. For further details surrounding the Company’s liquidity risks and related strategy, see “Risk Management – Liquidity Risk” section below within Item 7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations within this Report. The following chart shows the sources of funding for the trailing five years:

35

Table of Contents

The Company's ratio of core deposits to total deposits decreased during 2023, primarily attributable to core deposit outflows in conjunction with existing deposit balances shifting into higher cost time deposits. The following chart shows the percentage of core deposits to total deposits for the trailing five years:

(1) The percentage of core deposits to total deposits presented above is inclusive of reciprocal money market deposits collected through the Company's participation in the IntraFi Network.

The following table shows the net interest margin and cost of deposits trends for the trailing five year period:

36

Table of Contents

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income is primarily comprised of deposit account fees, interchange and ATM fees, investment management fees and mortgage banking income. The following chart shows the components of noninterest income over the past five years:

Expense Control

Management seeks to take a balanced approach to noninterest expense control by monitoring ongoing operating expenses while making needed capital expenditures and prudently investing in growth initiatives. The Company’s primary expenses arise from Rockland Trust’s employee salaries and benefits, as well as expenses associated with buildings and equipment.

The following chart depicts the Company's efficiency ratio on a GAAP basis (calculated by dividing noninterest expense by the sum of noninterest income and net interest income), as well as the Company's efficiency ratio on a non-GAAP operating basis, (calculated by dividing noninterest expense, excluding certain noncore items, by the sum of noninterest income, excluding certain noncore items, and net interest income) over the past five years:

*See "Non-GAAP Measures" below for a reconciliation to GAAP financial measures.

37

Table of Contents

Capital

The Company's approach with respect to revenue and expense is designed to promote long-term earnings growth, which in turn contributes to capital growth. Capital balances during 2023 were impacted primarily by earnings retention, dividends, changes in other comprehensive income, and opportunistic share repurchases. The following chart shows the Company's book value and tangible book value per share over the past five years:

*See "Non-GAAP Measures" below for a reconciliation to GAAP financial measures.

Cash dividends declared by the Company increased from an aggregate of $2.08 per share in 2022 to $2.20 per share in 2023, representing an increase of 5.8%. During the first quarter of 2023, the Company repurchased 1.6 million shares of its common stock for $120.0 million at an average price of $74.18, marking the full completion of its stock repurchase program announced in October 2022. Additionally, in consideration of the Company's strong capital position, the Company announced another stock repurchase plan in October 2023 which authorized repurchases by the Company of up to $100 million in common stock. Under this new plan, the Company repurchased an additional 1.3 million shares of common stock for $69.0 million at an average price per share of $53.73 during the fourth quarter of 2023.

Non-GAAP Measures

When management assesses the Company’s financial performance for purposes of making day-to-day and strategic decisions, it does so based upon the performance of its core banking business, which is primarily derived from the combination of net interest income and noninterest or fee income, reduced by operating expenses, the provision for credit losses, and the impact of income taxes and other noncore items shown in the table that follows. There are items that impact the Company's results that management believes are unrelated to its core banking business such as gains or losses on the sales of securities, merger and acquisition expenses, provision for credit losses on acquired portfolios, loss on extinguishment of debt, impairment and other items. Management, therefore, excludes items management considers to be noncore when computing the Company’s non-GAAP operating earnings and operating EPS, noninterest income on an operating basis and efficiency ratio on an operating basis. Management believes excluding these items facilitates greater visibility into the Company’s core banking business and underlying trends that may, to some extent, be obscured by inclusion of such items.

Management also supplements its evaluation of financial performance with an analysis of tangible book value per share (which is computed by dividing stockholders' equity less goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, or tangible common equity, by common shares outstanding) and with the Company's tangible common equity ratio (which is computed by dividing tangible common equity by tangible assets) which are non-GAAP measures. The Company has included information on these tangible ratios because management believes that investors may find it useful to have access to the same analytical tools used by management to assess performance and identify trends.  The Company has recognized goodwill and other intangible assets in conjunction with merger and acquisition activities.  Excluding the impact of goodwill and other intangibles in measuring asset and capital values for the ratios provided, along with other bank standard capital ratios, facilitates comparison of the capital adequacy of the Company to other companies in the financial services industry.

38

Table of Contents

These non-GAAP measures should not be viewed as a substitute for financial results determined in accordance with GAAP. An item which management deems to be noncore and excludes when computing these non-GAAP measures can be of substantial importance to the Company’s results for any particular period. The Company’s non-GAAP performance measures are not necessarily comparable to similarly named non-GAAP performance measures which may be presented by other companies.

The following table summarizes the impact of noncore items on net income and reconciles non-GAAP net operating earnings to net income available to common shareholders for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31
Net IncomeDiluted Earnings Per Share
2023202220232022
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Net income available to common shareholders (GAAP)$239,502$263,813$5.42$5.69
Non-GAAP adjustments
Noninterest expense components
Add: merger and acquisition expenses7,1000.15
Noncore increases to income before taxes7,1000.15
Net tax benefit associated with noncore items (1)(1,995)(0.04)
Noncore increases to net income$$5,105$$0.11
Net operating earnings (Non-GAAP)$239,502$268,918$5.42$5.80

(1)The net tax benefit associated with noncore items is determined by assessing whether each noncore item is included or excluded from net taxable income and applying the Company's combined marginal tax rate only to those items included in net taxable income.

39

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the impact of noncore items with respect to the Company's total revenue, noninterest income as a percentage of total revenue, and the efficiency ratio for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31
20232022202120202019
(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest income$606,521$613,249$401,559$367,728$393,135(a)
Noninterest income (GAAP)$124,609$114,667$105,850$111,440$115,294(b)
Less:
Gain on sale of loans951
Noninterest income on an operating basis (non-GAAP)$124,609$114,667$105,850$111,440$114,343(c)
Noninterest expense (GAAP)$392,746$373,662$332,529$273,832$284,321(d)
Less:
Loss on termination of derivatives684
Merger and acquisition expenses7,10040,84026,433
Noninterest expense on an operating basis (non-GAAP)$392,746$366,562$291,689$273,148$257,888(e)
Total revenue (GAAP)$731,130$727,916$507,409$479,168$508,429(a+b)
Total operating revenue (non-GAAP)$731,130$727,916$507,409$479,168$507,478(a+c)
Ratios
Noninterest income as a % of total revenue (GAAP) (calculated by dividing total noninterest income by total revenue)17.04%15.75%20.86%23.26%22.68%(b/(a+b))
Noninterest income as a % of total revenue on an operating basis (Non-GAAP) (calculated by dividing total noninterest income on an operating basis by total revenue)17.04%15.75%20.86%23.26%22.53%(c/(a+c))
Efficiency ratio (GAAP) (calculated by dividing total noninterest expense by total revenue)53.72%51.33%65.53%57.15%55.92%(d/(a+b))
Efficiency ratio on an operating basis (Non-GAAP) (calculated by dividing total noninterest expense on an operating basis by total revenue)53.72%50.36%57.49%57.00%50.82%(e/(a+c))

40

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the calculation of the Company's tangible common equity ratio and tangible book value per share for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31
20232022202120202019
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Tangible common equity
Stockholders’ equity$2,895,251$2,886,701$3,018,449$1,702,685$1,708,143(a)
Less: Goodwill and other intangibles1,003,2621,010,1401,017,844529,313535,492
Tangible common equity (Non-GAAP)1,891,9891,876,5612,000,6051,173,3721,172,651(b)
Tangible assets
Assets (GAAP)19,347,37319,294,17420,423,40513,204,30111,395,165(c)
Less: Goodwill and other intangibles1,003,2621,010,1401,017,844529,313535,492
Tangible assets (Non-GAAP)$18,344,111$18,284,034$19,405,561$12,674,988$10,859,673(d)
Common shares42,873,18745,641,23847,349,77832,965,69234,377,388(e)
Common equity to assets ratio (GAAP)14.96%14.96%14.78%12.89%14.99%(a/c)
Tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio (Non-GAAP)10.31%10.26%10.31%9.26%10.80%(b/d)
Book value per share (GAAP)$67.53$63.25$63.75$51.65$49.69(a/e)
Tangible book value per share (Non-GAAP)$44.13$41.12$42.25$35.59$34.11(b/e)

41

Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated financial and other data of the Company set forth below does not purport to be complete and should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the more detailed information, including the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, appearing elsewhere herein.

Table 1 - Selected Financial Data

As of or for the Years Ended December 31
20232022202120202019
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Financial condition data
Securities$2,930,860$3,129,281$2,664,859$1,162,317$1,190,670
Loans14,278,07013,928,67513,587,2869,392,8668,873,639
Allowance for credit losses(142,222)(152,419)(146,922)(113,392)(67,740)
Goodwill and other intangibles1,003,2621,010,1401,017,844529,313535,492
Total assets19,347,37319,294,17420,423,40513,204,30111,395,165
Deposits14,865,54715,879,00716,917,04410,993,1709,147,367
Borrowings1,218,379113,377152,374181,060303,103
Stockholders’ equity2,895,2512,886,7013,018,4491,702,6851,708,143
Nonperforming loans54,38354,88127,82066,86148,049
Nonperforming assets54,49354,88127,82066,86148,049
Operating data
Interest income$795,726$642,840$415,276$402,069$447,014
Interest expense189,20529,59113,71734,34153,879
Net interest income606,521613,249401,559367,728393,135
Provision for credit losses23,2506,50018,20552,5006,000
Noninterest income124,609114,667105,850111,440115,294
Noninterest expenses392,746373,662332,529273,832284,321
Net income239,502263,813120,992121,167165,175
Per share data
Net income — basic$5.42$5.69$3.47$3.64$5.03
Net income — diluted5.425.693.473.645.03
Cash dividends declared2.202.081.921.841.76
Book value67.5363.2563.7551.6549.69
Tangible book value (1)44.1341.1242.2535.5934.11
Performance ratios
Return on average assets1.24%1.33%0.81%0.96%1.52%
Return on average common equity8.31%9.05%6.34%7.13%10.85%
Net interest margin (on a fully tax equivalent basis)3.54%3.46%3.02%3.29%4.04%
Dividend payout ratio40.92%35.53%51.85%50.21%32.25%
Asset quality ratios
Nonperforming loans as a percent of gross loans0.38%0.39%0.20%0.71%0.54%
Nonperforming assets as a percent of total assets0.28%0.28%0.14%0.51%0.42%
Allowance for credit losses as a percent of total loans1.00%1.09%1.08%1.21%0.76%
Allowance for credit losses as a percent of nonperforming loans261.52%277.73%528.12%169.59%140.98%
Capital ratios
Equity to assets14.96%14.96%14.78%12.89%14.99%
Tangible equity to tangible assets (1)10.31%10.26%10.31%9.26%10.80%
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio10.96%10.99%12.03%9.56%11.28%
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio14.19%14.33%14.30%12.67%12.86%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio14.19%14.33%14.30%13.34%13.53%
Total risk-based capital ratio15.91%16.11%16.04%15.13%14.83%

(1)     Represents a non-GAAP measurement. For reconciliation to GAAP measurement, see Item 7 "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Executive Level Overview - Non-GAAP Measures".

42

Table of Contents

Financial Position

Securities Portfolio    The Company's securities portfolio primarily consists of U.S. Treasury, U.S. government agency securities, agency mortgage-backed securities, agency collateralized mortgage obligations, and small business administration pooled securities. Also included in the Company's security portfolio are trading and equity securities related to certain employee benefit programs. The majority of these securities are investment grade debt obligations with average lives of five years or less. U.S. government agency securities entail a lesser degree of risk than loans made by the Bank by virtue of the guarantees that back them, require less capital under risk-based capital rules than noninsured or nonguaranteed mortgage loans, are more liquid than individual mortgage loans, and may be used to collateralize borrowings or other obligations of the Bank. The Bank views its securities portfolio as a source of income and liquidity. Interest and principal payments generated from securities provide a source of liquidity to fund loans and meet short-term cash needs.

Total securities decreased by $198.4 million, or 6.3%, at December 31, 2023 as compared to December 31, 2022, primarily reflecting the impact of paydowns, calls, and maturities, partially offset by unrealized gains of $42.0 million related to the available for sale portfolio. The ratio of securities to total assets decreased to 15.1% at December 31, 2023 as compared to 16.2% at December 31, 2022. The Company estimates expected credit losses for its available for sale and held to maturity securities in accordance with the CECL methodology, as described in Note 1, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

The following table sets forth the fair value of available for sale securities and the amortized cost of held to maturity securities along with the percentage distribution:

Table 2 - Securities Portfolio Composition

December 31
20232022
AmountPercentAmountPercent
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair value of securities available for sale
U.S. government agency securities$207,13815.5%$202,30014.5%
U.S. treasury securities769,10257.6%791,34156.5%
Agency mortgage-backed securities277,04720.8%313,68822.4%
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations33,1892.5%38,8432.8%
State, county and municipal securities190%191%
Pooled trust preferred securities issued by banks and insurers1,0180.1%1,0340.1%
Small business administration pooled securities46,5723.5%51,7573.7%
Total fair value of securities available for sale1,334,256100.0%1,399,154100.0%
Amortized cost of securities held to maturity
U.S. government agency securities29,5211.9%31,2581.8%
U.S. treasury securities100,7126.4%100,6345.9%
Agency mortgage-backed securities829,43152.9%898,92752.8%
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations477,51730.4%535,97131.4%
Single issuer trust preferred securities issued by banks1,5000.1%1,5000.1%
Small business administration pooled securities130,4268.3%136,8308.0%
Total amortized cost of securities held to maturity1,569,107100.0%1,705,120100.0%
Total$2,903,363$3,104,274

The Company’s available for sale securities are carried at fair value and are categorized within the fair value hierarchy based on the observability of model inputs. Securities which require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable are classified as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. At December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had no securities categorized as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

43

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the weighted average yield for each range of contractual maturities of the Bank’s available for sale and held to maturity securities portfolios at December 31, 2023. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Weighted average yields in the table below have been calculated based on the amortized cost of the security.

Table 3 - Securities Portfolio, Weighted Average Yields

Within One YearOne Year to Five YearsFive Years to Ten YearsOver Ten YearsTotal
Weighted Average Yield
Securities available for sale:
U.S. government agency securities1.2%1.6%1.3%
U.S. treasury securities0.4%0.9%0.8%
Agency mortgage-backed securities4.0%1.6%1.9%2.0%1.8%
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations2.1%3.6%3.5%
State, county, and municipal securities3.0%3.0%
Single issuer trust preferred securities issued by banks3.7%3.7%
Pooled trust preferred securities issued by banks and insurers6.1%6.1%
Small business administration pooled securities2.2%2.2%
Total available for sale securities0.4%1.1%1.8%2.3%1.2%
Securities held to maturity:
U.S. government agency securities:0.5%0.5%
U.S. treasury securities1.3%1.5%1.3%
Agency mortgage-backed securities2.9%2.4%3.2%2.8%
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations2.5%1.1%1.6%1.7%
Single issuer trust preferred securities issued by banks8.3%8.3%
Small business administration pooled securities2.2%4.1%4.0%
Total held to maturity securities0.5%2.6%2.3%2.5%2.5%
Total0.4%1.6%2.2%2.4%1.8%

As of December 31, 2023, the weighted average life of the securities portfolio was 4.1 years and the modified duration was 3.6 years.

At December 31, 2023, the aggregate book value of securities issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the U.S. Department of the Treasury exceeded 10% of stockholders' equity. Accordingly, the following table discloses the aggregate book value and market value of these securities at December 31, 2023:

Table 4 - Aggregate Book Value and Market Value of Select Securities

Aggregate Book ValueAggregate Market Value
(Dollars in thousands)
Securities issued by:
Fannie Mae$1,215,236$1,089,194
Freddie Mac439,502390,877
U.S. Department of the Treasury925,309860,637
Total$2,580,047$2,340,708

44

Table of Contents

Residential Mortgage Loan Sales     The Bank’s residential mortgage loans are generally originated in compliance with terms, conditions and documentation which permit the sale of such loans to investors in the secondary market. Loan sales in the secondary market provide funds for additional lending and other banking activities. Depending on market conditions, the Bank may sell the servicing of the sold loans for a servicing released premium, simultaneous with the sale of the loan. For the remainder of the sold loans for which the Company retains the servicing, a mortgage servicing asset is recognized. Additionally, as part of its asset/liability management strategy, the Bank may opt to retain certain residential real estate loan originations for its portfolio. When a loan is sold, the Company enters into agreements that contain representations and warranties about the characteristics of the loans sold and their origination. The Company may be required to either repurchase mortgage loans or to indemnify the purchaser from losses if representations and warranties are found to be not accurate in all material respects. The Company incurred no material losses related to mortgage repurchases during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021.

The Company experienced a lower volume of residential real estate loan sales for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, as compared to 2021, driven primarily by reduced customer demand in the rising interest rate environment. The following table shows the total residential loans that were closed and whether the amounts were held in the portfolio or sold (or held for sale) in the secondary market for the periods indicated:

Table 5 - Closed Residential Real Estate Loans

Years Ended December 31
202320222021
(Dollars in thousands)
Held in portfolio$512,991$689,636$411,850
Sold or held for sale in the secondary market79,66584,059756,025
Total closed loans$592,656$773,695$1,167,875

Additionally, during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, a larger portion of new residential real estate closings were retained in the portfolio rather than sold into the secondary market as compared to prior year periods driven mainly by the current interest-rate environment.

When a loan is sold, the Company may decide to also sell the servicing of sold loans for a servicing release premium, simultaneously with the sale of the loan, or the Company may opt to sell the loan and retain the servicing. The table below reflects additional information related to loans which were sold during the periods indicated:

Table 6 - Residential Mortgage Loan Sales

Years Ended December 31
202320222021
(Dollars in thousands)
Sold with servicing rights released$75,548$103,221$772,234
Sold with servicing rights retained (1)64986311,116
Total loans sold$76,197$104,084$783,350

(1)All loans sold with servicing rights retained during the above periods were sold without recourse.

In the event of a sale with servicing rights retained, a mortgage servicing asset is established, which represents the then current estimated fair value based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available, or alternatively is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, such as the cost to service, the discount rate, an inflation rate, ancillary income, prepayment speeds and default rates and losses. Servicing rights are recorded in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income, and are assessed for impairment based on fair value at each reporting date. Impairment is determined by stratifying the rights based on predominant characteristics, such as interest rate, loan type and investor type. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance, to the extent that fair value is less than the capitalized amount. If the Company later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists, a reduction of the allowance may be recorded as an increase to income. The principal balance of loans serviced by the Bank on behalf of investors was $298.8 million at December 31, 2023 and $327.5 million at December 31, 2022.

45

Table of Contents

The following table shows the adjusted cost of the servicing rights associated with these loans and the changes for the periods indicated:

Table 7 - Mortgage Servicing Asset

20232022
(Dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance$2,947$2,627
Additions58
Amortization(485)(649)
Change in valuation allowance174961
Ending balance$2,641$2,947

See Note 9, "Derivatives and Hedging Activities," within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for more information on mortgage activity and mortgage related derivatives.

Loan Portfolio    The Company’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2023 increased by $349.4 million, or 2.5%, when compared to December 31, 2022. Loan growth was driven primarily by strong consumer real estate activity in 2023, with the majority of residential real estate originations retained on the balance sheet, leading to an increase of $389.2 million, or 19.1%, within the residential portfolio. Total commercial loans decreased by $45.8 million, or 0.4% compared to December 31, 2022, reflecting disciplined origination activity and decreased line utilizations as compared to prior year.

The following table sets forth information concerning the composition of the Bank’s loan portfolio by loan type at the dates indicated:

Table 8 - Loan Portfolio Composition

December 31
20232022
(Dollars in thousands)
AmountPercentAmountPercent
Commercial and industrial$1,579,98611.1%$1,635,10311.7%
Commercial real estate8,041,50856.3%7,760,23055.7%
Commercial construction849,5866.0%1,154,4138.3%
Small business251,9561.8%219,1021.6%
Residential real estate2,424,75416.9%2,035,52414.6%
Home equity1,097,6267.7%1,088,7507.8%
Other consumer32,6540.2%35,5530.3%
Gross loans14,278,070100.0%13,928,675100.0%
Allowance for credit losses(142,222)(152,419)
Net loans$14,135,848$13,776,256

46

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes loans by contractual maturity as of December 31, 2023, along with the indication of whether interest rates are fixed or adjustable:

Table 9 - Scheduled Contractual Loan Amortization

December 31, 2023
1 Year or Less1 - 5 Years5 - 15 years (2)After 15 YearsTotal
(Dollars in thousands)
Fixed rate
Commercial and industrial$90,311$177,213$184,051$25,307$476,882
Commercial real estate400,0551,317,6371,204,155261,5973,183,444
Commercial construction (1)77,99530,80995,73936,220240,763
Small business24,85878,61675,8581,178180,510
Residential real estate49,968252,754788,936767,6541,859,312
Home equity25,076103,245192,6203,164324,105
Other consumer1,9662,2972834,546
Total fixed rate loans670,2291,962,5712,541,6421,095,1206,269,562
Adjustable rate
Commercial and industrial385,505430,283241,29446,0221,103,104
Commercial real estate933,3061,641,0271,760,701523,0304,858,064
Commercial construction (1)276,360111,490148,68972,284608,823
Small business19,94022,64428,68717571,446
Residential real estate12,88778,694225,985247,876565,442
Home equity68,076188,348508,3358,762773,521
Other consumer16,83611,27228,108
Total adjustable rate loans1,712,9102,483,7582,913,691898,1498,008,508
Total loans$2,383,139$4,446,329$5,455,333$1,993,269$14,278,070

(1)Includes certain construction loans that will convert to commercial mortgages and will be reclassified to commercial real estate upon the completion of the construction phase.

(2)Loans having no schedule of repayments or no stated maturity are reported as being due in the 5-15 years category above.

Generally, the actual maturity of loans is substantially shorter than their contractual maturity due to prepayments and, in the case of real estate loans, due-on-sale clauses, which generally give the Bank the right to declare a loan immediately due and payable in the event that, among other things, the borrower sells the property subject to the mortgage and the loan is not repaid. The average life of real estate loans tends to increase when current real estate loan rates are higher than rates on mortgages in the portfolio and, conversely, tends to decrease when rates on mortgages in the portfolio are higher than current real estate loan rates. Due to the fact that the Bank may, consistent with industry practice, renew a significant portion of commercial and commercial real estate loans at or immediately prior to their maturity by renewing the loans on substantially similar or revised terms, the principal repayments actually received by the Bank are anticipated to be significantly less than the amounts contractually due in any particular period. In other circumstances, a loan, or a portion of a loan, may not be repaid due to the borrower’s inability to satisfy the contractual obligations of the loan.

Asset Quality   The Company continually monitors the asset quality of the loan portfolio using all available information. Based on this assessment, loans demonstrating certain payment issues or other weaknesses may be categorized as delinquent, nonperforming and/or put on nonaccrual status. Further details surrounding relevant asset quality categories are summarized below:

Delinquency    The Company’s philosophy toward managing its loan portfolios is predicated upon careful monitoring, which stresses early detection and response to delinquent and default situations.  The Company seeks to make arrangements to resolve any delinquent or default situation over the shortest possible time frame.  Generally, the Company requires that a delinquency notice be mailed to a borrower upon expiration of a grace period (typically no longer than 15 days beyond the due

47

Table of Contents

date).  Reminder notices may be sent and telephone calls may be made prior to the expiration of the grace period. If the delinquent status is not resolved within a reasonable time frame following the mailing of a delinquency notice, the Bank’s personnel charged with managing its loan portfolios contacts the borrower to ascertain the reasons for delinquency and the prospects for payment.  Any subsequent actions taken to resolve the delinquency will depend upon the nature of the loan and the length of time that the loan has been delinquent. The borrower’s needs are considered as much as reasonably possible without jeopardizing the Bank’s position. A late charge is usually assessed on loans upon expiration of the grace period.

Nonaccrual Loans    As a general rule, loans 90 days or more past due with respect to principal or interest are classified as nonaccrual loans. However, certain loans that are 90 days or more past due may be kept on an accruing status if the loans are well secured and in the process of collection. Income accruals are suspended on all nonaccrual loans and all previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against current income. A loan remains on nonaccrual status until it becomes current with respect to principal and interest and remains current for a minimum period of six months, the loan is liquidated, or when the loan is determined to be uncollectible and is charged-off against the allowance for credit losses.

Loan Modifications In the course of resolving problem loans, the Company may choose to modify the contractual terms of certain loans. The Company attempts to work out an alternative payment schedule with the borrower in order to avoid or cure a default. Terms may be modified to fit the ability of the borrower to repay in line with its current financial status and may include adjustments to term extensions, interest rates, other than insignificant payment delays and/or a combination thereof. These actions are intended to minimize economic loss and avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. If such efforts by the Bank do not result in satisfactory performance, the loan is referred to legal counsel, at which time foreclosure proceedings are initiated. At any time prior to a sale of the property at foreclosure, the Bank may terminate foreclosure proceedings if the borrower is able to work out a satisfactory payment plan. All loan modifications are reviewed by the Company to identify if a borrower is deemed to be experiencing financial difficulty at time of the modification.

Purchased Credit Deteriorated Loans   Purchased Credit Deteriorated ("PCD") loans are acquired loans which have shown a more-than-insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination. PCD loans are recorded at amortized cost with an allowance for credit losses recorded upon purchase.

Nonperforming Assets    Nonperforming assets are typically comprised of nonperforming loans and other real estate owned ("OREO"). Nonperforming loans consist of nonaccrual loans and loans that are 90 days or more past due but still accruing interest.

OREO consists of real estate properties, which have primarily served as collateral to secure loans, that are controlled or owned by the Bank. These properties are recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell at the date control is established, resulting in a new cost basis. The amount by which the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the fair value (net of estimated costs to sell) of the foreclosed asset is charged to the allowance for credit losses. Subsequent declines in the fair value of the foreclosed asset below the new cost basis are recorded through the use of a valuation allowance. Subsequent increases in the fair value are recorded as reductions in the valuation allowance, but not below zero. All costs incurred thereafter in maintaining the property are generally charged to noninterest expense. In the event the real estate is utilized as a rental property, net rental income and expenses are recorded as incurred within noninterest expense.

48

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information regarding nonperforming assets held by the Bank at the dates indicated:

Table 10 - Nonperforming Assets

December 31
20232022
(Dollars in thousands)
Loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis
Commercial and industrial$20,188$26,693
Commercial real estate22,95215,730
Small business398104
Residential real estate7,6348,479
Home equity3,1713,400
Other consumer40475
Total nonperforming loans (1)54,38354,881
Other real estate owned110
Total nonperforming assets (1)$54,493$54,881
Nonperforming loans as a percent of gross loans0.38%0.39%
Nonperforming assets as a percent of total assets0.28%0.28%

(1)Nonaccrual balances at December 31, 2022 included $11.5 million of nonaccruing TDRs.

The following table summarizes the changes in nonperforming assets for the periods indicated:

Table 11 - Activity in Nonperforming Assets

20232022
(Dollars in thousands)
Nonperforming assets beginning balance$54,881$27,820
New to nonperforming58,71272,960
Loans charged-off(34,782)(2,652)
Loans paid-off(19,719)(35,622)
Loans transferred to other real estate owned/other assets(110)
Loans restored to accrual status(4,994)(7,652)
New to other real estate owned110
Other39527
Nonperforming assets ending balance$54,493$54,881

Allowance for Credit Losses    The allowance for credit losses is maintained at a level that management considers appropriate to provide for the Company's current estimate of expected lifetime credit losses on loans measured at amortized cost. The allowance is increased by providing for credit losses through a charge to expense and by credits for recoveries of loans previously charged-off and is reduced by loans being charged-off.

In accordance with the CECL methodology, the Company estimates credit losses for financial assets on a collective basis for loans sharing similar risk characteristics using a quantitative model combined with an assessment of certain qualitative factors designed to address forecast risk and model risk inherent in the quantitative model output. The model estimates expected credit losses using loan level data over the contractual life of the exposure, considering the effect of prepayments. Economic forecasts are incorporated into the estimate over a reasonable and supportable forecast period of one year, beyond which is a reversion to the Company's historical long-run average for a period of six months. The Company's qualitative assessment is structured based upon nine environmental factors impacting the expected risk of loss within the loan portfolio, with an additional factor designed to capture model imprecision. Loans that do not share similar risk characteristics with any pools of assets are subject to individual assessment and are removed from the collectively assessed pools to avoid double counting. For the loans that will be individually assessed, the Company uses either a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) approach

49

Table of Contents

or a fair value of collateral approach. The latter approach is used for loans deemed to be collateral dependent or when foreclosure is probable.

Management's allowance for credit loss estimate incorporates an economic forecast over a reasonable and supportable period of 12 months. As of December 31, 2023, the forecast selected by management assumes that the Federal Reserve will begin easing rates gradually in mid-2024, inflation will return to 2% target by the end of 2024, job growth will slow in 2024 with unemployment peaking at 4.1%, home prices will decline slightly in 2024, and that prices for office real estate will generally decrease as uncertainty over occupancy and operating cash flows persists. Additionally, the allowance for credit losses is qualitatively adjusted on a quarterly basis in order to ensure coverage for relationships that are deemed to be more at risk within certain industries, specific collateral types, or other specific characteristics that may be highly impacted by the current economic environment.

50

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding within each major loan category for the periods presented:

Table 12 - Summary Net Charge-Offs to Average Loans Outstanding

Net Charge-Offs (Recoveries)Average Amount OutstandingRatio of Net Charge-Offs/(Recoveries) to Average Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2023
Commercial and industrial$23,419$1,646,9391.42%
Commercial real estate7,8557,839,4760.10%
Commercial construction1,019,871%
Small business392235,1080.17%
Residential real estate2,217,971%
Home equity(15)1,093,546%
Other consumer (1)1,79631,2025.76%
Total$33,447$14,084,1130.24%
December 31, 2022
Commercial and industrial$(49)$1,538,848%
Commercial real estate(271)7,807,427%
Commercial construction1,191,394%
Small business47204,9820.02%
Residential real estate1,831,493%
Home equity11,061,228%
Other consumer (1)1,27531,9863.99%
Total$1,003$13,667,3580.01%
December 31, 2021
Commercial and industrial$788$1,823,9140.04%
Commercial real estate(57)4,702,346%
Commercial construction616,037%
Small business121180,4730.07%
Residential real estate(1)1,286,470%
Home equity(180)1,025,809(0.02)%
Other consumer (1)54423,8852.28%
Total$1,215$9,658,9340.01%

(1) Other consumer portfolio is inclusive of deposit account overdrafts recorded as loan balances and the associated net charge-offs.

For purposes of the allowance for credit losses, management segregates the portfolio based upon loans sharing similar risk characteristics. The allocation of the allowance for credit losses is made to each loan category using the analytical techniques and estimation methods described in this Report. While these amounts represent management’s best estimate of credit losses at the evaluation dates, they are not necessarily indicative of either the categories in which actual losses may occur or the extent of such actual losses that may be recognized within each category. Each of these loan categories possess unique risk characteristics that are considered when determining the appropriate level of allowance for each segment. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any segment of the loan portfolio.

51

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for credit losses by loan category at the dates indicated:

Table 13 - Summary of Allocation of Allowance for Credit Losses

December 31
20232022
Allowance AmountPercent of Allowance of Total AllowancePercent of Loans In Category of Total LoansAllowance AmountPercent of Allowance of Total AllowancePercent of Loans In Category of Total Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial$19,24313.5%11.1%$27,55918.1%11.7%
Commercial real estate74,14852.2%56.3%77,79951.0%55.7%
Commercial construction7,6835.4%6.0%10,7627.1%8.3%
Small business3,9632.8%1.8%2,8341.9%1.6%
Residential real estate23,63716.6%16.9%20,97313.8%14.6%
Home equity12,7979.0%7.7%11,5047.5%7.8%
Other consumer7510.5%0.2%9880.6%0.3%
Total$142,222100.0%100.0%$152,419100.0%100.0%

To determine if a loan should be charged-off, all possible sources of repayment are analyzed. Possible sources of repayment include the potential for future cash flows, the value of the Bank’s collateral, and the strength of co-makers or guarantors. When available information confirms that specific loans or portions thereof are uncollectible, these amounts are promptly charged-off against the allowance for credit losses and any recoveries of such previously charged-off amounts are credited to the allowance.

Regardless of whether a loan is unsecured or collateralized, the Company charges off the amount of any confirmed loan loss in the period when the loans, or portions of loans, are deemed uncollectible. For troubled, collateral-dependent loans, loss-confirming events may include an appraisal or other valuation that reflects a shortfall between the value of the collateral and the carrying value of the loan or receivable, or a deficiency balance following the sale of the collateral.

For additional information regarding the Bank’s allowance for credit losses, see Note 1, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 3, "Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality" within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock    The Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") is a cooperative that provides services to its member banking institutions. The primary reason for the FHLB of Boston membership is to gain access to a reliable source of wholesale funding as a tool to manage liquidity and interest rate risk. The purchase of stock in the FHLB is a requirement for a member to gain access to funding. The Company either purchases additional FHLB stock or is subject to redemption of FHLB stock proportional to the volume of funding received. The Company views the holdings as a necessary long-term investment for the purpose of balance sheet liquidity and not for investment return.  The Company's investments in FHLB of Boston stock increased to $43.6 million at December 31, 2023 compared to $5.2 million at December 31, 2022, reflecting a net increase in FHLB borrowings of $1.1 billion during the year ended 2023.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets were $1.0 billion at both December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.

The Company typically performs its annual goodwill impairment testing during the third quarter of the year, unless certain indicators suggest earlier testing to be warranted, using a combined qualitative and quantitative approach. The initial qualitative approach assesses whether the existence of events or circumstances led to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Company's single reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than carrying value, a quantitative impairment test is performed to compare carrying value to the fair value of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss will be recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

52

Table of Contents

The Company's annual impairment test was performed as of August 31, 2023 using a quantitative impairment test which leveraged a combination of income and market valuation approaches to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit. The income valuation approach utilized a discounted cash flow analysis, while the market approach utilized a guideline public company approach whereby market multiples were derived from market prices of stocks of public companies that are engaged in the same or similar lines of business. The results of the annual assessment determined that the Company’s goodwill was not impaired, however the fair value of its reporting unit was in excess of its carrying value by less than 10%, indicating that goodwill may be at risk of impairment. Events or circumstances that could negatively impact the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit in the future include a sustained decrease in the Company’s stock price, continued decline in industry peer multiples, and further deterioration of the Company’s financial projections.

The quantitative impairment test relied upon certain key assumptions, including projected financial information deemed by management to be reasonable based on the Company’s past and expected future performance, as well as a discount rate consistent with the Company’s cost of capital. Additionally, management performed sensitivity analyses over various financial assumptions used in the model noting results which further corroborated the conclusions reached. Other intangible assets are also reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. There were no other events or changes during the fourth quarter of 2023 that indicated impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets. For additional information regarding the goodwill and other intangible assets, see Note 5, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 hereof.

Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance Policies    The Bank holds life insurance policies for the purpose of offsetting its future obligations to its employees under its retirement and benefits plans. The cash surrender value of life insurance policies was $297.4 million and $293.3 million at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

The Company recorded tax exempt income from life insurance policies in the amounts of $7.9 million, $7.7 million, and $6.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The Company also recorded gains on life insurance benefits of $2.3 million, $1.3 million, and $258,000 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Deposits    At December 31, 2023, total deposits were $14.9 billion, representing a decrease of $1.0 billion, or 6.4% compared to December 31, 2022, primarily reflective of industry wide dislocations occurring during the first quarter of 2023, coupled with an overall competitive rate environment and a redeployment of customer excess liquidity due to inflation and other factors. The total cost of deposits was 0.96% for the year ended December 31, 2023, representing an increase from the prior year of 81 basis points, fueled primarily by the higher rate environment driven by the Federal Reserve's rate hikes over the latter half of 2022 and 2023.

The Company's deposits are comprised primarily of core deposits (demand, savings and money market), as well as time deposits. The Company's ratio of core deposits, inclusive of reciprocal money market deposits, to total deposits represented 84.6% at December 31, 2023 compared to 91.8% at December 31, 2022, with the 2023 decrease driven primarily by core deposit outflows in conjunction with growth in higher yielding time deposits. In addition, the Company may also utilize brokered deposit sources, as needed, with balances of $100.9 million and $102.6 million outstanding at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

The Company's deposit accounts are insured to the maximum extent permitted by the Deposit Insurance Fund which is administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"). The FDIC offers insurance coverage on deposits up to the federally insured limit of $250,000. The Company participates in the IntraFi Network, allowing it to provide easy access to multi-million dollar FDIC deposit insurance protection on certificate of deposit and money market investments for consumers, businesses and public entities. This channel allows the Company to access a reciprocal deposit exchange that can be used to benefit customers seeking increased FDIC insurance protection, and amounted to $959.1 million and $653.6 million in deposits, at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. The estimated balance of uninsured deposits at the Bank were $4.6 billion and $5.4 billion as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. Included in these amounts are $720.5 million and $605.0 million of collateralized deposits, which offer additional protection to the customer.

53

Table of Contents

Scheduled maturities of time deposits not covered by deposit insurance at December 31, 2023, were as follows:

Table 14 - Maturities of Uninsured Time Deposits

December 31, 2023
(Dollars in thousands)
Due within 3 months or less$109,595
Due after 3 months through 6 months93,131
Due after 6 months through 12 months85,167
Due after 12 months65,032
Total uninsured time deposits (1)352,925

(1)Amounts of uninsured time deposits presented in the table above are estimates determined based upon a relative proportion of customer account balances in excess of FDIC insurance limits, and in a manner consistent with the Company's regulatory reporting requirements.

Borrowings    The Company's borrowings consist of both short-term and long-term borrowings and provide the Bank with one of its primary sources of funding. Maintaining available borrowing capacity provides the Bank with a contingent source of liquidity. Borrowings increased by $1.1 billion, or 974.6%, at December 31, 2023, as compared to December 31, 2022, due primarily to deposit outflows experienced during 2023 as well as to fund stock buyback activity during the fourth quarter of 2023. See Note 7, "Borrowings" within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for more information regarding borrowings.

Liquidity and Capital Resources    The Company proactively manages its liquidity and cash flow requirements with the intent to maintain stable, cost-effective funding and to promote the strength of its overall balance sheet. The liquidity position of the Company is continuously monitored by management and adjustments are made to appropriately balance sources and uses of funds, as needed. In response to the banking industry turmoil experienced during the year, management took immediate actions during the first quarter by proactively borrowing under its existing FHLB capacity to increase on balance sheet liquidity, as well as pledging additional assets to increase overall off balance sheet liquidity. For further details surrounding the Company’s liquidity risks and related strategy, see the "Risk Management – Liquidity Risk" section below within Item 7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations within this Report.

At December 31, 2023, the Company and the Bank exceeded the minimum requirements for Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital, total capital, and Tier 1 leverage capital, inclusive of the capital conservation buffer. See Note 18, "Regulatory Matters" within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for more information regarding capital requirements.

Investment Management

The following table presents total assets under administrations and number of accounts held by the Rockland Trust Investment Management Group at the following dates:

Table15 - Assets Under Administration

December 31 2023December 31 2022December 31 2021
(Dollars in thousands)
Assets under administration$6,537,905$5,792,857$5,726,368
Number of trust, fiduciary and agency accounts6,5506,4596,379

The Company's Investment Management Group provides investment management and trust services to individuals, institutions, small businesses, and charitable institutions.

Accounts maintained by the Investment Management Group consist of managed and nonmanaged accounts. Managed accounts are those for which the Bank is responsible for administration and investment management and/or investment advice, while nonmanaged accounts are those for which the Bank acts solely as a custodian or directed trustee. The Bank receives fees dependent upon the level and type of service(s) provided. The Investment Management Group generated gross fee revenues of $34.6 million, $32.8 million, and $31.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. Total

54

Table of Contents

assets under administration as of December 31, 2023 were $6.5 billion, including $622.9 million of investment solutions designed by Rockland Trust that are administered and executed through its agreement with LPL Financial ("LPL"), compared to $5.8 billion and $603.7 million, respectively, at December 31, 2022. The Company also has a subsidiary that is a registered investment advisor, Bright Rock Capital Management, LLC, which provides institutional quality investment management services to both institutional and high net worth clients. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, included in the assets under administration amounts above, there were $449.8 million and $390.1 million, respectively, relating to the Company's registered investment advisor.

The administration of trust and fiduciary accounts is monitored by the Trust Committee of the Bank’s Board of Directors. The Trust Committee has delegated administrative responsibilities to three committees, one for investments, one for administration, and one for operations, all of which are comprised of Investment Management Group officers who meet no less than quarterly.

The Bank has an agreement with LPL and its affiliates and their insurance subsidiary, LPL Insurance Associates, Inc., to offer the sale of mutual fund shares, unit investment trust shares, general securities, advisory platforms, fixed and variable annuities and life insurance. Registered representatives who are both employed by the Bank and licensed and contracted with LPL are onsite to offer these products to the Bank’s customer base. These same agents are also approved and appointed with various other Broker General Agents for the purposes of processing insurance solutions for clients. The retail investments and insurance revenues were $5.6 million, $4.1 million, and $3.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively.

Results of Operations

Table 16 - Summary of Results of Operations

Years Ended December 31
202320222021
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Net income$239,502$263,813$120,992
Diluted earnings per share$5.42$5.69$3.47
Return on average assets1.24%1.33%0.81%
Return on average equity8.31%9.05%6.34%
Stockholders' equity as % of assets14.96%14.96%14.78%
Net interest margin3.54%3.46%3.02%

Net Interest Income    The amount of net interest income is affected by changes in interest rates and by the volume, mix, and interest rate sensitivity of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

On a fully tax-equivalent basis, net interest income was $611.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, representing a 1.0% decrease from net interest income of $617.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022.

55

Table of Contents

The following table presents the Company’s average balances, net interest income, interest rate spread, and net interest margin for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021. Nontaxable income from loans and securities is presented on a fully tax-equivalent basis by adjusting tax-exempt income upward by an amount equivalent to the prevailing federal income taxes that would have been paid if the income had been fully taxable.

Table 17 - Average Balance, Interest Earned/Paid & Average Yields

Years Ended December 31
202320222021
Average BalanceInterest Earned/ PaidAverage YieldAverage BalanceInterest Earned/ PaidAverage YieldAverage BalanceInterest Earned/ PaidAverage Yield
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-earning assets
Interest-earning deposits with banks, federal funds sold, and short term investments$118,806$5,1864.37%$1,222,434$14,3851.18%$1,864,346$2,4940.13%
Securities
Securities - trading4,411%3,764%3,344%
Securities - taxable investments3,027,76960,3361.99%2,948,35850,3541.71%1,795,19930,4771.70%
Securities - nontaxable investments (1)19073.68%19673.57%469204.26%
Total securities3,032,37060,3431.99%2,952,31850,3611.71%1,799,01230,4971.70%
Loans held for sale3,2891905.78%4,7741723.60%34,0568562.51%
Loans (2)
Commercial and industrial1,646,939115,7527.03%1,538,84877,0745.01%1,823,91479,7524.37%
Commercial real estate (1)7,839,476376,5864.80%7,807,427326,5934.18%4,702,346185,9083.95%
Commercial construction1,019,87166,4406.51%1,191,39457,8044.85%616,03724,6964.01%
Small business235,10814,4286.14%204,98210,8865.31%180,4739,2765.14%
Total commercial10,741,394573,2065.34%10,742,651472,3574.40%7,322,770299,6324.09%
Residential real estate2,217,97188,2103.98%1,831,49363,4433.46%1,286,47046,2793.60%
Home equity1,093,54670,6986.47%1,061,22844,0484.15%1,025,80935,1603.43%
Total consumer real estate3,311,517158,9084.80%2,892,721107,4913.72%2,312,27981,4393.52%
Other consumer31,2022,4187.75%31,9862,1146.61%23,8851,6686.98%
Total loans14,084,113734,5325.22%13,667,358581,9624.26%9,658,934382,7393.96%
Total Interest-Earning Assets17,238,578800,2514.64%17,846,884646,8803.62%13,356,348416,5863.12%
Cash and Due from Banks180,553184,812152,723
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock33,7347,13410,283
Other Assets1,853,5851,858,2101,335,193
Total Assets$19,306,450$19,897,040$14,854,547
Interest-bearing liabilities
Deposits
Savings and interest checking accounts$5,489,923$43,0730.78%$6,159,289$8,3390.14%$4,590,055$1,6100.04%
Money market3,022,32251,6301.71%3,489,98111,6830.33%2,516,8711,9300.08%
Time certificates of deposits1,724,62550,0502.90%1,310,4424,6300.35%936,0464,7870.51%
Total interest bearing deposits10,236,870144,7531.41%10,959,71224,6520.22%8,042,9728,3270.10%
Borrowings
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings782,12137,6244.81%16,1383131.94%41,5568972.16%
Long-term borrowings%2,235311.39%21,0723311.57%

56

Table of Contents

Junior subordinated debentures62,8574,3596.93%62,8542,1253.38%62,8521,6922.69%
Subordinated debt49,9332,4704.95%49,8372,4704.96%49,7412,4704.97%
Total borrowings894,91144,4534.97%131,0644,9393.77%175,2215,3903.08%
Total interest-bearing liabilities11,131,781189,2061.70%11,090,77629,5910.27%8,218,19313,7170.17%
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits4,918,7875,559,9974,443,410
Other liabilities374,585330,371284,679
Total liabilities16,425,15316,981,14412,946,282
Stockholders’ equity2,881,2972,915,8961,908,265
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$19,306,450$19,897,040$14,854,547
Net interest income (1)$611,045$617,289$402,869
Interest rate spread (3)2.94%3.35%2.95%
Net interest margin (4)3.54%3.46%3.02%
Supplemental Information
Total deposits, including demand deposits$15,155,657$144,753$16,519,709$24,652$12,486,382$8,327
Cost of total deposits0.96%0.15%0.07%
Total funding liabilities, including demand deposits$16,050,568$189,206$16,650,773$29,591$12,661,603$13,717
Cost of total funding liabilities1.18%0.18%0.11%

(1)The total amount of adjustment to present interest income and yield on a fully tax-equivalent basis is $4.5 million, $4.0 million, and $1.3 million for 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(2)Includes average nonaccruing loans.

(3)Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average costs of interest-bearing liabilities.

(4)Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

57

Table of Contents

The following table presents certain information on a fully-tax equivalent basis regarding changes in the Company’s interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided with respect to changes attributable to (1) changes in rate (change in rate multiplied by prior year volume), (2) changes in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior year rate) and (3) changes in volume/rate (change in rate multiplied by change in volume) which is allocated to the change due to rate column:

Table 18 - Volume Rate Analysis

Years Ended December 31
2023 Compared To 20222022 Compared To 20212021 Compared To 2020
Change Due to RateChange Due to VolumeTotal ChangeChange Due to RateChange Due to VolumeTotal ChangeChange Due to RateChange Due to VolumeTotal Change
(Dollars in thousands)
Income on interest-earning assets
Interest-earning deposits, federal funds sold and short term investments$3,788$(12,987)$(9,199)$12,750$(859)$11,891$384$1,263$1,647
Securities
Taxable securities8,6261,3569,98230019,57719,877(15,979)16,323344
Nontaxable securities (1)(1)(12)(13)2(26)(24)
Total securities9,98219,864320
Loans held for sale72(54)1852(736)(684)(76)(286)(362)
Loans
Commercial and industrial33,2645,41438,6789,787(12,465)(2,678)10,743(1,326)9,417
Commercial real estate48,6521,34149,99317,925122,760140,685(11,652)26,54714,895
Commercial construction16,958(8,322)8,63610,04323,06533,108(486)2,2321,746
Small business1,9421,6003,5423501,2601,610(732)479(253)
Total commercial100,849172,72525,805
Residential real estate11,37913,38824,767(2,442)19,60617,164(1,999)(5,598)(7,597)
Home equity25,3091,34126,6507,6741,2148,888(2,523)(3,313)(5,836)
Total consumer real estate51,41726,052(13,433)
Total other consumer356(52)304(120)566446(280)(107)(387)
Loans (1)152,570199,22311,985
Total$153,371$230,294$13,590
Expense of interest-bearing liabilities
Deposits
Savings and interest checking accounts$35,640$(906)$34,734$6,179$550$6,729$(3,882)$1,079$(2,803)
Money market41,513(1,566)39,9479,0077469,753(5,670)1,434(4,236)
Time certificates of deposits43,9571,46345,420(2,072)1,915(157)(8,786)(3,181)(11,967)
Total interest-bearing deposits120,10116,325(19,006)
Borrowings
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings22,45514,85637,311(35)(549)(584)498(1,165)(667)
Line of credit
Long-term borrowings(31)(31)(4)(296)(300)(127)(718)(845)
Junior subordinated debentures2,2342,234433433(106)(106)
Subordinated debt(5)5(5)5(5)5
Total borrowings39,514(451)(1,618)
Total$159,615$15,874$(20,624)
Change in net interest income$(6,244)$214,420$34,214

(1)The table above reflects income determined on a fully tax equivalent basis. See footnotes to Table 17 above for the related adjustments.

58

Table of Contents

Provision For Credit Losses   The provision for credit losses represents the charge to expense that is required to maintain an adequate level of allowance for credit losses. The Company's provision for credit losses totaled $23.3 million, $6.5 million and $18.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. The provision for credit losses for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively has been driven primarily by idiosyncratic events within the commercial portfolios.

The Company’s allowance for credit losses, as a percentage of total loans, was 1.00%, 1.09% and 1.08% at December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. See Note 3, "Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality" within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report, for further details surrounding the primary drivers of the provision for credit losses during the period.

Noninterest Income    The following table sets forth information regarding noninterest income for the periods shown:

Table 19 - Noninterest Income

Years Ended December 31
Change
20232022Amount%
(Dollars in thousands)
Deposit account fees$23,486$23,370$1160.5%
Interchange and ATM fees18,10816,2491,85911.4%
Investment management40,19136,8323,3599.1%
Mortgage banking income2,3263,515(1,189)(33.8)%
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance policies7,8687,6851832.4%
Gain on life insurance benefits2,2911,2911,00077.5%
Loan level derivative income3,3272,93239513.5%
Other noninterest income27,01222,7934,21918.5%
Total$124,609$114,667$9,9428.7%

The primary reasons for significant variances in the noninterest income categories shown in the preceding table are noted below:

•Interchange and ATM fees increased year over year due primarily to higher debit card service charges driven by increased transaction volume.

•Investment management revenue increased due in part to growth in overall assets under administration, which increased from $5.8 billion at December 31, 2022 to $6.5 billion at December 31, 2023, reflecting healthy new asset inflows and increased market valuations, as well as due to higher retail and insurance commission income recognized during 2023.

•Mortgage banking income decreased in comparison to the prior year, primarily attributable to overall reduced saleable volumes as a result of the rising interest rate environment in 2023.

•Gain on life insurance benefits was higher in 2023 due to elevated proceeds on life insurance policies received in comparison to the prior year.

•The changes in loan level derivative income primarily reflect customer demand during the respective periods.

•Other noninterest income increased during the year, primarily due to increases in FHLB dividend income, unrealized gains on equity securities, outsized loan fees, and discounted purchases of Massachusetts historical tax credits, partially offset by decreases in gains on sales of fixed assets, equity capital gain distributions, and income from like-kind exchanges.

59

Table of Contents

Noninterest Expense    The following table sets forth information regarding noninterest expense for the periods shown:

Table 20 - Noninterest Expense

Years Ended December 31
Change
20232022Amount%
(Dollars in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits$222,135$204,711$17,4248.5%
Occupancy and equipment50,58249,8417411.5%
Data processing and facilities management9,8849,3205646.1%
Software maintenance13,11510,9612,15419.7%
FDIC assessment11,9536,9515,00272.0%
Debit card expense9,0037,6701,33317.4%
Consulting8,9549,617(663)(6.9)%
Amortization of intangible assets6,8787,655(777)(10.2)%
Merger & acquisitions7,100(7,100)(100.0)%
Other noninterest expense60,24259,8364060.7%
Total$392,746$373,662$19,0845.1%

The primary reasons for significant variances in the noninterest expense categories shown in the preceding tables are noted below:

•The increase in salaries and employee benefits in comparison to the prior year was primarily attributable to non-recurring CEO transition expenses incurred during the first quarter of 2023, as well as increases in general salaries, equity compensation, severance and medical plan insurance, partially offset by decreases in incentive programs and payroll taxes.

•Occupancy and equipment expense increased year-over-year, primarily driven by costs associated with the Company's leased real estate, including one-time lease exit costs associated with two leased locations related to the 2021 Meridian acquisition, as well as increased utilities costs, partially offset by reduced snow removal costs as compared to the prior year.

•Data processing and facilities management expenses increased primarily due to the timing of certain initiatives and general increases associated with higher transaction volumes.

•Software maintenance increased primarily due to the Company's continued investment in its technology infrastructure.

•FDIC assessment expense increased in comparison to the prior year due an increased assessment base as well as an estimated $1.1 million special assessment based on rules implemented by the FDIC to recover losses incurred by the Deposit Insurance Fund in 2023.

•Consulting expense decreased year-over-year due primarily to the timing of strategic initiatives.

•The Company incurred merger and acquisition costs related to the Meridian acquisition of $7.1 million during the first quarter of 2022, primarily related to lease terminations associated with exited branch locations, along with additional integration costs and professional fees. No such costs were incurred during 2023.

•Other noninterest expenses increased year-over year due primarily to increased interest paid on cash collateral accounts, loan workout costs, sponsorships, and internet banking costs, partially offset by decreases in unrealized losses on equity securities, telecommunications costs, and mortgage operations expense.

60

Table of Contents

Income Taxes    The tax effect of all income and expense transactions is recognized by the Company in each year’s consolidated statements of income, regardless of the year in which the transactions are reported for income tax purposes. The following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s tax provision and applicable tax rates for the periods indicated:

Table 21 - Tax Provision and Applicable Tax Rates

Years Ended December 31
202320222021
(Dollars in thousands)
Combined federal and state income tax provisions$75,632$83,941$35,683
Effective income tax rates24.00%24.14%22.78%
Blended Statutory tax rate27.91%27.85%27.92%

The Company’s effective tax rate for 2023 is lower as compared to the year ago period primarily due to lower pre-tax net income, as well as the impact of discrete items, such as provision to return adjustments, changes in uncertain tax positions, and excess benefits from equity compensation, which are subject to fluctuation year over year. The effective tax rates reported in the table above are lower than the blended statutory tax rates due to the aforementioned discrete items as well as certain tax preference assets such as life insurance policies, tax exempt bonds, and federal tax credits.

Additionally, the Company invests in various low-income housing projects which are real estate limited partnerships that acquire, develop, own and operate low and moderate-income housing developments. As a limited partner in these operating partnerships, the Company receives tax credits and tax deductions for losses incurred by the underlying properties. The investments are accounted for using the proportional amortization method and will be amortized over various periods through 2040, which represents the period that the tax credits and other tax benefits will be utilized. The total committed investment in these partnerships at December 31, 2023 was $229.0 million, of which $170.3 million has been funded. The Company recognized a net tax benefit of approximately $3.7 million for 2023 and anticipates additional net tax benefits of $30.3 million over the remaining life of the investments from the combination of tax credits and operating losses.

For additional information related to the Company's income taxes see Note 10, "Income Taxes" and Note 11, "Low Income Housing Project Investments" within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Dividends    The Company declared quarterly cash dividends totaling $2.20 per common share in 2023 and $2.08 per common share in 2022. The 2023 and 2022 ratio of dividends paid to earnings was 40.92% and 35.53%, respectively.

Since substantially all of the funds available for the payment of dividends are derived from the Bank, future dividends of the Company will depend on the earnings of the Bank, its financial condition, its need for funds, applicable governmental policies and regulations, and other such matters as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

Comparison of 2022 vs. 2021 For a discussion of our results for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, please see Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2023.

Risk Management

The Board of Directors has approved an Enterprise Risk Management Policy to state the Company’s goals and objectives in identifying, measuring, and managing the risks associated with the Company’s current and near future anticipated size and complexity. Management is responsible for comprehensive enterprise risk management, and continually strives to adopt and implement practices that strike an appropriate balance between risk and reward and permit the achievement of strategic goals in a controlled environment.

The Company has implemented the “three lines of defense” enterprise risk management model. The first line of defense are the executives in charge of business units, operational areas, and corporate functions who, sometimes assisted by management committees, teams, and working groups, own and manage risks. The second line of defense monitors and provides risk management advice across all risk domains, and is comprised of the enterprise risk department, with oversight from the Chief Risk Officer. The third line of defense is independent assurance performed by the Chief Internal Auditor, who reports to the Audit Committee of the Company's Board of Directors, and by the Company's internal audit department.

61

Table of Contents

The Board of Directors, with the assistance of its Risk Committee, oversees management’s enterprise risk management practices. As risks must be taken to create value, the Board of Directors has approved a Risk Appetite Statement that defines the acceptable residual risk tolerances for the Company and the nine major risk types identified as having the potential to create significant adverse impacts on the Company, such as financial losses, reputational damage, legal or regulatory actions, failure to achieve strategic objectives, diminished customer experience, and/or cultural erosion. The nine major risk categories identified by the Company and addressed in the Risk Appetite Statement are strategic and emerging risk, culture risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk, operational risk, reputation risk, compliance risk, and technology risk, each of which is discussed below.

Strategic and Emerging Risk   Strategic and emerging risk is the risk arising from adverse strategic or business decisions, misalignment of strategic direction with the Company’s mission and values, failure to execute strategies or tactics, or an inadequate adaptation or lack of responsiveness to industry and/or operating environment changes. Management seeks to mitigate strategic risk through strategic planning, frequent executive review of strategic plan progress, monitoring of competitors and technology, assessment of new products, new branches, and new business initiatives, customer advocacy, and crisis management planning.

Culture Risk    Culture risk is the risk arising from failed leadership and/or ineffective colleague engagement and workplace management that causes the Company to lose sight of core values and, through acts or omissions, damage the relationship-based culture that has been one of the foundations of the Company’s consistent success. Management seeks to mitigate culture risk through effective employee relations, leadership that encourages continuous improvement, cultural development and reinforcement of core values, communication of clear ethical and behavioral standards, consistent enforcement of policies and programs, discipline of misbehavior, alignment of incentives and compensation, and by promoting diversity, equity, and inclusion.

Credit Risk Credit risk is the risk arising from the failure of a borrower or a counterparty to a contract to make payments as agreed, and includes the risks arising from inadequate collateral and mismanagement of loan concentrations. While the collateral securing loans may be sufficient in some cases to recover the amount due, in other cases the Company may experience significant credit losses that could have an adverse effect on its operating results. The Company makes assumptions and judgments about the collectability of its loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of its borrowers and counterparties and the value of collateral for the repayment of loans. For further discussion regarding the credit risk and the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio, see Note 3, “Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Liquidity Risk   Liquidity risk is the risk arising from the Company being unable to meet obligations when due. Liquidity risk includes the inability to access funding sources or manage fluctuations in available funding levels. Liquidity risk also results from a failure to recognize or address market condition changes that affect the ability to liquidate assets quickly with minimal value loss.

The Company’s primary sources of funds are deposits, borrowings, and the amortization, prepayment, and maturities of loans and securities. The Bank utilizes its extensive branch network to access retail customers who provide a base of in-market core deposits. These funds are principally comprised of demand deposits, interest checking accounts, savings accounts, and money market accounts. Interest rates, economic conditions, and competitive factors greatly influence deposit levels.

The Company’s primary measure of short-term liquidity is the Total Basic Surplus/Deficit as a percentage of assets. This ratio, which is an analysis of the relationship between liquid assets plus available FHLB funding, less short-term liabilities relative to total assets, was within policy limits at December 31, 2023. The Total Basic Surplus/Deficit measure is affected primarily by changes in deposits, securities and short-term investments, loans, and borrowings. An increase in deposits, without a corresponding increase in nonliquid assets, will improve the Total Basic Surplus/Deficit measure, whereas, an increase in loans, with no increase in deposits, will decrease the measure. Other factors affecting the Total Basic Surplus/Deficit include FHLB collateral requirements, securities portfolio changes, and the mix of deposits.

The Company prioritizes core deposits as a primary funding source and continues to maintain a variety of available liquidity sources, including FHLB advances, and Federal Reserve borrowing capacity. These funding sources serve as a contingent source of liquidity and, when profitable lending and investment opportunities exist, the Company may access them to provide the liquidity needed to grow the balance sheet. The amount and type of assets that the Company has available to pledge affects the Company's FHLB and Federal Reserve borrowing capacity. For example, a prime one-to-four family residential loan may provide 75 cents of borrowing capacity for every $1.00 pledged, whereas a pledged commercial loan may increase borrowing capacity in a lower amount. The Company’s lending decisions, therefore, can also affect its liquidity position.

62

Table of Contents

The Company may also have the ability to raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or unsecured debt privately or publicly and has done so in the past. Additionally, the Company is able to enter into repurchase agreements or acquire brokered deposits at its discretion. The availability and cost of equity or debt on an unsecured basis is dependent on many factors, including the Company’s financial position, the market environment, and the Company’s credit rating. The Company monitors the factors that could affect its ability to raise liquidity through these channels.

The table below shows current and unused liquidity capacity from various sources at the dates indicated:

Table 22 - Sources of Liquidity

December 31
20232022
OutstandingAdditional Borrowing CapacityOutstandingAdditional Borrowing Capacity
(Dollars in thousands)
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings (1)$1,105,541$1,577,7466371,808,729
Federal Reserve Bank of Boston (2)3,078,1791,210,451
Unpledged securities1,187,8822,144,235
Line of Credit85,00085,000
Junior subordinated debentures (3)62,85862,855
Subordinated debt (3)49,98049,885
Reciprocal deposits (3)959,068653,638
Brokered deposits (3)100,923102,643
$2,278,370$5,928,807$869,658$5,248,415

(1)Assets with a carrying value of $3.9 billion and $2.7 billion at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, were pledged to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston.

(2)Loans with a carrying value of $4.6 billion and $1.7 billion at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, were pledged to the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston.

(3)The additional borrowing capacity has not been assessed for these categories.

In addition to customary operational liquidity practices, the Board of Directors and management recognize the need to establish reasonable guidelines to manage a heightened liquidity risk environment. Catalysts for elevated liquidity risk can be Company-specific issues and/or systemic industry-wide events. Management is therefore responsible for instituting systems and controls designed to provide advanced detection of potentially significant funding shortages, establishing methods for assessing and monitoring risk levels, and instituting responses that may alleviate or circumvent a potential liquidity crisis. Management has established a Liquidity Contingency Plan to provide a framework to detect potential liquidity problems and appropriately address them in a timely manner. In a period of perceived heightened liquidity risk, the Liquidity Contingency Plan provides for the establishment of a Liquidity Crisis Task Force to monitor the potential for a liquidity crisis and execute an appropriate response.

In response to the banking industry turmoil experienced in 2023, the Company operated under the parameters of its Liquidity Contingency Plan, which resulted in various immediate action items taken during the first quarter. From a liquidity management perspective, the Company proactively borrowed under its existing FHLB capacity to increase current cash on hand, while also pledging additional assets to increase overall borrowing capacity. On an ongoing basis, the Company continues to monitor both on and off balance sheet liquidity sources to understand vulnerabilities through the application of various stress testing scenarios and other analyses.

Market and Interest Rate Risk    Market risk refers to the risk of potential losses arising from changes in interest rates and the value of investments due to market conditions or other external factors or events. Interest rate risk is the most significant market risk to which the Company has exposure to due to the nature of its operations.

Interest rate risk is the sensitivity of income to changes in interest rates. Interest rate changes, as well as fluctuations in the level and duration of assets and liabilities, affect net interest income, which is the Company’s primary source of revenue. Interest rate risk arises directly from the Company’s core banking activities. In addition to directly affecting net interest income, changes in the level of interest rates can also affect the amount of loans originated, the timing of cash flows on loans and securities, and the fair value of securities and derivatives, and have other effects.

63

Table of Contents

Management strives to control interest rate risk within limits approved by the Board of Directors that reflect the Company’s tolerance for interest rate risk over short-term and long-term horizons. The Company attempts to manage interest rate risk by identifying, quantifying, and, where appropriate, hedging exposure. If assets and liabilities do not re-price simultaneously and in equal volume, the potential for interest rate exposure exists. It is the Company's objective to maintain stability in the growth of net interest income through the maintenance of an appropriate mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and, when necessary within limits management deems prudent, with hedging instruments such as interest rate swaps, floors, and caps.

The Company quantifies its interest rate exposures using net interest income simulation models, as well as simpler gap analysis, and an Economic Value of Equity analysis. Key assumptions in these analyses relate to behavior of interest rates and behavior of the Company’s deposit and loan customers. The most material assumptions relate to the prepayment of mortgage assets (including mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities) and the life and sensitivity of non-maturity deposits (e.g., demand deposit, savings, and money market accounts). In the case of prepayment of mortgage assets, assumptions are derived from published median prepayment estimates for comparable mortgage loans. The risk of prepayment tends to increase when interest rates fall. Since future prepayment behavior of loan customers is uncertain, interest rate sensitivity of loans cannot be determined with precision and actual behavior may differ from assumptions to a significant degree. Non-maturity deposits, assumptions over customer behavior, shifts in deposits categories, and magnitude of impact to the cost of deposits all may differ from what is currently anticipated by the models or analyses.

Given the volatility associated with market rates, and the uncertainty surrounding future rate movements, management has been proactive in achieving a more neutral interest rate risk position as compared to the prior year. In 2023, management continued to increase the duration of its assets by marginally increasing exposure to fixed rate loans while deposit attrition reduced the amount of rate sensitive cash on hand at the Federal Reserve Bank. The Company runs several scenarios to quantify and effectively assist in managing interest rate risk, including instantaneous parallel shifts in market rates as well as gradual (12-24 months) shifts in market rates, and may also include other alternative scenarios as management deems necessary given the interest rate environment. The results of those scenarios are summarized in the following table:

Table 23 - Interest Rate Sensitivity

Years Ended December 31
20232022
Year 1Year 1
Parallel rate shocks (basis points)
-300(1.7)%(10.0)%
-200(0.9)%(5.7)%
-100(0.3)%(2.5)%
+100(0.3)%1.5%
+2000.8%2.4%
+300(1.0)%4.0%
Gradual rate shifts (basis points)
-200 over 12 months(0.1)%(2.3)%
-100 over 12 months0.0%(1.1)%
+200 over 12 months(0.3)%1.4%
+400 over 24 monthsn/a1.4%
Alternative scenarios
Steep down 200 basis points scenario1.2%(0.5)%

64

Table of Contents

The results depicted in the table above are dependent on material assumptions, such as prepayment rates, decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, and other factors, which management believes are reasonable. These assumptions may be impacted by customer preferences or competitive influences and therefore actual experience may differ from the assumptions in the model. Accordingly, although the tables provide an indication of the Company's interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates, and actual results may differ.

The most significant market factors affecting the Company’s net interest income during the twelve months ended December 31, 2023 were the shape of the U.S. Government securities and interest rate swap yield curve, the U.S. prime interest rate, the secured overnight financing rate ("SOFR"), and other interest rates offered on long-term fixed rate loans.

The Company manages the interest rate risk inherent in both its loan and borrowing portfolios by using interest rate swap agreements and interest rate caps and floors. An interest rate swap is an agreement in which one party agrees to pay a floating rate of interest on a notional principal amount in exchange for receiving a fixed rate of interest on the same notional amount for a predetermined period from the other party. Interest rate caps and floors are agreements where one party agrees to pay a floating rate of interest on a notional principal amount for a predetermined period to a second party if certain market interest rate thresholds are realized. While interest is paid or received in swap, cap, and floors agreements, the notional principal amount is not exchanged. The Company may also manage the interest rate risk inherent in its mortgage banking operations by entering into forward sales contracts under which the Company agrees to deliver whole mortgage loans to various investors. See Note 9,"Derivatives and Hedging Activities" within Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for additional information regarding the Company’s derivative financial instruments.

Movements in foreign currency rates or commodity prices do not directly or materially affect the Company's earnings. Movements in equity prices may have a modest impact on earnings by affecting the volume of activity or the amount of fees from investment-related business lines. See Note 2, "Securities" within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Operational Risk     Operational risk is the risk arising from human error or misconduct, transaction errors or delays, inadequate or failed internal systems or processes, data unavailability, loss, or poor quality, or adverse external events. Operational risk includes fraud risk and model risk. Potential operational risk exposure exists throughout the Company. The continued effectiveness of colleagues and operational infrastructure are integral to mitigating operational risk, and any shortcomings subject the Company to risks that vary in size, scale and scope.

Reputation Risk   Reputation risk is the risk arising from negative public opinion of the Company and the Bank. Management seeks to mitigate reputational risk through actions that include a structured process of customer complaint resolution and ongoing reputational monitoring.

Regulatory and Compliance Risk Regulatory and Compliance risk is the risk arising from violations of laws or regulations, non-conformance with prescribed practices, internal bank policies and procedures, or ethical standards. Compliance risk includes consumer compliance risk, legal risk, and regulatory compliance risk. Management seeks to mitigate compliance risk through compliance training and regulatory change management processes.

Technology and Cyber Risk Technology and Cyber risk is the risk of losses or other impacts arising from the failure of technology systems to function in accordance with expectations and business requirements. Technology risks include technical failures, unlawful tampering with technical systems, cyber security, terrorist activities, ineffectiveness or exposure due to interruption in third party support. Management seeks to mitigate technology risk through appropriate security and controls over data and its technological environment. The Bank manages cybersecurity threats proactively and maintains robust controls to protect its critical systems and data by investing in secure, reliable and resilient technology infrastructure, fostering a culture of technology risk awareness and continuously improving its technology risk management practices.

65

Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations, Commitments, Contingencies and Off-Balance Sheet Obligations

In the ordinary course of business the Company has entered into contractual obligations, commitments, residential loans sold with recourse and other off-balance sheet financial instruments. Refer to the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements in this report for further information and the expected timing of the applicable payments as of December 31, 2023. These include payments related to (i) borrowings (Note 7 - Borrowings), (ii) lease obligations (Note 16 - Leases), (iii) time deposits with stated maturity dates (Note 6 - Deposits), (iv) commitments to extend credit (Note 17 - Commitments and Contingencies), (v) derivative positions (Note 9 - Derivatives and Hedging Activities), and (vi) unfunded commitments on low income housing project investments (Note 11 - Low Income Housing Project Investments). Also refer to Table 22 - Sources of Liquidity within Item 7 of this report for further details surrounding the Company's current and unused liquidity resources.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto presented in Item 8 of this Report have been prepared in accordance with GAAP which requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.

The financial nature of the Company’s consolidated financial statements is more clearly affected by changes in interest rates than by inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily fluctuate in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services. However, inflation does affect the Company because, as prices increase, the money supply grows and interest rates are affected by inflationary expectations. The impact on the Company is a noted increase in the size of loan requests with resulting growth in total assets. In addition, operating expenses may increase without a corresponding increase in productivity. There is no precise method, however, to measure the effects of inflation on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, any examination or analysis of the financial statements should take into consideration the possible effects of inflation.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Critical accounting policies are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties, and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. Certain estimates associated with these policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of assumptions and judgments and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. These critical accounting estimates are defined as estimates made in accordance with GAAP that involve a significant level of estimation uncertainty and have had, or are reasonably likely to have, a material impact on financial condition or results of operations. Management believes that the Company’s most critical accounting policies and estimates upon which the Company’s financial condition depends, and which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments, are as follows:

Allowance for Credit Losses - Loans Held for Investment     The Company estimates the allowance for credit losses in accordance with the CECL methodology for loans measured at amortized cost. The allowance for credit losses is established based upon the Company's current estimate of expected lifetime credit losses. Arriving at an appropriate amount of allowance for credit losses involves a high degree of judgment.

The Company estimates credit losses on a collective basis for loans sharing similar risk characteristics using a quantitative model combined with an assessment of certain qualitative factors designed to address forecast risk and model risk inherent in the quantitative model output. Management's judgement is required for the selection and application of these factors which are derived from historical loss experience as well as assumptions surrounding expected future losses and economic forecasts.

Loans that no longer share similar risk characteristics with any pools of assets are subject to individual assessment and are removed from the collectively assessed pools to avoid double counting. For the loans that are individually assessed, the Company uses either a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) approach or a fair value of collateral approach. The latter approach is used for loans deemed to be collateral dependent or when foreclosure is probable. Changes in these judgements and assumptions could be due to a number of circumstances which may have a direct impact on the provision for loan losses and may result in changes to the amount of allowance. The allowance for credit losses is increased by the provision for credit losses and by recoveries of loans previously charged off. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management's assessments confirm that the Company will not collect the full amortized cost basis of a loan.

Management performs periodic sensitivity and stress testing using available economic forecasts in order to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses under varying scenarios. Given the Company's benign loss history, the analyses

66

Table of Contents

performed have not resulted in a material change to the quantitative allowance but has informed management's determination of qualitative adjustments and act as corroborating evidence as to the appropriateness of the allowance as a whole. For additional discussion of the Company’s methodology of assessing the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses, see Note 3, "Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality" within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Income Taxes    The Company accounts for income taxes using two components of income tax expense, current and deferred.  Current taxes represent the net estimated amount due to or to be received from taxing authorities in the current year.  In estimating accrued taxes, management assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions, taking into account statutory, judicial, and regulatory guidance in the context of the Company’s tax position. Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future effects on income taxes that result from temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements, and carry-forwards that exist at the end of a period. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates and provisions of the enacted tax law and are not discounted to reflect the time-value of money.  The effect of any change in enacted tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are assessed for recoverability and the Company may record a valuation allowance if it believes based on available evidence that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets recognized will not be realized before their expiration. The amount of the deferred tax asset recognized and considered realizable could be reduced if projected income is not achieved due to various factors such as unfavorable business conditions. If projected income is not expected to be achieved, the Company may record a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount that it believes can be realized in its future tax returns. Additionally, deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated based on tax rates expected to be in effect in future periods. Previously recorded tax assets and liabilities need to be adjusted when the expected date of the future event is revised based upon current information. The Company may also record an unrecognized tax benefit related to uncertain tax positions taken by the Company on its tax returns for which there is less than a 50% likelihood of being recognized upon a tax examination. All movements in unrecognized tax benefits are recognized through the provision for income taxes. Taxes are discussed in more detail in Note 10, "Income Taxes" within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Valuation of Goodwill/Intangible Assets and Analysis for Impairment The Company has increased its market share through the acquisition of entire financial institutions accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting, as well as from the acquisition of branches (not the entire institution) and other nonbanking entities. For all acquisitions, the Company is required to record assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair value, which is an estimate determined by the use of internal or other valuation techniques, which may include the use of third party specialists. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment at least annually, or more often if warranted, using a combined qualitative and quantitative impairment approach. The initial qualitative approach assesses whether the existence of events or circumstances led to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events and circumstances, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than carrying value, a quantitative impairment test is performed to compare carrying value to the fair value of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss will be recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The Company completed its annual impairment test as of August 31, 2023, using the quantitative impairment test, and determined that the Company's goodwill was not impaired. There were no other events or changes during the fourth quarter of 2023 that indicated impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets.

The Company’s goodwill relates to acquisitions that are fully integrated into the retail banking operations, which management does not consider to be at risk of failing step one in the near future. The Company’s other intangible assets are subject to amortization and are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. When applicable, the Company tests each of the other intangibles by comparing the carrying value of the intangible to the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. There were no other events or changes during the fourth quarter of 2023 that indicated impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets.

Valuation of Investment Securities Securities that the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity are classified as securities held-to-maturity and are accounted for using historical cost, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount. Trading and equity securities are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses recorded in other noninterest income. All other securities are classified as securities available-for-sale and are carried at fair market value. The fair values of securities is based on either quoted market price or third party pricing services. In general, the third-party pricing services employ various methodologies, including but not limited to, broker quotes and proprietary models. Management does not typically adjust the prices received from third-party pricing services. Depending upon the type of security, management employs various techniques to analyze the pricing it receives from third-parties, such as reviewing model inputs, reviewing

67

Table of Contents

comparable trades, analyzing changes in market yields and, in certain instances, reviewing the underlying collateral of the security. Management reviews changes in fair values from period to period and performs testing to ensure that the prices received from the third parties are consistent with their expectation of the market.

Management determines if the market for a security is active primarily based upon the frequency of which the security, or similar securities, are traded. For securities which are determined to have an inactive market, fair value models are calibrated and to the extent possible, significant inputs are back tested on a quarterly basis. The third-party service provider performs calibration and testing of the models by comparing anticipated inputs to actual results, on a quarterly basis. Unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale are reported, on an after-tax basis, as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive income.

Recent Accounting Developments

See Note 1, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

FY 2022 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000776901-23-000064.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2023-02-28. Report date: 2022-12-31.

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Company is a state chartered, federally registered bank holding company, incorporated in 1985. The Company is the sole stockholder of Rockland Trust, a Massachusetts trust company chartered in 1907. For a full list of corporate entities see Item 1 "Business — General."

All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. When necessary, certain amounts in prior year financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. The following should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes.

Executive Level Overview

Management evaluates the Company's operating results and financial condition using measures that include net income, earnings per share, return on assets and equity, return on tangible common equity, net interest margin, tangible book value per share, asset quality indicators, and many others. These metrics are used by management to make key decisions regarding the Company's balance sheet, liquidity, interest rate sensitivity, and capital resources and assist with identifying opportunities for improving the Company's financial position or operating results. The Company maintains an asset-sensitive profile and, accordingly, has benefited from recent interest rate increases. While asset quality remains strong, management is closely monitoring the economic environment, including elevated inflationary pressures, supply chain issues, and labor shortages being experienced in the current operating environment across various industries. The Company focuses on organic growth, but will also consider growth through acquisition. Any potential acquisition opportunities are evaluated for the potential to provide a satisfactory financial return as well as other criteria (ease of integration, synergies, geographical location). Recent acquisitions include Meridian Bancorp, Inc. ("Meridian") and its subsidiary, East Boston Savings Bank ("EBSB"), which closed in the fourth quarter of 2021.

2022 Results

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2022 was $263.8 million, or $5.69 on a diluted earnings per share basis, as compared to $121.0 million, or $3.47 on a diluted earnings per share basis for the year ended December 31, 2021, representing increases of 118.0% and 64.0%, respectively. Full year 2022 results reflect pre-tax merger and acquisition-related costs of $7.1 million associated with the Meridian acquisition, as compared to $40.8 million of such costs during the same prior year period. Excluding these merger and acquisition-related costs, operating net income was $268.9 million, or $5.80 on a diluted per share

32

Table of Contents

basis, for the year ended December 31, 2022, as compared to $187.6 million, or $5.38 on a diluted per share basis for the year ended December 31, 2021, representing increases of 43.3% and 7.8%, respectively. See "Non-GAAP Measures" below for a reconciliation of non-GAAP measures.

Full year 2022 results reflected the following key drivers:

•Improvement in the net interest margin of 44 basis points;

•4.1% net loan growth, excluding Paycheck Protection Program ("PPP") runoff;

•Deployment of excess cash balances into investment portfolio and paydowns of outstanding borrowings;

•Low deposit betas, with total cost of deposits contained at 15 basis points for the year;

•Relatively modest provision for credit loss, reflecting increase in nonperforming assets and a specific reserve allocation;

•Strong fee income;

•51% efficiency ratio for the year; and

•Completion of the Company's share repurchase program announced in January 2022, resulting in the repurchase of 1.8 million shares for approximately $140 million.

Interest-Earning Assets

The results depicted in the following table reflect the trend of the Company's interest-earning assets over the past five years and reflect a longer term overall strategy that typically emphasizes loan growth commensurate with overall economic growth. Compared to the prior year, the composition of interest-earnings assets at December 31, 2022 primarily reflects reduced cash balances driven largely by decreased deposit balances and additional securities purchases. The following table summarizes the Company's interest-earning assets as of December 31st for each year presented:

Management strives to be disciplined about loan pricing and considers interest rate sensitivity when generating loan assets. In addition, management takes a disciplined approach to credit underwriting, seeking to avoid undue credit risk and credit losses.

33

Table of Contents

Funding and the Net Interest Margin

The Company's overall sources of funding reflect strong business and retail deposit growth with a management emphasis on core deposit growth to fund loans. The following chart shows the sources of funding and the percentage of core deposits to total deposits as of December 31st for the trailing five years:

The following table shows the net interest margin and cost of deposits trends for the trailing five year period:

34

Table of Contents

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income is primarily comprised of deposit account fees, interchange and ATM fees, investment management fees and mortgage banking income. The following chart shows the components of noninterest income over the past five years:

Expense Control

Management seeks to take a balanced approach to noninterest expense control by monitoring ongoing operating expenses while making needed capital expenditures and prudently investing in growth initiatives. The Company’s primary expenses arise from Rockland Trust’s employee salaries and benefits, as well as expenses associated with buildings and equipment.

The following chart depicts the Company's efficiency ratio on a GAAP basis (calculated by dividing noninterest expense by the sum of noninterest income and net interest income), as well as the Company's efficiency ratio on a non-GAAP operating basis, (calculated by dividing noninterest expense, excluding certain noncore items, by the sum of noninterest income, excluding certain noncore items, and net interest income) over the past five years:

*See "Non-GAAP Measures" below for a reconciliation to GAAP financial measures.

35

Table of Contents

Capital

The Company's approach with respect to revenue and expense is designed to promote long-term earnings growth, which in turn contributes to capital growth. Strong earnings retention has contributed to capital growth, both on an absolute level and per share basis, which has been offset in the last year by share repurchases and other comprehensive losses. The following chart shows the Company's book value and tangible book value per share over the past five years:

*See "Non-GAAP Measures" below for a reconciliation to GAAP financial measures.

Cash dividends declared by the Company increased from an aggregate of $1.92 per share in 2021 to $2.08 per share in 2022, representing an increase of 8.3%. In 2022, the Company repurchased a total of 1.8 million shares of its common stock at an average price of $78.32 under the January 2022 program which was completed in the third quarter of 2022. In consideration of the Company's strong current capital position, on October 20, 2022 the Company announced a new share repurchase program, which authorizes repurchases by the Company of up to $120 million in common stock. The new plan will be in effect through October 19, 2023 and no repurchases had been executed by the Company under the plan as of December 31, 2022.

Non-GAAP Measures

When management assesses the Company’s financial performance for purposes of making day-to-day and strategic decisions, it does so based upon the performance of its core banking business, which is primarily derived from the combination of net interest income and noninterest or fee income, reduced by operating expenses, the provision for credit losses, and the impact of income taxes and other noncore items shown in the table that follows. There are items that impact the Company's results that management believes are unrelated to its core banking business such as gains or losses on the sales of securities, merger and acquisition expenses, provision for credit losses on acquired portfolios, loss on extinguishment of debt, impairment, and other items, such as one-time adjustments as a result of changes in laws and regulations. Management, therefore, excludes items management considers to be noncore when computing the Company’s non-GAAP operating earnings and operating EPS, noninterest income on an operating basis and efficiency ratio on an operating basis. Management believes excluding these items facilitates greater visibility into the Company’s core banking business and underlying trends that may, to some extent, be obscured by inclusion of such items.

Management also supplements its evaluation of financial performance with an analysis of tangible book value per share (which is computed by dividing stockholders' equity less goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, or tangible common equity, by common shares outstanding) and with the Company's tangible common equity ratio (which is computed by dividing tangible common equity by tangible assets) which are non-GAAP measures. The Company has included information on these tangible ratios because management believes that investors may find it useful to have access to the same analytical tools used by management to assess performance and identify trends.  The Company has recognized goodwill and other intangible assets in conjunction with merger and acquisition activities.  Excluding the impact of goodwill and other intangibles in measuring asset and capital values for the ratios provided, along with other bank standard capital ratios, facilitates comparison of the capital adequacy of the Company to other companies in the financial services industry.

36

Table of Contents

These non-GAAP measures should not be viewed as a substitute for financial results determined in accordance with GAAP. An item which management deems to be noncore and excludes when computing these non-GAAP measures can be of substantial importance to the Company’s results for any particular period. The Company’s non-GAAP performance measures are not necessarily comparable to similarly named non-GAAP performance measures which may be presented by other companies.

The following table summarizes the impact of noncore items on net income and reconciles non-GAAP net operating earnings to net income available to common shareholders for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31
Net IncomeDiluted Earnings Per Share
2022202120222021
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Net income available to common shareholders (GAAP)$263,813$120,992$5.69$3.47
Non-GAAP adjustments
Provision for non-PCD acquired loans50,7051.45
Noninterest expense components
Add: merger and acquisition expenses7,10040,8400.151.17
Noncore increases to income before taxes7,10091,5450.152.62
Net tax benefit associated with noncore items (1)(1,995)(24,899)(0.04)(0.71)
Noncore increases to net income$5,105$66,646$0.11$1.91
Net operating earnings (Non-GAAP)$268,918$187,638$5.80$5.38

(1)The net tax benefit associated with noncore items is determined by assessing whether each noncore item is included or excluded from net taxable income and applying the Company's combined marginal tax rate only to those items included in net taxable income.

37

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the impact of noncore items with respect to the Company's total revenue, noninterest income as a percentage of total revenue, and the efficiency ratio for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31
20222021202020192018
(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest income$613,249$401,559$367,728$393,135$298,165(a)
Noninterest income (GAAP)$114,667$105,850$111,440$115,294$88,505(b)
Less:
Gain on sale of loans951
Noninterest income on an operating basis (non-GAAP)$114,667$105,850$111,440$114,343$88,505(c)
Noninterest expense (GAAP)$373,662$332,529$273,832$284,321$225,969(d)
Less:
Loss on termination of derivatives684
Merger and acquisition expenses7,10040,84026,43311,168
Noninterest expense on an operating basis (non-GAAP)$366,562$291,689$273,148$257,888$214,801(e)
Total revenue (GAAP)$727,916$507,409$479,168$508,429$386,670(a+b)
Total operating revenue (non-GAAP)$727,916$507,409$479,168$507,478$386,670(a+c)
Ratios
Noninterest income as a % of revenue15.75%20.86%23.26%22.68%22.89%(b/(a+b))
Noninterest income as a % of revenue on an operating basis (non-GAAP)15.75%20.86%23.26%22.53%22.89%(c/(a+c))
Efficiency ratio (GAAP)51.33%65.53%57.15%55.92%58.44%(d/(a+b))
Efficiency ratio on an operating basis (non-GAAP)50.36%57.49%57.00%50.82%55.55%(e/(a+c))

38

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the calculation of the Company's tangible common equity ratio and tangible book value per share for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31
20222021202020192018
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Tangible common equity
Stockholders’ equity$2,886,701$3,018,449$1,702,685$1,708,143$1,073,490(a)
Less: Goodwill and other intangibles1,010,1401,017,844529,313535,492271,355
Tangible common equity (Non-GAAP)1,876,5612,000,6051,173,3721,172,651802,135(b)
Tangible assets
Assets (GAAP)19,294,17420,423,40513,204,30111,395,1658,851,592(c)
Less: Goodwill and other intangibles1,010,1401,017,844529,313535,492271,355
Tangible assets (Non-GAAP)$18,284,034$19,405,561$12,674,988$10,859,673$8,580,237(d)
Common shares45,641,23847,349,77832,965,69234,377,38828,080,408(e)
Common equity to assets ratio (GAAP)14.96%14.78%12.89%14.99%12.13%(a/c)
Tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio (Non-GAAP)10.26%10.31%9.26%10.80%9.35%(b/d)
Book value per share (GAAP)$63.25$63.75$51.65$49.69$38.23(a/e)
Tangible book value per share (Non-GAAP)$41.12$42.25$35.59$34.11$28.57(b/e)

39

Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated financial and other data of the Company set forth below does not purport to be complete and should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the more detailed information, including the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, appearing elsewhere herein.

Table 1 - Selected Financial Data

As of or for the Years Ended December 31
20222021202020192018
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Financial condition data
Securities$3,129,281$2,664,859$1,162,317$1,190,670$1,075,223
Loans13,928,67513,587,2869,392,8668,873,6396,906,194
Allowance for credit losses(152,419)(146,922)(113,392)(67,740)(64,293)
Goodwill and other intangibles1,010,1401,017,844529,313535,492271,355
Total assets19,294,17420,423,40513,204,30111,395,1658,851,592
Deposits15,879,00716,917,04410,993,1709,147,3677,427,120
Borrowings113,377152,374181,060303,103258,707
Stockholders’ equity2,886,7013,018,4491,702,6851,708,1431,073,490
Nonperforming loans54,88127,82066,86148,04945,418
Nonperforming assets54,88127,82066,86148,04945,418
Operating data
Interest income$642,840$415,276$402,069$447,014$323,701
Interest expense29,59113,71734,34153,87925,536
Net interest income613,249401,559367,728393,135298,165
Provision for credit losses6,50018,20552,5006,0004,775
Noninterest income114,667105,850111,440115,29488,505
Noninterest expenses373,662332,529273,832284,321225,969
Net income263,813120,992121,167165,175121,622
Per share data
Net income — basic$5.69$3.47$3.64$5.03$4.41
Net income — diluted5.693.473.645.034.40
Cash dividends declared2.081.921.841.761.52
Book value63.2563.7551.6549.6938.23
Tangible book value (1)41.1242.2535.5934.1128.57
Performance ratios
Return on average assets1.33%0.81%0.96%1.52%1.46%
Return on average common equity9.05%6.34%7.13%10.85%12.31%
Net interest margin (on a fully tax equivalent basis)3.46%3.02%3.29%4.04%3.91%
Dividend payout ratio35.53%51.85%50.21%32.25%33.03%
Asset quality ratios
Nonperforming loans as a percent of gross loans0.39%0.20%0.71%0.54%0.66%
Nonperforming assets as a percent of total assets0.28%0.14%0.51%0.42%0.51%
Allowance for credit losses as a percent of total loans1.09%1.08%1.21%0.76%0.93%
Allowance for credit losses as a percent of nonperforming loans277.73%528.12%169.59%140.98%141.56%
Capital ratios
Equity to assets14.96%14.78%12.89%14.99%12.13%
Tangible equity to tangible assets (1)10.26%10.31%9.26%10.80%9.35%
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio10.99%12.03%9.56%11.28%10.69%
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio14.33%14.30%12.67%12.86%11.92%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio14.33%14.30%13.34%13.53%12.99%
Total risk-based capital ratio16.11%16.04%15.13%14.83%14.45%

(1)     Represents a non-GAAP measurement. For reconciliation to GAAP measurement, see Item 7 "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Executive Level Overview - Non-GAAP Measures".

40

Table of Contents

Financial Position

Securities Portfolio    The Company's securities portfolio primarily consists of U.S. Treasury, U.S. government agency securities, agency mortgage-backed securities, agency collateralized mortgage obligations, and small business administration pooled securities. Also included in the Company's security portfolio are trading and equity securities related to certain employee benefit programs. The majority of these securities are investment grade debt obligations with average lives of five years or less. U.S. government agency securities entail a lesser degree of risk than loans made by the Bank by virtue of the guarantees that back them, require less capital under risk-based capital rules than noninsured or nonguaranteed mortgage loans, are more liquid than individual mortgage loans, and may be used to collateralize borrowings or other obligations of the Bank. The Bank views its securities portfolio as a source of income and liquidity. Interest and principal payments generated from securities provide a source of liquidity to fund loans and meet short-term cash needs.

Total securities increased by $464.4 million, or 17.4%, at December 31, 2022 as compared to December 31, 2021, reflecting $927.4 million of purchases, partially offset by unrealized losses of $155.0 million related to the available for sale portfolio, as well as paydowns, calls and maturities. The ratio of securities to total assets increased to 16.2% at December 31, 2022 as compared to 13.1% at December 31, 2021, reflecting the Company's strategy to deploy excess cash balances into investment securities. The Company estimates expected credit losses for its available for sale and held to maturity securities in accordance with the CECL methodology. Further details regarding the Company's measurement of expected credit losses on investment securities can be found in Note 1, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

The following table sets forth the fair value of available for sale securities and the amortized cost of held to maturity securities along with the percentage distribution:

Table 2 - Securities Portfolio Composition

December 31
20222021
AmountPercentAmountPercent
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair value of securities available for sale
U.S. government agency securities$202,30014.5%$215,48213.7%
U.S. treasury securities791,34156.5%861,44854.8%
Agency mortgage-backed securities313,68822.4%363,93323.2%
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations38,8432.8%79,6775.1%
State, county and municipal securities191%203%
Single issuer trust preferred securities issued by banks%491%
Pooled trust preferred securities issued by banks and insurers1,0340.1%1,0000.1%
Small business administration pooled securities51,7573.7%48,9143.1%
Total fair value of securities available for sale1,399,154100.0%1,571,148100.0%
Amortized cost of securities held to maturity
U.S. government agency securities31,2581.8%32,9873.1%
U.S. treasury securities100,6345.9%102,5609.6%
Agency mortgage-backed securities898,92752.8%493,01246.2%
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations535,97131.4%415,73639.0%
Single issuer trust preferred securities issued by banks1,5000.1%1,5000.1%
Small business administration pooled securities136,8308.0%21,0232.0%
Total amortized cost of securities held to maturity1,705,120100.0%1,066,818100.0%
Total$3,104,274$2,637,966

The Company’s available for sale securities are carried at fair value and are categorized within the fair value hierarchy based on the observability of model inputs. Securities which require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable are classified as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. At December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company had no securities categorized as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

41

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the weighted average yield for each range of contractual maturities of the Bank’s held to maturity securities portfolio at December 31, 2022. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Weighted average yields in the table below have been calculated based on the amortized cost of the security.

Table 3 - Securities Portfolio, Weighted Average Yields

Within One YearOne Year to Five YearsFive Years to Ten YearsOver Ten YearsTotal
Weighted Average Yield
(Dollars in thousands)
U.S. government agency securities0.5%0.5%
U.S. Treasury securities1.2%1.3%1.3%
Agency mortgage-backed securities2.0%3.2%2.4%3.2%2.8%
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations3.2%2.0%1.6%1.7%
Single issuer trust preferred securities issued by banks8.3%8.3%
Small business administration pooled securities2.3%4.1%4.0%
Total2.0%2.6%2.3%2.4%2.4%

As of December 31, 2022, the weighted average life of the securities portfolio was 4.80 years and the modified duration was 4.20 years.

At December 31, 2022, the aggregate book value of securities issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac exceeded 10% of stockholders' equity, accordingly the following table disclosed the aggregate book value and market value of these securities at December 31, 2022:

Table 4 - Aggregate Book Value and Market Value of Select Securities

Aggregate Book ValueAggregate Market Value
(Dollars in thousands)
Securities issued by:
Fannie Mae$928,188$822,989
Freddie Mac387,245341,461
Total$1,315,433$1,164,450

Residential Mortgage Loan Sales     The Bank’s residential mortgage loans are generally originated in compliance with terms, conditions and documentation which permit the sale of such loans to investors in the secondary market. Loan sales in the secondary market provide funds for additional lending and other banking activities. Depending on market conditions, the Bank may sell the servicing of the sold loans for a servicing released premium, simultaneous with the sale of the loan. For the remainder of the sold loans for which the Company retains the servicing, a mortgage servicing asset is recognized. Additionally, as part of its asset/liability management strategy, the Bank may opt to retain certain adjustable rate and fixed rate residential real estate loan originations for its portfolio. When a loan is sold, the Company enters into agreements that contain representations and warranties about the characteristics of the loans sold and their origination. The Company may be required to either repurchase mortgage loans or to indemnify the purchaser from losses if representations and warranties are found to be not accurate in all material respects. The Company incurred no material losses related to mortgage repurchases during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020.

42

Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2022, a larger portion of new residential real estate closings were retained in the portfolio rather than sold into the secondary market as compared to prior year periods. The following table shows the total residential loans that were closed and whether the amounts were held in the portfolio or sold (or held for sale) in the secondary market for the periods indicated:

Table 5 - Closed Residential Real Estate Loans

Years Ended December 31
202220212020
(Dollars in thousands)
Held in portfolio$689,636$411,850$223,544
Sold or held for sale in the secondary market84,059756,025885,778
Total closed loans$773,695$1,167,875$1,109,322

The table below reflects additional information related to loans which were sold during the periods indicated:

Table 6 - Residential Mortgage Loan Sales

Years Ended December 31
202220212020
(Dollars in thousands)
Sold with servicing rights released$103,221$772,234$816,996
Sold with servicing rights retained (1)86311,11645,830
Total loans sold$104,084$783,350$862,826

(1)All loans sold with servicing rights retained during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 were sold without recourse.

When a loan is sold, the Company may decide to also sell the servicing of sold loans for a servicing release premium, simultaneously with the sale of the loan, or the Company may opt to sell the loan and retain the servicing. In the event of a sale with servicing rights retained, a mortgage servicing asset is established, which represents the then current estimated fair value based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available, or alternatively is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, such as the cost to service, the discount rate, an inflation rate, ancillary income, prepayment speeds and default rates and losses. Servicing rights are recorded in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income, and are assessed for impairment based on fair value at each reporting date. Impairment is determined by stratifying the rights based on predominant characteristics, such as interest rate, loan type and investor type. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance, to the extent that fair value is less than the capitalized amount. If the Company later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists, a reduction of the allowance may be recorded as an increase to income. The principal balance of loans serviced by the Bank on behalf of investors was $327.5 million at December 31, 2022 and $382.6 million at December 31, 2021.

43

Table of Contents

The following table shows the adjusted cost of the servicing rights associated with these loans and the changes for the periods indicated:

Table 7 - Mortgage Servicing Asset

20222021
(Dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance$2,627$2,365
Additions895
Acquired portfolio493
Amortization(649)(1,011)
Change in valuation allowance961685
Ending balance$2,947$2,627

See Note 10, "Derivatives and Hedging Activities," within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for more information on mortgage activity and mortgage related derivatives.

Loan Portfolio    The Company’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2022 increased by $341.4 million, or 2.5%, when compared to December 31, 2021. Excluding $207.1 million of net paydowns associated with PPP loans during the twelve months ended December 31, 2022, the loan portfolio increased by $548.5 million, or 4.1%, compared to December 31, 2021. Organic loan growth was driven primarily by strong consumer loan activity, as the majority of residential real estate loan closings were retained on the balance sheet, while increased demand and line utilization fueled growth in home equity balances. Excluding the net reduction in PPP loans, the commercial portfolio increased $61.7 million, or 0.58% at December 31, 2022 in comparison to December 31, 2021, primarily driven by increased line utilization and higher closing volumes within the commercial and industrial category, which grew by $278.9 million, or 20.7%, which was partially offset by elevated levels of attrition within the commercial real estate portfolio.

The following table sets forth information concerning the composition of the Bank’s loan portfolio by loan type at the dates indicated:

Table 8 - Loan Portfolio Composition

December 31
20222021
(Dollars in thousands)
AmountPercentAmountPercent
Commercial and industrial$1,635,10311.7%$1,563,27911.5%
Commercial real estate7,760,23055.7%7,992,34458.8%
Commercial construction1,154,4138.3%1,165,4578.6%
Small business219,1021.6%193,1891.4%
Residential real estate2,035,52414.6%1,604,68611.8%
Home equity1,088,7507.8%1,039,6117.7%
Other consumer35,5530.3%28,7200.2%
Gross loans13,928,675100.0%13,587,286100.0%
Allowance for credit losses(152,419)(146,922)
Net loans$13,776,256$13,440,364

44

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the scheduled contractual amortization of the Bank’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2022. Loans having no schedule of repayments or no stated maturity are reported as being due in greater than five years. The following table also sets forth the rate structure of loans scheduled to mature after one year:

Table 9 - Scheduled Contractual Loan Amortization

December 31, 2022
Commercial and IndustrialCommercial Real EstateCommercial Construction (1)Small BusinessResidential Real EstateHome EquityOther ConsumerTotal
(Dollars in thousands)
Amounts due in:
One year or less$526,567$1,159,234$477,991$38,963$55,698$94,447$19,474$2,372,374
After one year through five years663,3692,156,933219,76982,185282,299325,98515,578$3,746,118
After five years through fifteen years421,4783,256,757329,96897,750856,133668,319500$5,630,905
After fifteen years23,6891,187,305126,685204841,395$2,179,278
Total$1,635,103$7,760,229$1,154,413$219,102$2,035,525$1,088,751$35,552$13,928,675
Interest rate terms on amounts due after one year:
Fixed rate$350,486$2,563,703$385,124$132,453$1,648,089$292,014$16,078$5,387,947
Adjustable rate$758,050$4,037,292$291,298$47,686$331,738$702,290$$6,168,354

(1)Includes certain construction loans that will convert to commercial mortgages and will be reclassified to commercial real estate upon the completion of the construction phase.

Generally, the actual maturity of loans is substantially shorter than their contractual maturity due to prepayments and, in the case of real estate loans, due-on-sale clauses, which generally give the Bank the right to declare a loan immediately due and payable in the event that, among other things, the borrower sells the property subject to the mortgage and the loan is not repaid. The average life of real estate loans tends to increase when current real estate loan rates are higher than rates on mortgages in the portfolio and, conversely, tends to decrease when rates on mortgages in the portfolio are higher than current real estate loan rates. Due to the fact that the Bank may, consistent with industry practice, renew a significant portion of commercial and commercial real estate loans at or immediately prior to their maturity by renewing the loans on substantially similar or revised terms, the principal repayments actually received by the Bank are anticipated to be significantly less than the amounts contractually due in any particular period. In other circumstances, a loan, or a portion of a loan, may not be repaid due to the borrower’s inability to satisfy the contractual obligations of the loan.

Asset Quality    The Company continually monitors the asset quality of the loan portfolio using all available information. Based on this assessment, loans demonstrating certain payment issues or other weaknesses may be categorized as delinquent, nonperforming and/or put on nonaccrual status. In the course of resolving such loans, the Company may choose to restructure the contractual terms of certain loans to match the borrower’s ability to repay the loan based on their current financial condition. If a restructured loan meets certain criteria, it may be categorized as a troubled debt restructuring ("TDR"). In addition, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, but prior to January 1, 2022, the Company offered need-based payment relief options for commercial and small business loans, residential mortgages, and home equity loans and lines of credit. In accordance with the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act ("CARES Act"), these modifications are not accounted for as TDRs or reflected as delinquent or non-accrual loans if the borrower was in compliance with the loan terms as of December 31, 2019.

Delinquency    The Company’s philosophy toward managing its loan portfolios is predicated upon careful monitoring, which stresses early detection and response to delinquent and default situations.  The Company seeks to make arrangements to resolve any delinquent or default situation over the shortest possible time frame.  Generally, the Company requires that a delinquency notice be mailed to a borrower upon expiration of a grace period (typically no longer than 15 days beyond the due date).  Reminder notices may be sent and telephone calls may be made prior to the expiration of the grace period. If the delinquent status is not resolved within a reasonable time frame following the mailing of a delinquency notice, the Bank’s personnel charged with managing its loan portfolios contacts the borrower to ascertain the reasons for delinquency and the prospects for payment.  Any subsequent actions taken to resolve the delinquency will depend upon the nature of the loan and

45

Table of Contents

the length of time that the loan has been delinquent. The borrower’s needs are considered as much as reasonably possible without jeopardizing the Bank’s position. A late charge is usually assessed on loans upon expiration of the grace period.

Nonaccrual Loans    As a general rule, loans 90 days or more past due with respect to principal or interest are classified as nonaccrual loans. However, certain loans that are 90 days or more past due may be kept on an accruing status if the loans are well secured and in the process of collection. Income accruals are suspended on all nonaccrual loans and all previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against current income. A loan remains on nonaccrual status until it becomes current with respect to principal and interest (and in certain instances remains current for up to six months), the loan is liquidated, or when the loan is determined to be uncollectible and is charged-off against the allowance for credit losses.

Troubled Debt Restructurings    In the course of resolving problem loans, the Company may choose to restructure the contractual terms of certain loans. The Company attempts to work out an alternative payment schedule with the borrower in order to avoid or cure a default. Loans that are modified are reviewed by the Company to identify if a TDR has occurred, which is when, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, the Bank grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. Terms may be modified to fit the ability of the borrower to repay in line with its current financial status and the restructuring of the loan may include adjustments to interest rates, extensions of maturity, consumer loans where the borrower's obligations have been effectively discharged through Chapter 7 Bankruptcy and the borrower has not reaffirmed the debt to the Bank, and other actions intended to minimize economic loss and avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. If such efforts by the Bank do not result in satisfactory performance, the loan is referred to legal counsel, at which time foreclosure proceedings are initiated. At any time prior to a sale of the property at foreclosure, the Bank may terminate foreclosure proceedings if the borrower is able to work out a satisfactory payment plan.

It is the Company’s policy to have any restructured loans which are on nonaccrual status prior to being modified remain on nonaccrual status for six months, subsequent to being modified, before management considers their return to accrual status. If the restructured loan is on accrual status prior to being modified, it is reviewed to determine if the modified loan should remain on accrual status. Loans that are considered TDRs are classified as performing, unless they are on nonaccrual status or are delinquent for 90 days or more. Loans classified as TDRs remain classified as such for the life of the loan, except in limited circumstances, when it may be determined that the borrower is performing under modified terms and the restructuring agreement specified an interest rate greater than or equal to an acceptable market rate for a comparable new loan at the time of the restructuring.

Purchased Credit Deteriorated Loans    Purchased Credit Deteriorated ("PCD") loans are acquired loans which have shown a more-than-insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination. PCD loans are recorded at amortized cost with an allowance for credit losses recorded upon purchase.

Nonperforming Assets    Nonperforming assets are typically comprised of nonperforming loans and other real estate owned ("OREO"). Nonperforming loans consist of nonaccrual loans and loans that are 90 days or more past due but still accruing interest.

46

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information regarding nonperforming assets held by the Bank at the dates indicated:

Table 10 - Nonperforming Assets

December 31
20222021
(Dollars in thousands)
Loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis
Commercial and industrial$26,693$3,439
Commercial real estate15,73010,870
Small business10444
Residential real estate8,4799,182
Home equity3,4003,781
Other consumer475504
Total nonperforming loans (1)(2)54,88127,820
Nonperforming loans as a percent of gross loans0.39%0.20%
Nonperforming assets as a percent of total assets0.28%0.14%

(1)Included in these amounts were nonaccrual TDRs of $11.5 million and $2.0 million at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(2)There were no nonperforming loans that were not on nonaccrual status and no other real estate owned as of December 31, 2022 and 2021.

The following table summarizes the changes in nonperforming assets for the periods indicated:

Table 11 - Activity in Nonperforming Assets

20222021
(Dollars in thousands)
Nonperforming assets beginning balance$27,820$66,861
Acquired nonperforming loans4,463
New to nonperforming72,96013,080
Loans charged-off(2,652)(4,944)
Loans paid-off /sold(35,622)(39,039)
Loans restored to accrual status(7,652)(13,068)
Other27467
Nonperforming assets ending balance$54,881$27,820

47

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information regarding TDR loans at the dates indicated:

Table 12 - Troubled Debt Restructurings

December 31
20222021
(Dollars in thousands)
Performing troubled debt restructurings$11,278$14,635
Nonaccrual troubled debt restructurings11,5201,993
Total$22,798$16,628
Performing troubled debt restructurings as a % of total loans0.08%0.11%
Nonaccrual troubled debt restructurings as a % of total loans0.08%0.01%
Total troubled debt restructurings as a % of total loans0.16%0.12%

The following table summarizes changes in TDRs for the periods indicated:

Table 13 - Activity in Troubled Debt Restructurings

20222021
(Dollars in thousands)
TDRs beginning balance$16,628$39,192
New to TDR status10,1533,918
Paydowns/sold loans(3,983)(26,466)
Charge-offs(16)
TDRs ending balance$22,798$16,628

Income accruals are suspended on all nonaccrual loans and all previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against current income. The table below shows interest income that was recognized or collected on all nonaccrual loans and TDRs as of the dates indicated:

Table 14 - Interest Income - Nonaccrual Loans and Troubled Debt Restructurings

Years Ended December 31
202220212020
(Dollars in thousands)
The amount of incremental gross interest income that would have been recorded if nonaccrual loans had been current in accordance with their original terms$7,046$2,721$2,604
The amount of interest income on nonaccrual loans and performing TDRs that was included in net income$2,779$895$1,720

Potential problem loans are any loans which are not included in nonaccrual or nonperforming loans, where known information about possible credit problems of the borrowers causes management to have concerns as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with present loan repayment terms. At December 31, 2022, there were 50 relationships, with an aggregate balance of $168.1 million, deemed to be potential problem loans. These potential problem loans continued to perform with respect to payments. Management actively monitors these loans and strives to minimize any possible adverse impact to the Company.

48

Table of Contents

As previously noted, the Company has offered need-based payment relief options to its customers in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, primarily in the form of payment deferrals, all of which were granted prior to January 1, 2022. Loans that were modified are not accounted for as TDRs or reflected as delinquent or nonaccrual loans if the borrower was in compliance with their loan terms as of December 31, 2019. The Company held $55.6 million of loans with active deferrals at December 31, 2022, of which $46.9 million are scheduled to mature during 2023.

Allowance for Credit Losses    The allowance for credit losses is maintained at a level that management considers appropriate to provide for the Company's current estimate of expected lifetime credit losses on loans measured at amortized cost. The allowance is increased by providing for credit losses through a charge to expense and by credits for recoveries of loans previously charged-off and is reduced by loans being charged-off.

In accordance with the CECL methodology, the Company estimates credit losses for financial assets on a collective basis for loans sharing similar risk characteristics using a quantitative model combined with an assessment of certain qualitative factors designed to address forecast risk and model risk inherent in the quantitative model output. The model estimates expected credit losses using loan level data over the contractual life of the exposure, considering the effect of prepayments. Economic forecasts are incorporated into the estimate over a reasonable and supportable forecast period of one year, beyond which is a reversion to the Company's historical long-run average for a period of six months. The Company's qualitative assessment is structured based upon nine environmental factors impacting the expected risk of loss within the loan portfolio. Loans that do not share similar risk characteristics with any pools of assets are subject to individual assessment and are removed from the collectively assessed pools to avoid double counting. For the loans that will be individually assessed, the Company uses either a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) approach or a fair value of collateral approach. The latter approach is used for loans deemed to be collateral dependent or when foreclosure is probable.

The allowance for credit losses of $152.4 million at December 31, 2022 represents an increase of $5.5 million, or 3.7% compared to December 31, 2021. An additional reserve allocation associated with a single large commercial and industrial credit that migrated to nonperforming status during 2022, as well as additional provisioning for net loan growth contributed to an overall higher quantitative allowance at December 31, 2022. This increase was offset partially by a stabilized credit environment and continued strong asset quality metrics experienced during the year.

Management's forecast anticipates that the federal funds rates will rise in the near term, that supply chain issues will persist, inflation will remain elevated, and the military conflict between Russia and Ukraine will persist for the foreseeable future, potentially impacting the production of chips, semiconductors and the supply chain more generally. The forecast used by management also anticipates that the U.S. economy will fall into a mild recession during the first quarter of 2023 and that the recession will persist for the short term. Additionally, the allowance for credit losses is qualitatively adjusted on a quarterly basis in order to ensure coverage for relationships that are deemed to be more at risk within certain industries, specific collateral types, or other specific characteristics that may be highly impacted by the current economic environment.

49

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding within each major loan category for the periods presented:

Table 15 - Summary Net Charge-Offs to Average Loans Outstanding

Net Charge-Offs (Recoveries)Average Amount OutstandingRatio of Annualized Net Charge-Offs/(Recoveries) to Average Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2022
Commercial and industrial$(49)$1,538,848%
Commercial real estate(271)7,807,427%
Commercial construction1,191,394%
Small business47204,9820.02%
Residential real estate1,831,493%
Home equity11,061,228%
Other consumer1,27531,9863.99%
Total$1,003$13,667,3580.01%
December 31, 2021
Commercial and industrial$788$1,823,9140.04%
Commercial real estate(57)4,702,346%
Commercial construction616,037%
Small business121180,4730.07%
Residential real estate(1)1,286,470%
Home equity(180)1,025,809(0.02)%
Other consumer54423,8852.28%
Total$1,215$9,658,9340.01%
December 31, 2020
Commercial and industrial$2,020$1,858,9510.11%
Commercial real estate3,8764,070,4620.10%
Commercial construction561,431%
Small business347171,8390.20%
Residential real estate1031,435,6550.01%
Home equity(68)1,116,005(0.01)%
Other consumer59025,1952.34%
Total$6,868$9,239,5380.07%

50

Table of Contents

For purposes of the allowance for credit losses, management segregates the loan portfolio into the portfolio segments detailed in the table below. The allocation of the allowance for credit losses is made to each loan category using the analytical techniques and estimation methods described in this Report. While these amounts represent management’s best estimate of credit losses at the evaluation dates, they are not necessarily indicative of either the categories in which actual losses may occur or the extent of such actual losses that may be recognized within each category. Each of these loan categories possess unique risk characteristics that are considered when determining the appropriate level of allowance for each segment. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any segment of the loan portfolio.

The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for credit losses by loan category at the dates indicated:

Table 16 - Summary of Allocation of Allowance for Credit Losses

December 31
20222021
Allowance AmountPercent of Loans In Category of Total LoansAllowance AmountPercent of Loans In Category of Total Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial (1)$27,55911.7%$14,40211.5%
Commercial real estate77,79955.7%83,48658.8%
Commercial construction10,7628.3%12,3168.6%
Small business2,8341.6%3,5081.4%
Residential real estate20,97314.6%14,48411.8%
Home equity11,5047.8%17,9867.7%
Other consumer9880.3%7400.2%
Total$152,419100.0%$146,922100.0%

(1)Total loans in this category are inclusive of $9.1 million and $216.2 million in loans, at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, which were originated as part of the PPP established by the CARES Act. These loans have been excluded from the credit loss calculations as these loans are 100% guaranteed by the U.S. Government.

To determine if a loan should be charged-off, all possible sources of repayment are analyzed. Possible sources of repayment include the potential for future cash flows, the value of the Bank’s collateral, and the strength of co-makers or guarantors. When available information confirms that specific loans or portions thereof are uncollectible, these amounts are promptly charged-off against the allowance for credit losses and any recoveries of such previously charged-off amounts are credited to the allowance.

Regardless of whether a loan is unsecured or collateralized, the Company charges off the amount of any confirmed loan loss in the period when the loans, or portions of loans, are deemed uncollectible. For troubled, collateral-dependent loans, loss-confirming events may include an appraisal or other valuation that reflects a shortfall between the value of the collateral and the carrying value of the loan or receivable, or a deficiency balance following the sale of the collateral.

For additional information regarding the Bank’s allowance for credit losses, see Note 1, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 4, "Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality" within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock    The Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") is a cooperative that provides services to its member banking institutions. The primary reason for the FHLB of Boston membership is to gain access to a reliable source of wholesale funding as a tool to manage liquidity and interest rate risk. The purchase of stock in the FHLB is a requirement for a member to gain access to funding. The Company either purchases additional FHLB stock or is subject to redemption of FHLB stock proportional to the volume of funding received. The Company views the holdings as a necessary long-term investment for the purpose of balance sheet liquidity and not for investment return.  The Bank held an investment in FHLB of Boston, of $5.2 million and $11.4 million at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, reflecting redemption activity occurring during 2022.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets were $1.0 billion at both December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

51

Table of Contents

The Company typically performs its annual goodwill impairment testing during the third quarter of the year, unless certain indicators suggest earlier testing to be warranted. Accordingly, the Company last performed its annual goodwill impairment testing during the third quarter of 2022 and determined that the Company's goodwill was not impaired as of September 30, 2022. Other intangible assets are also reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. There were no events or changes that indicated impairment of other intangible assets. For additional information regarding the goodwill and other intangible assets, see Note 6, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 hereof.

Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance Policies    The Bank holds life insurance policies for the purpose of offsetting its future obligations to its employees under its retirement and benefits plans. The cash surrender value of life insurance policies was $293.3 million and $289.3 million at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

The Company recorded tax exempt income from life insurance policies in the amounts of $7.7 million, $6.4 million, and $5.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Company also recorded gains on life insurance benefits of $1.3 million, $258,000, and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Deposits    At December 31, 2022, total deposits were $15.9 billion, representing a decrease of $1.0 billion, or 6.1% compared to December 31, 2021, fueled by a combination of overall reductions in excess customer liquidity and market pricing pressures in the rising rate environment. The total cost of deposits was 0.15% for the year ended December 31, 2022, representing an increase from the prior year of eight basis points. As part of a strategy to contain its cost of deposits, the Company strives to maintain elevated levels of core deposit balances relative to total deposit balances. The Company's ratio of core deposits to total deposits increased to 87.9% at December 31, 2022 from 84.5% at December 31, 2021.

In addition to its core deposits, the Company also participates in the IntraFi Network, allowing the Bank to provide easy access to multi-million dollar Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") deposit insurance protection on certificate of deposit and money market investments for consumers, businesses and public entities. This channel allows the Company to seek additional funding in potentially large quantities by attracting deposits from outside the Bank’s core market and amounted to $653.6 million and $998.1 million in deposits, at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. In addition, the Company may occasionally raise funds through the use of brokered deposits outside of the IntraFi Network, which amounted to $102.6 million and $141.6 million, at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

Scheduled maturities of time deposits not covered by deposit insurance at December 31, 2022, were as follows:

Table 17 - Maturities of Uninsured Time Deposits

December 31, 2022
(Dollars in thousands)
Due within 3 months or less$44,098
Due after 3 months through 6 months37,861
Due after 6 months through 12 months55,234
Due after 12 months106,245
Total uninsured deposits (1)243,438

(1)Amounts of uninsured time deposits presented in the table above are estimates determined based upon a relative proportion of customer account balances in excess of FDIC insurance limits, and in a manner consistent with the Company's regulatory reporting requirements.

Borrowings    The Company's borrowings typically consist of both short-term and long-term borrowings and provide the Bank with one of its primary sources of funding. Maintaining available borrowing capacity provides the Bank with a contingent source of liquidity. Borrowings decreased by $39.0 million, or 25.6%, at December 31, 2022, as compared to December 31, 2021, due primarily to the re-payment of a revolving loan credit facility during the first quarter of 2022 and the maturity of a short term FHLB borrowing during the third quarter of 2022. See Note 8, "Borrowings" within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for more information regarding borrowings.

Liquidity and Capital Resources    The Company proactively manages its liquidity and cash flow requirements with the intent to maintain stable, cost-effective funding and to promote the strength of its overall balance sheet. The liquidity position of the Company is continuously monitored by management and adjustments are made to appropriately balance sources and uses of funds, as needed. For further details surrounding the Company’s liquidity risks and related strategy, see “Risk Management

52

Table of Contents

– Liquidity Risk” section below within Item 7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations within this Report.

The Federal Reserve Board ("Federal Reserve"), the FDIC, and other regulatory agencies have established risk-based capital guidelines for banks and bank holding companies that require banks to meet a minimum Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0% and a total capital ratio of 8.0%. A minimum requirement of 4.0% Tier 1 leverage capital is also mandated. In addition, the Company is required to maintain a minimum capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, in the form of common equity, in order to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonuses. At December 31, 2022, the Company and the Bank exceeded the minimum requirements for Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital, total capital, and Tier 1 leverage capital, inclusive of the capital conservation buffer. See Note 19, "Regulatory Matters" within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for more information regarding capital requirements.

Investment Management

The Company's Investment Management Group provides investment management and trust services to individuals, institutions, small businesses, and charitable institutions.

Accounts maintained by the Investment Management Group consist of managed and nonmanaged accounts. Managed accounts are those for which the Bank is responsible for administration and investment management and/or investment advice, while nonmanaged accounts are those for which the Bank acts solely as a custodian or directed trustee. The Bank receives fees dependent upon the level and type of service(s) provided. The Investment Management Group generated gross fee revenues of $32.8 million, $31.6 million, and $27.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively. Total assets under administration as of December 31, 2022 were $5.8 billion, including $603.7 million of investment solutions designed by Rockland Trust that are administered and executed through its agreement with LPL Financial ("LPL"), compared to $5.7 billion and $372.2 million, respectively, at December 31, 2021. The Company also has a subsidiary that is a registered investment advisor, Bright Rock Capital Management, LLC, which provides institutional quality investment management services to both institutional and high net worth clients. As of December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, included in the assets under administration amounts above, there were $390.1 million and $447.4 million, respectively, relating to the Company's registered investment advisor.

The administration of trust and fiduciary accounts is monitored by the Trust Committee of the Bank’s Board of Directors. The Trust Committee has delegated administrative responsibilities to three committees, one for investments, one for administration, and one for operations, all of which are comprised of Investment Management Group officers who meet no less than quarterly.

The Bank has an agreement with LPL and its affiliates and their insurance subsidiary, LPL Insurance Associates, Inc., to offer the sale of mutual fund shares, unit investment trust shares, general securities, advisory platforms, fixed and variable annuities and life insurance. Registered representatives who are both employed by the Bank and licensed and contracted with LPL are onsite to offer these products to the Bank’s customer base. These same agents are also approved and appointed with various other Broker General Agents for the purposes of processing insurance solutions for clients. The retail investments and insurance group generated gross fee revenues of $4.1 million, $3.7 million, and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively.

Results of Operations

Table 18 - Summary of Results of Operations

Years Ended December 31
20222021
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Net income$263,813$120,992
Diluted earnings per share$5.69$3.47
Return on average assets1.33%0.81%
Return on average equity9.05%6.34%
Stockholders' equity as % of assets14.96%14.78%
Net interest margin3.46%3.02%

53

Table of Contents

Net Interest Income    The amount of net interest income is affected by changes in interest rates and by the volume, mix, and interest rate sensitivity of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

On a fully tax-equivalent basis, net interest income was $617.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, representing a 53.2% increase from net interest income of $402.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The year-over-year increase in net interest income was primarily attributable to the full year impact of the Meridian acquisition which closed during the fourth quarter of 2021, along with the positive impact of asset repricing in the rising rate environment in conjunction with relatively stable funding costs.

The following table presents the Company’s average balances, net interest income, interest rate spread, and net interest margin for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020. Nontaxable income from loans and securities is presented on a fully tax-equivalent basis by adjusting tax-exempt income upward by an amount equivalent to the prevailing federal income taxes that would have been paid if the income had been fully taxable.

Table 19 - Average Balance, Interest Earned/Paid & Average Yields

Years Ended December 31
202220212020
Average BalanceInterest Earned/ PaidAverage YieldAverage BalanceInterest Earned/ PaidAverage YieldAverage BalanceInterest Earned/ PaidAverage Yield
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-earning assets
Interest-earning deposits with banks, federal funds sold, and short term investments$1,222,434$14,3851.18%$1,864,346$2,4940.13%$748,419$8470.11%
Securities
Securities - trading3,764%3,344%2,481%
Securities - taxable investments2,948,35850,3541.71%1,795,19930,4771.70%1,164,43930,1332.59%
Securities - nontaxable investments (1)19673.57%469204.26%1,142443.85%
Total securities2,952,31850,3611.71%1,799,01230,4971.70%1,168,06230,1772.58%
Loans held for sale4,7741723.60%34,0568562.51%44,5211,2182.74%
Loans (2)
Commercial and industrial1,538,84877,0745.01%1,823,91479,7524.37%1,858,95170,3353.78%
Commercial real estate (1)7,807,427326,5934.18%4,702,346185,9083.95%4,070,462171,0134.20%
Commercial construction1,191,39457,8044.85%616,03724,6964.01%561,43122,9504.09%
Small business204,98210,8865.31%180,4739,2765.14%171,8399,5295.55%
Total commercial10,742,651472,3574.40%7,322,770299,6324.09%6,662,683273,8274.11%
Residential real estate1,831,49363,4433.46%1,286,47046,2793.60%1,435,65553,8763.75%
Home equity1,061,22844,0484.15%1,025,80935,1603.43%1,116,00540,9963.67%
Total consumer real estate2,892,721107,4913.72%2,312,27981,4393.52%2,551,66094,8723.72%
Other consumer31,9862,1146.61%23,8851,6686.98%25,1952,0558.16%
Total loans13,667,358581,9624.26%9,658,934382,7393.96%9,239,538370,7544.01%
Total Interest-Earning Assets17,846,884646,8803.62%13,356,348416,5863.12%11,200,540402,9963.60%
Cash and Due from Banks184,812152,723125,896
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock7,13410,28315,843
Other Assets1,858,2101,335,1931,263,332
Total Assets$19,897,040$14,854,547$12,605,611
Interest-bearing liabilities
Deposits
Savings and interest checking accounts$6,159,289$8,3390.14%$4,590,055$1,6100.04%$3,688,360$4,4130.12%

54

Table of Contents

Money market3,489,98111,6830.33%2,516,8711,9300.08%2,041,8536,1660.30%
Time certificates of deposits1,310,4424,6300.35%936,0464,7870.51%1,155,39916,7541.45%
Total interest bearing deposits10,959,71224,6520.22%8,042,9728,3270.10%6,885,61227,3330.40%
Borrowings
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings16,1383131.94%41,5568972.16%162,7761,5640.96%
Long-term borrowings2,235311.39%21,0723311.57%54,0821,1762.17%
Junior subordinated debentures62,8542,1253.38%62,8521,6922.69%62,8501,7982.86%
Subordinated debt49,8372,4704.96%49,7412,4704.97%49,6472,4704.98%
Total borrowings131,0644,9393.77%175,2215,3903.08%329,3557,0082.13%
Total interest-bearing liabilities11,090,77629,5910.27%8,218,19313,7170.17%7,214,96734,3410.48%
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits5,559,9974,443,4103,386,140
Other liabilities330,371284,679304,957
Total liabilities16,981,14412,946,28210,906,064
Stockholders’ equity2,915,8961,908,2651,699,547
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$19,897,040$14,854,547$12,605,611
Net interest income (1)$617,289$402,869$368,655
Interest rate spread (3)3.35%2.95%3.12%
Net interest margin (4)3.46%3.02%3.29%
Supplemental Information
Total deposits, including demand deposits$16,519,709$24,652$12,486,382$8,327$10,271,752$27,333
Cost of total deposits0.15%0.07%0.27%
Total funding liabilities, including demand deposits$16,650,773$29,591$12,661,603$13,717$10,601,107$34,341
Cost of total funding liabilities0.18%0.11%0.32%

(1)The total amount of adjustment to present interest income and yield on a fully tax-equivalent basis is $4.0 million, $1.3 million, and $927,000 for 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

(2)Includes average nonaccruing loans.

(3)Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average costs of interest-bearing liabilities.

(4)Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

55

Table of Contents

The following table presents certain information on a fully-tax equivalent basis regarding changes in the Company’s interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided with respect to changes attributable to (1) changes in rate (change in rate multiplied by prior year volume), (2) changes in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior year rate) and (3) changes in volume/rate (change in rate multiplied by change in volume) which is allocated to the change due to rate column:

Table 20 - Volume Rate Analysis

Years Ended December 31
2022 Compared To 20212021 Compared To 20202020 Compared To 2019
Change Due to RateChange Due to VolumeTotal ChangeChange Due to RateChange Due to VolumeTotal ChangeChange Due to RateChange Due to VolumeTotal Change
(Dollars in thousands)
Income on interest-earning assets
Interest-earning deposits, federal funds sold and short term investments$12,750$(859)$11,891$384$1,263$1,647$(16,177)$14,817$(1,360)
Securities
Taxable securities30019,57719,877(15,979)16,323344(1,926)(346)(2,272)
Nontaxable securities (1)(1)(12)(13)2(26)(24)(1)(21)(22)
Total securities19,864320(2,294)
Loans held for sale52(736)(684)(76)(286)(362)24780327
Loans
Commercial and industrial9,787(12,465)(2,678)10,743(1,326)9,417(34,030)30,157(3,873)
Commercial real estate17,925122,760140,685(11,652)26,54714,895(28,243)11,354(16,889)
Commercial construction10,04323,06533,108(486)2,2321,746(9,014)4,701(4,313)
Small business3501,2601,610(732)479(253)(900)149(751)
Total commercial172,72525,805(25,826)
Residential real estate(2,442)19,60617,164(1,999)(5,598)(7,597)(3,571)(1,928)(5,499)
Home equity7,6741,2148,888(2,523)(3,313)(5,836)(9,650)(518)(10,168)
Total consumer real estate26,052(13,433)(15,667)
Total other consumer(120)566446(280)(107)(387)(85)(76)(161)
Loans (1)199,22311,985(41,654)
Total$230,294$13,590$(44,981)
Expense of interest-bearing liabilities
Deposits
Savings and interest checking accounts$6,179$550$6,729$(3,882)$1,079$(2,803)$(5,473)$1,520$(3,953)
Money market9,0077469,753(5,670)1,434(4,236)(10,838)1,869(8,969)
Time certificates of deposits(2,072)1,915(157)(8,786)(3,181)(11,967)415(1,346)(931)
Total interest-bearing deposits16,325(19,006)(13,853)
Borrowings
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings(35)(549)(584)498(1,165)(667)(2,479)(395)(2,874)
Line of credit(104)(104)
Long-term borrowings(4)(296)(300)(127)(718)(845)(782)(115)(897)
Junior subordinated debentures433433(106)(106)(423)(167)(590)
Subordinated debt(5)5(5)5(144)(1,076)(1,220)
Total borrowings(451)(1,618)(5,685)
Total$15,874$(20,624)$(19,538)
Change in net interest income$214,420$34,214$(25,443)

(1)The table above reflects income determined on a fully tax equivalent basis. See footnotes to Table 19 above for the related adjustments.

56

Table of Contents

Provision For Credit Losses   The provision for credit losses represents the charge to expense that is required to maintain an adequate level of allowance for credit losses. The Company's provision for credit losses totaled $6.5 million, $18.2 million and $52.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively. The provision for credit losses recorded for 2022 was largely attributable to an additional reserve allocation associated with a large commercial and industrial credit that migrated to nonperforming status during 2022 as well as additional provisioning for net loan growth, partially offset by a stabilized credit environment and continued strong asset quality metrics. The elevated provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2021 was driven primarily by the initial provision required to establish an allowance for credit losses on non-purchased deteriorated loans acquired from Meridian in 2021, while the 2020 provision was driven primarily by anticipated credit losses associated with the COVID-19 pandemic. The Company’s allowance for credit losses, as a percentage of total loans, was 1.09%, 1.08% and 1.21% at December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. See Note 4, "Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality" within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report, for further details surrounding the primary drivers of the provision for credit losses during the period.

Noninterest Income    The following table sets forth information regarding noninterest income for the periods shown:

Table 21 - Noninterest Income

Years Ended December 31
Change
20222021Amount%
(Dollars in thousands)
Deposit account fees$23,370$16,745$6,62539.6%
Interchange and ATM fees16,24912,9873,26225.1%
Investment management36,83235,3081,5244.3%
Mortgage banking income3,51513,280(9,765)(73.5)%
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance policies7,6856,4311,25419.5%
Gain on life insurance benefits1,2912581,033400.4%
Loan level derivative income2,9323,257(325)(10.0)%
Other noninterest income22,79317,5845,20929.6%
Total$114,667$105,850$8,8178.3%

The primary reasons for significant variances in the noninterest income categories shown in the preceding table are noted below:

Deposit account fees and interchange and ATM fees increased year over year due primarily to increased transaction volume attributable to the larger customer base as a result of the Meridian acquisition.

Investment management revenue increased as a result of growth in overall assets under administration, which increased from $5.7 billion at December 31, 2021 to $5.8 billion at December 31, 2022, reflecting healthy new asset inflows and strong retail and insurance commission income, offset partially by a decline in market valuations. The income for 2022 was also inclusive of a one-time incentive of $649,000.

Mortgage banking income decreased in comparison to the prior year, due primarily to overall reduced activity resulting from increased interest rates, as well as elevated levels of new residential originations being retained in the Company's portfolio versus sold in the secondary market.

The cash surrender value of life insurance increased primarily due to the impact of policies acquired from Meridian. The Company also received elevated levels of proceeds on life insurance policies during 2022 resulting in an increase of $1.0 million compared to the prior year.

The changes in loan level derivative income primarily reflect customer demand during the respective periods.

Other noninterest income increased during the year, primarily due to increases in equipment rental income, gain on the sale of a closed branch facility which was consolidated in conjunction with the Meridian acquisition, discounted purchases of Massachusetts historical tax credits, and foreign currency exchange fees, offset partially by decreases in income from other investments, and income from like-kind exchanges.

57

Table of Contents

Noninterest Expense    The following table sets forth information regarding noninterest expense for the periods shown:

Table 22 - Noninterest Expense

Years Ended December 31
Change
20222021Amount%
(Dollars in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits$204,711$172,586$32,12518.6%
Occupancy and equipment49,84136,26513,57637.4%
Data processing and facilities management9,3206,8992,42135.1%
FDIC assessment6,9513,9802,97174.6%
Consulting9,6178,2711,34616.3%
Amortization of intangible assets7,6555,7151,94033.9%
Debit card expense7,6705,1442,52649.1%
Merger & acquisitions7,10040,840(33,740)(82.6)%
Software maintenance10,9618,1492,81234.5%
Other noninterest expense59,83644,68015,15633.9%
Total$373,662$332,529$41,13312.4%

The primary reasons for significant variances in the noninterest expense categories shown in the preceding tables are noted below:

The increase in salaries and employee benefits in comparison to the prior year was primarily attributable to the Company's increased workforce base following the Meridian acquisition.

Occupancy and equipment expense increased year-over-year, primarily driven by costs associated with the Company's expanded branch network, real estate and other fixed assets resulting from the Meridian acquisition as well as increased depreciation on leased equipment.

Data processing and facilities management expenses increased primarily due to the timing of certain initiatives and general increases associated with higher transaction volumes.

FDIC assessment expense increased in comparison to the prior year due primarily to an increased assessment base following the Meridian acquisition.

Consulting expense increased year-over-year in conjunction with the Company's overall growth and implementation of strategic initiatives.

The Company incurred merger and acquisition costs related to the Meridian acquisition of $7.1 million during the first quarter of 2022, primarily related to lease terminations associated with exited branch locations, along with additional integration costs and professional fees. Merger and acquisition expenses in 2021 were also attributable to the Meridian acquisition and largely comprised of change-in-control contracts, severance, branch closure and conversion costs, contract terminations costs and other integration costs.

Software maintenance increased primarily due to the Company's continued investment in its technology infrastructure.

Other noninterest expenses increased year-over year due primarily to increased advertising costs, customer fraud reimbursements, unrealized losses on equity securities, internet banking costs, insurance, telecommunications, and postage costs.

58

Table of Contents

Income Taxes    The tax effect of all income and expense transactions is recognized by the Company in each year’s consolidated statements of income, regardless of the year in which the transactions are reported for income tax purposes. The following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s tax provision and applicable tax rates for the periods indicated:

Table 23 - Tax Provision and Applicable Tax Rates

Years Ended December 31
202220212020
(Dollars in thousands)
Combined federal and state income tax provisions$83,941$35,683$31,669
Effective income tax rates24.14%22.78%20.72%
Blended Statutory tax rate27.85%27.92%27.92%

The Company’s effective tax rate for 2022 is higher as compared to the year ago period primarily due to higher pre-tax net income, as well as the impact of discrete items, such as provision to return adjustments, changes in uncertain tax positions, and excess benefits from equity compensation, which are subject to fluctuation year over year. The effective tax rates reported in the table above are lower than the blended statutory tax rates due to the aforementioned discrete items as well as certain tax preference assets such as life insurance policies, tax exempt bonds, and federal tax credits.

Additionally, the Company invests in various low-income housing projects which are real estate limited partnerships that acquire, develop, own and operate low and moderate-income housing developments. As a limited partner in these operating partnerships, the Company receives tax credits and tax deductions for losses incurred by the underlying properties. The investments are accounted for using the proportional amortization method and will be amortized over various periods through 2039, which represents the period that the tax credits and other tax benefits will be utilized. The total committed investment in these partnerships at December 31, 2022 was $197.1 million, of which $139.2 million has been funded. The Company recognized a net tax benefit of approximately $3.4 million for 2022 and anticipates additional net tax benefits of $26.2 million over the remaining life of the investments from the combination of tax credits and operating losses.

For additional information related to the Company's income taxes see Note 11, "Income Taxes" and Note 12, "Low Income Housing Project Investments" within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Dividends    The Company declared quarterly cash dividends totaling $2.08 per common share in 2022 and $1.92 per common share in 2021. The 2022 and 2021 ratio of dividends paid to earnings was 35.53% and 51.85%, respectively.

Since substantially all of the funds available for the payment of dividends are derived from the Bank, future dividends of the Company will depend on the earnings of the Bank, its financial condition, its need for funds, applicable governmental policies and regulations, and other such matters as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

Comparison of 2021 vs. 2020 For a discussion of our results for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, please see Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2022.

Risk Management

The Board of Directors has approved an Enterprise Risk Management Policy to state the Company’s goals and objectives in identifying, measuring, and managing the risks associated with the Company’s current and near future anticipated size and complexity. Management is responsible for comprehensive enterprise risk management, and continually strives to adopt and implement practices that strike an appropriate balance between risk and reward and permit the achievement of strategic goals in a controlled environment.

The Company has implemented the “three lines of defense” enterprise risk management model. The first line of defense are the executives in charge of business units, operational areas, and corporate functions who, sometimes assisted by management committees, teams, and working groups, own and manage risks. The second line of defense monitors and provides risk management advice across all risk domains, and is comprised of the enterprise risk department, with oversight from the Chief Risk Officer. The third line of defense is independent assurance performed by the Chief Internal Auditor, who reports to the Audit Committee of the Company's Board of Directors, and by the Company's internal audit department.

59

Table of Contents

The Board of Directors, with the assistance of its Risk Committee, oversees management’s enterprise risk management practices. As risks must be taken to create value, the Board of Directors has approved a Risk Appetite Statement that defines the acceptable residual risk tolerances for the Company and the nine major risk types identified as having the potential to create significant adverse impacts on the Company, such as financial losses, reputational damage, legal or regulatory actions, failure to achieve strategic objectives, diminished customer experience, and/or cultural erosion. The nine major risk types identified by the Company and addressed in the Risk Appetite Statement are strategic and emerging risk, culture risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk, operational risk, reputation risk, compliance risk, and technology risk, each of which is discussed below.

Strategic and Emerging Risk   Strategic and emerging risk is the risk arising from adverse strategic or business decisions, misalignment of strategic direction with the Company’s mission and values, failure to execute strategies or tactics, or an inadequate adaptation or lack of responsiveness to industry and/or operating environment changes. Management seeks to mitigate strategic risk through strategic planning, frequent executive review of strategic plan progress, monitoring of competitors and technology, assessment of new products, new branches, and new business initiatives, customer advocacy, and crisis management planning.

Culture Risk    Culture risk is the risk arising from failed leadership and/or ineffective colleague engagement and workplace management that causes the Company to lose sight of core values and, through acts or omissions, damage the relationship-based culture that has been one of the foundations of the Company’s consistent success. Management seeks to mitigate culture risk through effective employee relations, leadership that encourages continuous improvement, cultural development and reinforcement of core values, communication of clear ethical and behavioral standards, consistent enforcement of policies and programs, discipline of misbehavior, alignment of incentives and compensation, and by promoting diversity, equity, and inclusion.

Credit Risk Credit risk is the risk arising from the failure of a borrower or a counterparty to a contract to make payments as agreed, and includes the risks arising from inadequate collateral and mismanagement of loan concentrations. While the collateral securing loans may be sufficient in some cases to recover the amount due, in other cases the Company may experience significant credit losses that could have an adverse effect on its operating results. The Company makes assumptions and judgments about the collectability of its loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of its borrowers and counterparties and the value of collateral for the repayment of loans. For further discussion regarding the credit risk and the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio, see Note 4, “Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Liquidity Risk   Liquidity risk is the risk arising from the Company being unable to meet obligations when due. Liquidity risk includes the inability to access funding sources or manage fluctuations in available funding levels. Liquidity risk also results from a failure to recognize or address market condition changes that affect the ability to liquidate assets quickly with minimal value loss.

The Company’s primary sources of funds are deposits, borrowings, and the amortization, prepayment, and maturities of loans and securities. The Bank utilizes its extensive branch network to access retail customers who provide a base of in-market core deposits. These funds are principally comprised of demand deposits, interest checking accounts, savings accounts, and money market accounts. Interest rates, economic conditions, and competitive factors greatly influence deposit levels.

The Company’s primary measure of short-term liquidity is the Total Basic Surplus/Deficit as a percentage of assets. This ratio, which is an analysis of the relationship between liquid assets plus available Federal Home Loan Bank funding, less short-term liabilities relative to total assets, was within policy limits at December 31, 2022. The Total Basic Surplus/Deficit measure is affected primarily by changes in deposits, securities and short-term investments, loans, and borrowings. An increase in deposits, without a corresponding increase in nonliquid assets, will improve the Total Basic Surplus/Deficit measure, whereas, an increase in loans, with no increase in deposits, will decrease the measure. Other factors affecting the Total Basic Surplus/Deficit include Federal Home Loan Bank collateral requirements, securities portfolio changes, and the mix of deposits.

The Company seeks to increase deposits without adversely impacting its weighted average funding cost. As a result of PPP loan fundings, government stimulus programs, and a customer focus on retaining liquidity, the Company experienced significant deposit growth and a buildup of liquidity in recent years, which began to normalize and run off throughout 2022, contributing to an overall decline in deposit balances at December 31, 2022. However, the Company also maintains a variety of liquidity sources, including Federal Home Loan Bank advances, Federal Reserve borrowing capacity, and repurchase agreement lines. These funding sources serve as a contingent source of liquidity and, when profitable lending and investment opportunities exist, the Company may access them to provide the liquidity needed to grow the balance sheet. The amount and type of assets that the Company has available to pledge affects the Company's Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve borrowing capacity. For example, a prime one-to-four family residential loan may provide 75 cents of borrowing capacity for

60

Table of Contents

every $1.00 pledged, whereas a pledged commercial loan may increase borrowing capacity in a lower amount. The Company’s lending decisions, therefore, can also affect its liquidity position.

The Company may also have the ability to raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or unsecured debt privately or publicly and has done so in the past. Additionally, the Company is able to enter into repurchase agreements or acquire brokered deposits at its discretion. The availability and cost of equity or debt on an unsecured basis is dependent on many factors, including the Company’s financial position, the market environment, and the Company’s credit rating. The Company monitors the factors that could affect its ability to raise liquidity through these channels.

The table below shows current and unused liquidity capacity from various sources at the dates indicated:

Table 24 - Sources of Liquidity

December 31
20222021
OutstandingAdditional Borrowing CapacityOutstandingAdditional Borrowing Capacity
(Dollars in thousands)
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings (1)$637$1,808,72925,6671,622,494
Federal Reserve Bank of Boston (2)1,210,4511,176,486
Unpledged securities2,144,2351,897,148
Line of Credit85,00085,000
Long-term borrowings (3)14,063
Junior subordinated debentures (3)62,85562,853
Subordinated debt (3)49,88549,791
Reciprocal deposits (3)653,638998,121
Brokered deposits (3)102,643141,572
$869,658$5,248,415$1,292,067$4,781,128

(1)Loans with a carrying value of $2.7 billion and $2.3 billion at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, have been pledged to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston resulting in this additional borrowing capacity.

(2)Loans with a carrying value of $1.7 billion and $1.8 billion at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, have been pledged to the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston resulting in this additional unused borrowing capacity.

(3)The additional borrowing capacity has not been assessed for these categories.

In addition to customary operational liquidity practices, the Board of Directors and management recognize the need to establish reasonable guidelines to manage a heightened liquidity risk environment. Catalysts for elevated liquidity risk can be Company-specific issues and/or systemic industry-wide events. Management is therefore responsible for instituting systems and controls designed to provide advanced detection of potentially significant funding shortages, establishing methods for assessing and monitoring risk levels, and instituting responses that may alleviate or circumvent a potential liquidity crisis. Management has established a Liquidity Contingency Plan to provide a framework to detect potential liquidity problems and appropriately address them in a timely manner. In a period of perceived heightened liquidity risk, the Liquidity Contingency Plan provides for the establishment of a Liquidity Crisis Task Force to monitor the potential for a liquidity crisis and execute an appropriate response.

Interest Rate Risk   Interest rate risk is the risk arising from changes in interest rates and the value of investments due to market conditions or other external factors or events. Interest rate risk includes market risk.

Interest rate risk is the sensitivity of income to changes in interest rates. Interest rate changes, as well as fluctuations in the level and duration of assets and liabilities, affect net interest income, the Company’s primary source of revenue. Interest rate risk arises directly from the Company’s core banking activities. In addition to directly affecting net interest income, changes in the level of interest rates can also affect the amount of loans originated, the timing of cash flows on loans and securities, and the fair value of securities and derivatives, and have other effects.

Management strives to control interest rate risk within limits approved by the Board of Directors that reflect the Company’s tolerance for interest rate risk over short-term and long-term horizons. The Company attempts to manage interest rate risk by identifying, quantifying, and, where appropriate, hedging exposure. If assets and liabilities do not re-price

61

Table of Contents

simultaneously and in equal volume, the potential for interest rate exposure exists. It is the Company's objective to maintain stability in the growth of net interest income through the maintenance of an appropriate mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and, when necessary within limits management deems prudent, with off-balance sheet hedging instruments such as interest rate swaps, floors, and caps.

The Company quantifies its interest rate exposures using net interest income simulation models, as well as simpler gap analysis, and an Economic Value of Equity analysis. Key assumptions in these analyses relate to behavior of interest rates and behavior of the Company’s deposit and loan customers. The most material assumptions relate to the prepayment of mortgage assets (including mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities) and the life and sensitivity of non-maturity deposits (e.g., demand deposit, negotiable order of withdrawal, savings, and money market accounts). In the case of prepayment of mortgage assets, assumptions are derived from published median prepayment estimates for comparable mortgage loans. The risk of prepayment tends to increase when interest rates fall. Since future prepayment behavior of loan customers is uncertain, interest rate sensitivity of loans cannot be determined with precision and actual behavior may differ from assumptions to a significant degree.

Based upon the net interest income simulation models, the Company anticipates that assets will re-price faster than liabilities. As a result, net interest income will be positively impacted as market rates increase and negatively impacted if market rates decrease. The Company runs several scenarios to quantify and effectively assist in managing interest rate risk, including instantaneous parallel shifts in market rates as well as gradual (12-24 months) shifts in market rates, and may also include other alternative scenarios as management deems necessary given the interest rate environment. The results of those scenarios are summarized in the following table:

Table 25 - Interest Rate Sensitivity

Years Ended December 31
20222021
Year 1Year 1
Parallel rate shocks (basis points)
-300(10.0)%n/a
-200(5.7)%n/a
-100(2.5)%(4.5)%
+1001.5%5.4%
+2002.4%11.4%
+3004.0%17.8%
+4005.5%23.9%
Gradual rate shifts (basis points)
-200 over 12 months(2.3)%n/a
-100 over 12 months(1.1)%(1.6)%
+200 over 12 months1.4%5.4%
+400 over 24 months1.4%5.4%
Alternative scenarios
Steep down 200 basis points scenario(0.5)%n/a

The results depicted in the table above are dependent on material assumptions. For instance, asymmetrical rate behavior can have a material impact on the simulation results. If competition for deposits prompts the Company to raise rates on those liabilities more quickly than is assumed in the simulation analysis without a corresponding increase in asset yields, net interest income would be negatively affected. Alternatively, if the Company were able to lag increases in deposit rates as loans re-price upward, net interest income would be positively impacted.

The most significant market factors affecting the Company’s net interest income during the year ended December 31, 2022 were the shape of the U.S. Government securities and interest rate swap yield curve, the U.S. prime, LIBOR, SOFR, and interest rates offered on long-term fixed rate loans.

62

Table of Contents

The Company manages the interest rate risk inherent in both its loan and borrowing portfolios by using interest rate swap agreements and interest rate caps and floors. An interest rate swap is an agreement in which one party agrees to pay a floating rate of interest on a notional principal amount in exchange for receiving a fixed rate of interest on the same notional amount for a predetermined period from the other party. Interest rate caps and floors are agreements where one party agrees to pay a floating rate of interest on a notional principal amount for a predetermined period to a second party if certain market interest rate thresholds are realized. While interest is paid or received in swap, cap, and floors agreements, the notional principal amount is not exchanged. The Company may also manage the interest rate risk inherent in its mortgage banking operations by entering into forward sales contracts under which the Company agrees to deliver whole mortgage loans to various investors. See Note 10,"Derivatives and Hedging Activities" within Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for additional information regarding the Company’s derivative financial instruments.

Movements in foreign currency rates or commodity prices do not directly or materially affect the Company's earnings. Movements in equity prices may have a modest impact on earnings by affecting the volume of activity or the amount of fees from investment-related business lines. See Note 3, "Securities" within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Operational Risk     Operational risk is the risk arising from human error or misconduct, transaction errors or delays, inadequate or failed internal systems or processes, data unavailability, loss, or poor quality, or adverse external events. Operational risk includes fraud risk and model risk. Potential operational risk exposure exists throughout the Company. The continued effectiveness of colleagues and operational infrastructure are integral to mitigating operational risk, and any shortcomings subject the Company to risks that vary in size, scale and scope.

Reputation Risk    Reputation risk is the risk arising from negative public opinion of the Company and the Bank. Management seeks to mitigate reputational risk through actions that include a structured process of customer complaint resolution and ongoing reputational monitoring.

Compliance Risk Compliance risk is the risk arising from violations of laws or regulations, non-conformance with prescribed practices, internal bank policies and procedures, or ethical standards. Compliance risk includes consumer compliance risk, legal risk, and regulatory compliance risk. Management seeks to mitigate compliance risk through compliance training and regulatory change management processes.

Technology Risk      Technology risk is the risk of losses or other impacts arising from the failure of technology systems to function in accordance with expectations and business requirements. Technology risk includes information technology risk, information security risk, and cyber security. Technology risks include technical failures, unlawful tampering with technical systems, cyber security, terrorist activities, ineffectiveness or exposure due to interruption in third party support. Management seeks to mitigate technology risk through appropriate security and controls over data and its technological environment.

Contractual Obligations, Commitments, Contingencies and Off-Balance Sheet Obligations

In the ordinary course of business the Company has entered into contractual obligations, commitments, residential loans sold with recourse and other off-balance sheet financial instruments. Refer to the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements in this report for further information and the expected timing of the applicable payments as of December 31, 2022. These include payments related to (i) borrowings (Note 8 - Borrowings), (ii) lease obligations (Note 17 - Leases), (iii) time deposits with stated maturity dates (Note 7 - Deposits), (iv) commitments to extend credit (Note 18 - Commitments and Contingencies), (v) derivative positions (Note 10 - Derivatives and Hedging Activities), and (vi) unfunded commitments on low income housing project investments (Note 12 - Low Income Housing Project Investments). Also refer to Table 24 - Sources of Liquidity within Item 7 of this report for further details surrounding the Company's current and unused liquidity resources.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto presented in Item 8 of this Report have been prepared in accordance with GAAP which requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.

The financial nature of the Company’s consolidated financial statements is more clearly affected by changes in interest rates than by inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily fluctuate in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services. However, inflation does affect the Company because, as prices increase, the money supply grows and interest rates are affected by inflationary expectations. The impact on the Company is a noted increase in the size of loan

63

Table of Contents

requests with resulting growth in total assets. In addition, operating expenses may increase without a corresponding increase in productivity. There is no precise method, however, to measure the effects of inflation on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, any examination or analysis of the financial statements should take into consideration the possible effects of inflation.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Critical accounting policies are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties, and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. Certain estimates associated with these policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of assumptions and judgments and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. These critical accounting estimates are defined as estimates made in accordance with GAAP that involve a significant level of estimation uncertainty and have had, or are reasonably likely to have, a material impact on financial condition or results of operations. Management believes that the Company’s most critical accounting policies and estimates upon which the Company’s financial condition depends, and which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments, are as follows:

Allowance for Credit Losses - Loans Held for Investment     The Company estimates the allowance for credit losses in accordance with the CECL methodology for loans measured at amortized cost. The allowance for credit losses is established based upon the Company's current estimate of expected lifetime credit losses. Arriving at an appropriate amount of allowance for credit losses involves a high degree of judgment.

The Company estimates credit losses on a collective basis for loans sharing similar risk characteristics using a quantitative model combined with an assessment of certain qualitative factors designed to address forecast risk and model risk inherent in the quantitative model output. Management's judgement is required for the selection and application of these factors which are derived from historical loss experience as well as assumptions surrounding expected future losses and economic forecasts.

Loans that no longer share similar risk characteristics with any pools of assets are subject to individual assessment and are removed from the collectively assessed pools to avoid double counting. For the loans that are individually assessed, the Company uses either a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) approach or a fair value of collateral approach. The latter approach is used for loans deemed to be collateral dependent or when foreclosure is probable. Changes in these judgements and assumptions could be due to a number of circumstances which may have a direct impact on the provision for loan losses and may result in changes to the amount of allowance. The allowance for credit losses is increased by the provision for credit losses and by recoveries of loans previously charged off. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management's assessments confirm that the Company will not collect the full amortized cost basis of a loan.

Management performs periodic sensitivity and stress testing using available economic forecasts in order to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses under varying scenarios. Given the Company's benign loss history, the analyses performed have not resulted in a material change to the quantitative allowance but has informed management's determination of qualitative adjustments and act as corroborating evidence as to the appropriateness of the allowance as a whole. For additional discussion of the Company’s methodology of assessing the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses, see Note 4, "Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality" within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Income Taxes    The Company accounts for income taxes using two components of income tax expense, current and deferred.  Current taxes represent the net estimated amount due to or to be received from taxing authorities in the current year.  In estimating accrued taxes, management assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions, taking into account statutory, judicial, and regulatory guidance in the context of the Company’s tax position. Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future effects on income taxes that result from temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements, and carry-forwards that exist at the end of a period. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates and provisions of the enacted tax law and are not discounted to reflect the time-value of money.  The effect of any change in enacted tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are assessed for recoverability and the Company may record a valuation allowance if it believes based on available evidence that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets recognized will not be realized before their expiration. The amount of the deferred tax asset recognized and considered realizable could be reduced if projected income is not achieved due to various factors such as unfavorable business conditions. If projected income is not expected to be achieved, the Company may record a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount that it believes can be realized in its future tax returns. Additionally, deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated based on tax rates expected to be in effect in future periods. Previously

64

Table of Contents

recorded tax assets and liabilities need to be adjusted when the expected date of the future event is revised based upon current information. The Company may also record an unrecognized tax benefit related to uncertain tax positions taken by the Company on its tax returns for which there is less than a 50% likelihood of being recognized upon a tax examination. All movements in unrecognized tax benefits are recognized through the provision for income taxes. Taxes are discussed in more detail in Note 11, "Income Taxes" within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Valuation of Investment Securities Securities that the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity are classified as securities held-to-maturity and are accounted for using historical cost, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount. Trading and equity securities are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses recorded in other noninterest income. All other securities are classified as securities available-for-sale and are carried at fair market value. The fair values of securities are based on either quoted market price or third party pricing services. In general, the third-party pricing services employ various methodologies, including but not limited to, broker quotes and proprietary models. Management does not typically adjust the prices received from third-party pricing services. Depending upon the type of security, management employs various techniques to analyze the pricing it receives from third-parties, such as reviewing model inputs, reviewing comparable trades, analyzing changes in market yields and, in certain instances, reviewing the underlying collateral of the security. Management reviews changes in fair values from period to period and performs testing to ensure that the prices received from the third parties are consistent with their expectation of the market.

Management determines if the market for a security is active primarily based upon the frequency of which the security, or similar securities, are traded. For securities which are determined to have an inactive market, fair value models are calibrated and to the extent possible, significant inputs are back tested on a quarterly basis. The third-party service provider performs calibration and testing of the models by comparing anticipated inputs to actual results, on a quarterly basis. Unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale are reported, on an after-tax basis, as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive income.

Recent Accounting Developments

See Note 1, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

FY 2021 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000776901-22-000048.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2022-02-28. Report date: 2021-12-31.

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Company is a state chartered, federally registered bank holding company, incorporated in 1985. The Company is the sole stockholder of Rockland Trust, a Massachusetts trust company chartered in 1907. For a full list of corporate entities see Item 1 "Business — General."

All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. When necessary, certain amounts in prior year financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation. The following should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes.

Executive Level Overview

Management evaluates the Company's operating results and financial condition using measures that include net income, earnings per share, return on assets and equity, return on tangible common equity, net interest margin, tangible book value per share, asset quality indicators, and many others. These metrics are used by management to make key decisions regarding the Company's balance sheet, liquidity, interest rate sensitivity, and capital resources and assist with identifying opportunities for improving the Company's financial position or operating results. The Company is focused on organic growth, but will also consider acquisition opportunities that are expected to provide a satisfactory financial return, including the recent acquisition of Meridian Bancorp., Inc. ("Meridian") and its subsidiary, East Boston Savings Bank, which closed during the fourth quarter of 2021. The acquisition resulted in the net addition of twenty-seven branch locations and includes the acquisition of $4.9 billion in loans, and the assumption of $4.4 billion in deposits, and $576.1 million of borrowings, each at fair value. The acquired borrowings were paid off in full immediately subsequent to the acquisition.

The Company's business has been, and continues to be impacted by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, however it remains committed to supporting and working with its customers as they navigate through uncertain times. While the full macroeconomic impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic have yet to be fully determined, overall conditions have begun to improve as a result of vaccine availability, leading to the re-opening of businesses and loosening of certain travel restrictions and social distancing measures. Despite the observed improvements, the future outlook with regard to the COVID-19 pandemic remains uncertain, with the possibility for resurgences of COVID-19 or other variants of the virus and other factors described under Item 1A. Risk Factors under "Risks Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic." As a result, the Company is not able to provide any assurances that the Company’s earnings, asset quality, regulatory capital ratios and economic condition will not be adversely impacted on a short term or long term basis.

38

Table of Contents

Interest-Earning Assets

Management’s asset strategy typically emphasizes loan growth, however, the mix of the Company's interest earning assets has experienced volatility in recent periods due to the unique operating environment. For 2021, the increase in interest-earning assets was driven primarily by an increase in commercial loan balances, primarily reflecting the acquisition of Meridian's $4.5 billion commercial portfolio, offset partially by a net reduction in PPP loan balances of $616.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2021. The Company continued to experience elevated levels of interest earning cash, driven by significant growth in deposits during 2021, a portion of which the Company elected to deploy into investment securities resulting in net growth of the securities portfolio of $1.5 billion during the year. The following table summarizes the Company's interest-earning assets as of December 31st for each year presented:

Management strives to be disciplined about loan pricing and considers interest rate sensitivity when generating loan assets. In addition, management takes a disciplined approach to credit underwriting, seeking to avoid undue credit risk and credit losses.

39

Table of Contents

Funding and the Net Interest Margin

The Company's overall sources of funding reflect strong business and retail deposit growth with a management emphasis on core deposit growth to fund loans. During 2021, the Company experienced significant growth in deposits, which increased $5.9 billion, or 53.9%, from December 31, 2020 to $16.9 billion. This increase was primarily attributable to Meridian acquired deposit balances of $4.4 billion, along with robust new account opening activity. The following chart shows the sources of funding and the percentage of core deposits to total deposits as of December 31st for the trailing five years:

The Company's core deposits decreased to 84.5% of total deposits at December 31, 2021, in comparison to the prior year, reflective of a higher ratio of non-core time and brokered deposits acquired from Meridian. The cost of deposits at

40

Table of Contents

December 31, 2021 was 0.07%, a 20 basis point decrease compared to December 31, 2020 due primarily to managed deposit rate reductions across all products.

The Company's net interest margin was 3.02% for the year ended December 31, 2021, representing a 27 basis point decrease from the comparative 2020 period, which primarily reflects the elevated levels of excess liquidity throughout 2021.

The following table shows the net interest margin and cost of deposits trends for the trailing five year period:

Noninterest Income

Non-interest income represented 20.9% of the Company's total revenue for 2021, and is primarily comprised of deposit account fees, interchange and ATM fees, investment management fees and mortgage banking income. The following chart shows the components of noninterest income over the past five years:

Expense Control

Management seeks to take a balanced approach to noninterest expense control by monitoring ongoing operating expenses while making needed capital expenditures and prudently investing in growth initiatives. The Company’s primary expenses arise from Rockland Trust’s employee salaries and benefits, as well as expenses associated with buildings and equipment. Noninterest expense for the year ended December 31, 2021 was also inclusive of $40.8 million in merger related costs associated with the Meridian acquisition.

41

Table of Contents

The following chart depicts the Company's efficiency ratio on a U.S. GAAP basis (calculated by dividing noninterest expense by the sum of noninterest income and net interest income), as well as the Company's efficiency ratio on a non-GAAP operating basis, (calculated by dividing noninterest expense, excluding certain noncore items, by the sum of noninterest income, excluding certain noncore items, and net interest income) over the past five years:

*See "Non-GAAP Measures" below for a reconciliation to U.S. GAAP financial measures.

Capital

The Company's approach with respect to revenue and expense is designed to promote long-term earnings growth, which in turn contributes to capital growth. At December 31, 2021, the Company's tangible book value per share was $42.25, representing an increase of 18.7% from the prior year, reflecting the immediate accretive impact of the Meridian acquisition, as well as earnings retention. The following chart shows the Company's book value and tangible book value per share over the past five years:

*See "Non-GAAP Measures" below for a reconciliation to U.S. GAAP financial measures.

Cash dividends declared by the Company increased from an aggregate of $1.84 per share in 2020 to $1.92 per share in 2021, representing an increase of 4.3%.

42

Table of Contents

2021 Results

Net income for 2021 was $121.0 million, or $3.47 on a diluted earnings per share basis, as compared to $121.2 million, or $3.64 per diluted share, for the prior year. While results for the year ended December 31, 2021 included $40.8 million in merger related costs associated with the Meridian acquisition, they were positively impacted by reduced levels of loan provisioning in comparison to the prior year, as the Company recorded a total credit loss provision of $18.2 million in 2021, representing a decrease of 65.3% from $52.5 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2020. The current year provision was the net result of $50.7 million in initial allowance reserves recorded on non-purchased credit deteriorated ("non-PCD") loans acquired from Meridian, partially offset by a reversal of credit loss expense of $32.5 million, primarily reflecting improvements in overall macro-economic forecast assumptions and continued strong asset quality metrics.

Net income for 2021 and 2020 included items that are considered noncore, which are excluded for purposes of assessing operating earnings. Net operating earnings for 2021 were $187.6 million, or $5.38 on a diluted earnings per share basis, an increase of 54.2% and 47.0%, respectively, when compared to net operating earnings of $121.7 million, or $3.66 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2020. See "Non-GAAP Measures" below for a reconciliation of net operating earnings and diluted earnings per share to U.S. GAAP net income and earnings per share, respectively.

2022 Outlook

During the Company's fourth quarter 2021 earnings call, the Company provided the following key expectations regarding business activity to serve as near term guidance into the year 2022:

•Despite healthy loan closing expectations, loan balances for the year are expected to contract at a low single digit percentage, due primarily to reductions in the remaining PPP balances and a continued level of attrition attributable to Meridian balances, which is anticipated to offset legacy core growth in the low to mid single digit range. Upon stabilization of the acquired balances, modest net loan growth is expected, which is targeted for late 2022 and into early 2023. Additionally, any increases in line utilization would be expected to serve as a catalyst to stronger loan growth;

•The outlook for deposit balances remain somewhat uncertain, with core household growth remaining a priority, while time deposit attrition and some modest level of acquired deposit balance runoff is expected in the first half of the year;

•Net interest income is anticipated to include the recognition of the remaining $5.9 million in PPP fees, and may reflect quarter over quarter volatility due primarily to purchase accounting loan accretion. However, assuming no changes in interest rates from the Federal Reserve and a continued measured approach of increasing securities balances, and excluding PPP fee income and purchase accounting, management estimates the core margin to be in the 2.9 to 3.0% range for the full year;

•Assuming continued expected improvement in general economic factors and no major change in overall asset quality, the provision for credit loss is expected to continue to track at levels below net charge-offs, which the Company anticipates to be well contained;

•Non-interest income is expected to be primarily impacted by the following:

◦Reflecting the current rate environment and year end mortgage pipeline levels, a majority portion of closing activity is expected to be retained in the portfolio, which will drive decreases in mortgage banking income in the short term while contributing modestly to net interest income;

◦Wealth management income is expected to continue to reflect positive net inflows of new money plus market appreciation or depreciation impact;

◦Assuming that expectations over Federal Reserve interest rate increases remain high, management anticipates loan level derivative income to increase from the full year 2021 results, though likely lower than the Company's 2020 record levels;

•Regarding non-interest expense, with the majority of the systems and contract terminations already completed in 2021, the Company is confident in the 45% cost savings assumptions originally announced with the Meridian deal, while increasing the legacy spending at a mid-single digit percentage rate when compared to pre-Meridian 2021 results; and,

•The full year tax rate is expected to be in the 24-25% range, with a typical first quarter low point reflective of discrete equity compensation vesting benefits.

43

Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Measures

When management assesses the Company’s financial performance for purposes of making day-to-day and strategic decisions, it does so based upon the performance of its core banking business, which is primarily derived from the combination of net interest income and noninterest or fee income, reduced by operating expenses, the provision for credit losses, and the impact of income taxes and other noncore items shown in the table that follows. There are items that impact the Company's results that management believes are unrelated to its core banking business such as gains or losses on the sales of securities, merger and acquisition expenses, provision for credit losses on acquired portfolios, loss on extinguishment of debt, impairment, and other items, such as one-time adjustments as a result of changes in laws and regulations. Management, therefore, excludes items management considers to be noncore when computing the Company’s non-GAAP operating earnings and operating EPS, noninterest income on an operating basis and efficiency ratio on an operating basis. Management believes excluding these items facilitates greater visibility into the Company’s core banking business and underlying trends that may, to some extent, be obscured by inclusion of such items.

Management also supplements its evaluation of financial performance with an analysis of tangible book value per share (which is computed by dividing stockholders' equity less goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, or tangible common equity, by common shares outstanding) and with the Company's tangible common equity ratio (which is computed by dividing tangible common equity by tangible assets) which are non-GAAP measures. The Company has included information on these tangible ratios because management believes that investors may find it useful to have access to the same analytical tools used by management to assess performance and identify trends.  The Company has recognized goodwill and other intangible assets in conjunction with merger and acquisition activities.  Excluding the impact of goodwill and other intangibles in measuring asset and capital values for the ratios provided, along with other bank standard capital ratios, facilitates comparison of the capital adequacy of the Company to other companies in the financial services industry.

These non-GAAP measures should not be viewed as a substitute for financial results determined in accordance with GAAP. An item which management deems to be noncore and excludes when computing these non-GAAP measures can be of substantial importance to the Company’s results for any particular period. The Company’s non-GAAP performance measures are not necessarily comparable to similarly named non-GAAP performance measures which may be presented by other companies.

The following table summarizes the impact of noncore items on net income and reconciles non-GAAP net operating earnings to net income available to common shareholders for the periods indicated:

Net IncomeDiluted Earnings Per Share
2021202020212020
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Net income available to common shareholders (GAAP)$120,992$121,167$3.47$3.64
Non-GAAP adjustments
Provision for non-PCD acquired loans50,7051.45
Noninterest expense components
Add: loss on termination of derivatives6840.03
Add: merger and acquisition expenses40,8401.17
Noncore increases to income before taxes91,5456842.620.03
Net tax benefit associated with noncore items (1)(24,899)(192)(0.71)(0.01)
Noncore increases to net income$66,646$492$1.91$0.02
Net operating earnings (Non-GAAP)$187,638$121,659$5.38$3.66

(1)The net tax benefit associated with noncore items is determined by assessing whether each noncore item is included or excluded from net taxable income and applying the Company's combined marginal tax rate only to those items included in net taxable income.

44

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the impact of noncore items with respect to the Company's total revenue, noninterest income as a percentage of total revenue, and the efficiency ratio for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31
20212020201920182017
(Dollars in thousands)
Net interest income$401,559$367,728$393,135$298,165$258,860(a)
Noninterest income (GAAP)$105,850$111,440$115,294$88,505$82,994(b)
Less:
Gain on sale of loans951
Noninterest income on an operating basis (non-GAAP)$105,850$111,440$114,343$88,505$82,994(c)
Noninterest expense (GAAP)$332,529$273,832$284,321$225,969$204,359(d)
Less:
Loss on termination of derivatives684
Merger and acquisition expenses40,84026,43311,1683,393
Noninterest expense on an operating basis (non-GAAP)$291,689$273,148$257,888$214,801$200,966(e)
Total revenue (GAAP)$507,409$479,168$508,429$386,670$341,854(a+b)
Total operating revenue (non-GAAP)$507,409$479,168$507,478$386,670$341,854(a+c)
Ratios
Noninterest income as a % of revenue20.86%23.26%22.68%22.89%24.28%(b/(a+b))
Noninterest income as a % of revenue on an operating basis (non-GAAP)20.86%23.26%22.53%22.89%24.28%(c/(a+c))
Efficiency ratio (GAAP)65.53%57.15%55.92%58.44%59.78%(d/(a+b))
Efficiency ratio on an operating basis (non-GAAP)57.49%57.00%50.82%55.55%58.79%(e/(a+c))

45

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the calculation of the Company's tangible common equity ratio and tangible book value per share for the periods indicated:

Years Ended December 31
20212020201920182017
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Tangible common equity
Stockholders’ equity$3,018,449$1,702,685$1,708,143$1,073,490$943,809(a)
Less: Goodwill and other intangibles1,017,844529,313535,492271,355241,147
Tangible common equity (Non-GAAP)2,000,6051,173,3721,172,651802,135702,662(b)
Tangible assets
Assets (GAAP)20,423,40513,204,30111,395,1658,851,5928,082,029(c)
Less: Goodwill and other intangibles1,017,844529,313535,492271,355241,147
Tangible assets (Non-GAAP)$19,405,561$12,674,988$10,859,673$8,580,237$7,840,882(d)
Common shares47,349,77832,965,69234,377,38828,080,40827,450,190(e)
Common equity to assets ratio (GAAP)14.78%12.89%14.99%12.13%11.68%(a/c)
Tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio (Non-GAAP)10.31%9.26%10.80%9.35%8.96%(b/d)
Book value per share (GAAP)$63.75$51.65$49.69$38.23$34.38(a/e)
Tangible book value per share (Non-GAAP)$42.25$35.59$34.11$28.57$25.60(b/e)

46

Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected consolidated financial and other data of the Company set forth below does not purport to be complete and should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the more detailed information, including the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, appearing elsewhere herein.

Table 1 - Selected Financial Data

As of or for the Years Ended December 31
20212020201920182017
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Financial condition data
Securities$2,664,859$1,162,317$1,190,670$1,075,223$946,510
Loans13,587,2869,392,8668,873,6396,906,1946,355,553
Allowance for credit losses(146,922)(113,392)(67,740)(64,293)(60,643)
Goodwill and other intangibles1,017,844529,313535,492271,355241,147
Total assets20,423,40513,204,30111,395,1658,851,5928,082,029
Deposits16,917,04410,993,1709,147,3677,427,1206,729,253
Borrowings152,374181,060303,103258,707323,698
Stockholders’ equity3,018,4491,702,6851,708,1431,073,490943,809
Nonperforming loans27,82066,86148,04945,41849,638
Nonperforming assets27,82066,86148,04945,41850,250
Operating data
Interest income$415,276$402,069$447,014$323,701$277,194
Interest expense13,71734,34153,87925,53618,334
Net interest income401,559367,728393,135298,165258,860
Provision for credit losses18,20552,5006,0004,7752,950
Noninterest income105,850111,440115,29488,50582,994
Noninterest expenses332,529273,832284,321225,969204,359
Net income120,992121,167165,175121,62287,204
Per share data
Net income — basic$3.47$3.64$5.03$4.41$3.19
Net income — diluted3.473.645.034.403.19
Cash dividends declared1.921.841.761.521.28
Book value63.7551.6549.6938.2334.38
Tangible book value (1)42.2535.5934.1128.5725.60
Performance ratios
Return on average assets0.81%0.96%1.52%1.46%1.11%
Return on average common equity6.34%7.13%10.85%12.31%9.55%
Net interest margin (on a fully tax equivalent basis)3.02%3.29%4.04%3.91%3.60%
Dividend payout ratio51.85%50.21%32.25%33.03%39.04%
Asset quality ratios
Nonperforming loans as a percent of gross loans0.20%0.71%0.54%0.66%0.78%
Nonperforming assets as a percent of total assets0.14%0.51%0.42%0.51%0.62%
Allowance for credit losses as a percent of total loans1.08%1.21%0.76%0.93%0.95%
Allowance for credit losses as a percent of nonperforming loans528.12%169.59%140.98%141.56%122.17%
Capital ratios
Equity to assets14.78%12.89%14.99%12.13%11.68%
Tangible equity to tangible assets (1)10.31%9.26%10.80%9.35%8.96%
Tier 1 leverage capital ratio12.03%9.56%11.28%10.69%10.04%
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio14.30%12.67%12.86%11.92%11.20%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio14.30%13.34%13.53%12.99%12.31%
Total risk-based capital ratio16.04%15.13%14.83%14.45%13.82%

(1)     Represents a non-GAAP measurement. For reconciliation to GAAP measurement, see Item 7 "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Executive Level Overview - Non-GAAP Measures".

47

Table of Contents

Financial Position

Securities Portfolio    The Company’s securities portfolio consists of trading securities, equity securities, securities available for sale and securities which management intends to hold until maturity. Securities increased by $1.5 billion, or 129.3%, at December 31, 2021 as compared to December 31, 2020, reflecting $1.9 billion of purchases, offset by paydowns, calls and maturities. Purchases made during 2021 reflect the Company's direct strategy to deploy a portion of excess cash balances into investment securities, and accordingly the ratio of securities to total assets increased to 13.05% at December 31, 2021, as compared to 8.80% at December 31, 2020. The Company estimates expected credit losses for its available for sale and held to maturity securities in accordance with the CECL methodology. Further details regarding the Company's measurement of expected credit losses on investment securities can be found in Note 1, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

The following table sets forth the fair value of available for sale securities and the amortized cost of held to maturity securities along with the percentage distribution:

Table 2 - Securities Portfolio Composition

December 31
20212020
AmountPercentAmountPercent
(Dollars in thousands)
Fair value of securities available for sale
U.S. government agency securities$215,48213.7%$24,1165.8%
U.S. treasury securities861,44854.8%%
Agency mortgage-backed securities363,93323.2%233,62956.6%
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations79,6775.1%91,68322.2%
State, county and municipal securities203%8070.2%
Single issuer trust preferred securities issued by banks491%4880.1%
Pooled trust preferred securities issued by banks and insurers1,0000.1%1,0560.3%
Small business administration pooled securities48,9143.1%61,08114.8%
Total fair value of securities available for sale1,571,148100.0%412,860100.0%
Amortized cost of securities held to maturity
U.S. government agency securities32,9873.1%%
U.S. treasury securities102,5609.6%4,0170.6%
Agency mortgage-backed securities493,01246.2%356,08549.1%
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations415,73639.0%335,99346.4%
Single issuer trust preferred securities issued by banks1,5000.1%1,5000.2%
Small business administration pooled securities21,0232.0%26,9173.7%
Total amortized cost of securities held to maturity1,066,818100.0%724,512100.0%
Total$2,637,966$1,137,372

The Company’s available for sale securities are carried at fair value and are categorized within the fair value hierarchy based on the observability of model inputs. Securities which require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable are classified as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had no securities categorized as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

48

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the weighted average yield for each range of contractual maturities of the Bank’s held to maturity securities portfolio at December 31, 2021. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Weighted average yields in the table below have been calculated based on the amortized cost of the security.

Table 3 - Securities Portfolio, Weighted Average Yields

Within One YearOne Year to Five YearsFive Years to Ten YearsOver Ten YearsTotal
Weighted Average Yield
(Dollars in thousands)
U.S. government agency securities0.5%0.5%
U.S. Treasury securities1.6%1.3%1.3%
Agency mortgage-backed securities3.1%1.7%2.5%2.0%
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations1.4%1.4%
Single issuer trust preferred securities issued by banks8.3%8.3%
Small business administration pooled securities2.6%2.6%
Total1.6%0.7%1.6%1.8%1.7%

As of December 31, 2021, the weighted average life of the securities portfolio was 4.70 years and the modified duration was 4.50 years.

At December 31, 2021, the aggregate book value of securities issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the U.S. Department of the Treasury exceeded 10% of stockholders' equity, accordingly the following table disclosed the aggregate book value and market value of these securities at December 31, 2021:

Table 4 - Aggregate Book Value and Market Value of Select Securities

Aggregate Book ValueAggregate Market Value
(Dollars in thousands)
Securities issued by:
Fannie Mae$1,031,548$1,027,148
Freddie Mac383,491381,591
U.S. Department of the Treasury976,028963,690
Total$2,391,067$2,372,429

Residential Mortgage Loan Sales    The Company’s primary loan sale activity arises from the sale of government sponsored enterprise eligible residential mortgage loans. The Company originates residential loans with the intention of selling them in the secondary market or holding them in the Company's residential real estate portfolio. When a loan is sold, the Company enters into agreements that contain representations and warranties about the characteristics of the loans sold and their origination. The Company may be required to either repurchase mortgage loans or to indemnify the purchaser from losses if representations and warranties are breached. The Company incurred no material losses related to mortgage repurchases during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019.

49

Table of Contents

The Company experienced strong closing volumes within the residential real estate portfolio during the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, with a larger portion of new residential real estate closings being retained in the portfolio rather than sold into the secondary market as compared to prior year periods. The following table shows the total residential loans that were closed and whether the amounts were held in the portfolio or sold/held for sale in the secondary market for the periods indicated:

Table 5 - Closed Residential Real Estate Loans

Years Ended December 31
202120202019
(Dollars in thousands)
Held in portfolio$411,850$223,544$193,884
Sold or held for sale in the secondary market756,025885,778632,627
Total closed loans$1,167,875$1,109,322$826,511

The table below reflects additional information related to loans which were sold during the periods indicated:

Table 6 - Residential Mortgage Loan Sales

Years Ended December 31
202120202019
(Dollars in thousands)
Sold with servicing rights released$772,234$816,996$474,571
Sold with servicing rights retained (1)11,11645,830127,713
Total loans sold$783,350$862,826$602,284

(1)All loans sold with servicing rights retained during the year ended December 31, 2021 were sold without recourse, while loans sold during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 loans were sold with recourse.

When a loan is sold, the Company may decide to also sell the servicing of sold loans for a servicing release premium, simultaneously with the sale of the loan, or the Company may opt to sell the loan and retain the servicing. In the event of a sale with servicing rights retained, a mortgage servicing asset is established, which represents the then current estimated fair value based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available, or alternatively is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would use in estimating future net servicing income, such as the cost to service, the discount rate, an inflation rate, ancillary income, prepayment speeds and default rates and losses. Servicing rights are recorded in other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income, and are assessed for impairment based on fair value at each reporting date. Impairment is determined by stratifying the rights based on predominant characteristics, such as interest rate, loan type and investor type. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance, to the extent that fair value is less than the capitalized amount. If the Company later determines that all or a portion of the impairment no longer exists, a reduction of the allowance may be recorded as an increase to income. The principal balance of loans serviced by the Bank on behalf of investors was $382.6 million at December 31, 2021 (inclusive of $67.0 million of loans serviced acquired from the Meridian acquisition) and $453.7 million at December 31, 2020.

50

Table of Contents

The following table shows the adjusted cost of the servicing rights associated with these loans and the changes for the periods indicated:

Table 7 - Mortgage Servicing Asset

20212020
(Dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance$2,365$5,116
Additions95429
Acquired portfolio493
Amortization(1,011)(1,246)
Change in valuation allowance685(1,934)
Ending balance$2,627$2,365

See Note 11, "Derivatives and Hedging Activities," within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for more information on mortgage activity and mortgage related derivatives.

Loan Portfolio    The Company’s loan portfolio increased by $4.2 billion during 2021, primarily due to the Meridian loans acquired. This increase was offset partially by a decrease in PPP loan balances of $575.7 million, or 72.7%, bringing total outstanding PPP loan balances to $216.2 million at December 31, 2021.

The following table summarizes loan growth/decline during the periods indicated:

Table 8 - Components of Loan Growth/(Decline)

December 31December 31MeridianOrganic Growth/Organic Growth/
20212020Acquisition(Decline) $(Decline) %
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial (1)$1,563,279$2,103,152$110,359$(650,232)(30.9)%
Commercial real estate7,992,3444,173,9273,702,407116,0102.8%
Commercial construction1,165,457553,929691,978(80,450)(14.5)%
Small business193,189175,0231,55216,6149.5%
Residential real estate1,604,6861,296,183338,959(30,456)(2.3)%
Home equity1,039,6111,068,79054,355(83,534)(7.8)%
Other consumer28,72021,8629,339(2,481)(11.3)%
Total loans$13,587,286$9,392,866$4,908,949$(714,529)(7.6)%

(1)Organic loan growth/(decline) within commercial and industrial in the table above includes $40.5 million in Meridian acquired PPP loans, resulting in an organic decrease in PPP loan balances of $616.2 million.

Excluding PPP activity, the organic commercial portfolio increased compared to the prior year, as strong pipelines and closing activity were counterbalanced by elevated payoffs and lower line utilization levels. On the consumer side, balances declined across all portfolios on an organic basis, largely attributable to increased prepayments and refinancing activity, as well as lower home equity line utilization.

51

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information concerning the composition of the Bank’s loan portfolio by loan type at the dates indicated:

Table 9 - Loan Portfolio Composition

December 31
20212020
(Dollars in thousands)
AmountPercentAmountPercent
Commercial and industrial$1,563,27911.5%$2,103,15222.4%
Commercial real estate7,992,34458.8%4,173,92744.4%
Commercial construction1,165,4578.6%553,9295.9%
Small business193,1891.4%175,0231.9%
Residential real estate1,604,68611.8%1,296,18313.8%
Home equity1,039,6117.7%1,068,79011.4%
Other consumer28,7200.2%21,8620.2%
Gross loans13,587,286100.0%9,392,866100.0%
Allowance for credit losses(146,922)(113,392)
Net loans$13,440,364$9,279,474

The following table sets forth the scheduled contractual amortization of the Bank’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2021. Loans having no schedule of repayments or no stated maturity are reported as being due in greater than five years. The following table also sets forth the rate structure of loans scheduled to mature after one year:

Table 10 - Scheduled Contractual Loan Amortization

December 31, 2021
Commercial and IndustrialCommercial Real EstateCommercial Construction (1)Small BusinessResidential Real EstateHome EquityOther ConsumerTotal
(Dollars in thousands)
Amounts due in:
One year or less$393,334$1,466,465$253,926$46,084$48,390$28,756$19,227$2,256,182
After one year through five years886,7642,909,009436,52091,935203,57497,9749,1894,634,965
After five years through fifteen years270,2672,626,313277,94854,782560,447871,0113044,661,072
After fifteen years12,914990,557197,063388792,27541,8702,035,067
Total$1,563,279$7,992,344$1,165,457$193,189$1,604,686$1,039,611$28,720$13,587,286
Interest rate terms on amounts due after one year:
Fixed rate$449,304$2,278,509$452,686$98,428$1,170,201$332,746$9,493$4,791,367
Adjustable rate$720,641$4,247,370$458,845$48,677$386,095$678,109$$6,539,737

(1)Includes certain construction loans that will convert to commercial mortgages and will be reclassified to commercial real estate upon the completion of the construction phase.

Generally, the actual maturity of loans is substantially shorter than their contractual maturity due to prepayments and, in the case of real estate loans, due-on-sale clauses, which generally give the Bank the right to declare a loan immediately due and payable in the event that, among other things, the borrower sells the property subject to the mortgage and the loan is not repaid. The average life of real estate loans tends to increase when current real estate loan rates are higher than rates on mortgages in the portfolio and, conversely, tends to decrease when rates on mortgages in the portfolio are higher than current real estate loan rates. Due to the fact that the Bank may, consistent with industry practice, renew a significant portion of commercial and

52

Table of Contents

commercial real estate loans at or immediately prior to their maturity by renewing the loans on substantially similar or revised terms, the principal repayments actually received by the Bank are anticipated to be significantly less than the amounts contractually due in any particular period. In other circumstances, a loan, or a portion of a loan, may not be repaid due to the borrower’s inability to satisfy the contractual obligations of the loan.

Asset Quality    The Company continually monitors the asset quality of the loan portfolio using all available information. Based on this assessment, loans demonstrating certain payment issues or other weaknesses may be categorized as delinquent, nonperforming and/or put on nonaccrual status. In the course of resolving such loans, the Company may choose to restructure the contractual terms of certain loans to match the borrower’s ability to repay the loan based on their current financial condition. If a restructured loan meets certain criteria, it may be categorized as a troubled debt restructuring ("TDR"). In addition, the Company has offered need-based payment relief options for commercial and small business loans, residential mortgages, and home equity loans and lines of credit in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. In accordance with the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act ("CARES Act"), these modifications are not accounted for as TDRs or reflected as delinquent or non-accrual loans if the borrower was in compliance with the loan terms as of December 31, 2019.

Delinquency    The Company’s philosophy toward managing its loan portfolios is predicated upon careful monitoring, which stresses early detection and response to delinquent and default situations.  The Company seeks to make arrangements to resolve any delinquent or default situation over the shortest possible time frame.  Generally, the Company requires that a delinquency notice be mailed to a borrower upon expiration of a grace period (typically no longer than 15 days beyond the due date).  Reminder notices may be sent and telephone calls may be made prior to the expiration of the grace period. If the delinquent status is not resolved within a reasonable time frame following the mailing of a delinquency notice, the Bank’s personnel charged with managing its loan portfolios contacts the borrower to ascertain the reasons for delinquency and the prospects for payment.  Any subsequent actions taken to resolve the delinquency will depend upon the nature of the loan and the length of time that the loan has been delinquent. The borrower’s needs are considered as much as reasonably possible without jeopardizing the Bank’s position. A late charge is usually assessed on loans upon expiration of the grace period.

Nonaccrual Loans    As a general rule, loans 90 days or more past due with respect to principal or interest are classified as nonaccrual loans. However, certain loans that are 90 days or more past due may be kept on an accruing status if the loans are well secured and in the process of collection. Income accruals are suspended on all nonaccrual loans and all previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against current income. A loan remains on nonaccrual status until it becomes current with respect to principal and interest (and in certain instances remains current for up to six months), the loan is liquidated, or when the loan is determined to be uncollectible and is charged-off against the allowance for credit losses.

Troubled Debt Restructurings    In the course of resolving problem loans, the Company may choose to restructure the contractual terms of certain loans. The Company attempts to work out an alternative payment schedule with the borrower in order to avoid or cure a default. Loans that are modified are reviewed by the Company to identify if a TDR has occurred, which is when, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, the Bank grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. Terms may be modified to fit the ability of the borrower to repay in line with its current financial status and the restructuring of the loan may include adjustments to interest rates, extensions of maturity, consumer loans where the borrower's obligations have been effectively discharged through Chapter 7 Bankruptcy and the borrower has not reaffirmed the debt to the Bank, and other actions intended to minimize economic loss and avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral. If such efforts by the Bank do not result in satisfactory performance, the loan is referred to legal counsel, at which time foreclosure proceedings are initiated. At any time prior to a sale of the property at foreclosure, the Bank may terminate foreclosure proceedings if the borrower is able to work out a satisfactory payment plan.

It is the Company’s policy to have any restructured loans which are on nonaccrual status prior to being modified remain on nonaccrual status for six months, subsequent to being modified, before management considers their return to accrual status. If the restructured loan is on accrual status prior to being modified, it is reviewed to determine if the modified loan should remain on accrual status. Loans that are considered TDRs are classified as performing, unless they are on nonaccrual status or are delinquent for 90 days or more. Loans classified as TDRs remain classified as such for the life of the loan, except in limited circumstances, when it may be determined that the borrower is performing under modified terms and the restructuring agreement specified an interest rate greater than or equal to an acceptable market rate for a comparable new loan at the time of the restructuring.

Purchased Credit Deteriorated Loans    Purchased Credit Deteriorated ("PCD") loans are acquired loans which have shown a more-than-insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination. PCD loans are recorded at amortized cost with an allowance for credit losses recorded upon purchase, as appropriate.

Nonperforming Assets    Nonperforming assets are typically comprised of nonperforming loans and other real estate owned ("OREO"). Nonperforming loans consist of nonaccrual loans and loans that are 90 days or more past due but still

53

Table of Contents

accruing interest. OREO consists of real estate properties, which have primarily served as collateral to secure loans, that are controlled or owned by the Bank. These properties are recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell at the date control is established, resulting in a new cost basis. The amount by which the recorded investment in the loan exceeds the fair value (net of estimated costs to sell) of the foreclosed asset is charged to the allowance for credit losses. Subsequent declines in the fair value of the foreclosed asset below the new cost basis are recorded through the use of a valuation allowance. Subsequent increases in the fair value are recorded as reductions in the valuation allowance, but not below zero. All costs incurred thereafter in maintaining the property are generally charged to noninterest expense. In the event the real estate is utilized as a rental property, net rental income and expenses are recorded as incurred within noninterest expense.

The following table sets forth information regarding nonperforming assets held by the Bank at the dates indicated:

Table 11 - Nonperforming Assets

December 31
20212020
(Dollars in thousands)
Loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis
Commercial and industrial$3,439$34,729
Commercial real estate10,87010,195
Small business44825
Residential real estate9,18215,528
Home equity3,7815,427
Other consumer504156
Total (1)27,82066,860
Loans past due 90 days or more but still accruing
Other consumer1
Total1
Total nonperforming loans27,82066,861
Other real estate owned
Total nonperforming assets$27,820$66,861
Nonperforming loans as a percent of gross loans0.20%0.71%
Nonperforming assets as a percent of total assets0.14%0.51%

(1)Included in these amounts were nonaccrual TDRs of $2.0 million at December 31, 2021, and $22.2 million at December 31, 2020.

The following table summarizes the changes in nonperforming assets for the periods indicated:

Table 12 - Activity in Nonperforming Assets

20212020
(Dollars in thousands)
Nonperforming assets beginning balance$66,861$48,049
Acquired nonperforming loans4,463
New to nonperforming13,08097,632
Loans charged-off(4,944)(8,446)
Loans paid-off /sold(39,039)(57,666)
Loans restored to accrual status(13,068)(12,692)
Other467(16)
Nonperforming assets ending balance$27,820$66,861

54

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information regarding TDR loans at the dates indicated:

Table 13 - Troubled Debt Restructurings

December 31
20212020
(Dollars in thousands)
Performing troubled debt restructurings$14,635$16,983
Nonaccrual troubled debt restructurings1,99322,209
Total$16,628$39,192
Performing troubled debt restructurings as a % of total loans0.11%0.18%
Nonaccrual troubled debt restructurings as a % of total loans0.01%0.24%
Total troubled debt restructurings as a % of total loans0.12%0.42%

The following table summarizes changes in TDRs for the periods indicated:

Table 14 - Activity in Troubled Debt Restructurings

20212020
(Dollars in thousands)
TDRs beginning balance$39,192$44,365
New to TDR status3,9182,912
Paydowns/sold loans(26,466)(8,063)
Charge-offs(16)(22)
TDRs ending balance$16,628$39,192

Income accruals are suspended on all nonaccrual loans and all previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed against current income. The table below shows interest income that was recognized or collected on all nonaccrual loans and TDRs as of the dates indicated:

Table 15 - Interest Income - Nonaccrual Loans and Troubled Debt Restructurings

Years Ended December 31
202120202019
(Dollars in thousands)
The amount of incremental gross interest income that would have been recorded if nonaccrual loans had been current in accordance with their original terms$2,721$2,604$3,000
The amount of interest income on nonaccrual loans and performing TDRs that was included in net income$895$1,720$1,330

Potential problem loans are any loans which are not included in nonaccrual or nonperforming loans, where known information about possible credit problems of the borrowers causes management to have concerns as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with present loan repayment terms. At December 31, 2021, there were 47 relationships, with an aggregate balance of $171.0 million, deemed to be potential problem loans. These potential problem loans continued to perform with respect to payments. Management actively monitors these loans and strives to minimize any possible adverse impact to the Company. A portion of the potential problem loans identified by management have been granted a deferral in accordance with the relief options offered in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. If applicable, these potential problem loans with an active deferral as of December 31, 2021 have been included in the table below.

55

Table of Contents

The Company has offered need-based payment relief options to its customers in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, primarily in the form of payment deferrals, including deferral of principal only, deferral of interest only, or a deferral of principal and interest, depending upon needs of the borrower. Loans that were modified are not accounted for as TDRs or reflected as delinquent or nonaccrual loans if the borrower was in compliance with their loan terms as of December 31, 2019. The following table summarizes remaining active deferrals as of December 31, 2021, the entirety of which were deferrals of principal only:

Table 16 - Deferrals by Modification Type

Deferral of Principal OnlyTotal Portfolio% of Total Portfolio Deferred
(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and industrial$560$1,563,279%
Commercial real estate (1)382,5359,157,8014.2%
Business Banking193,189%
Residential real estate1,604,686%
Home equity1,039,611%
Consumer28,720%
Total active deferrals as of December 31, 2021 (2)$383,095$13,587,2862.8%

(1)Balances include commercial construction deferrals.

(2)     Total active deferrals are inclusive of Meridian acquired deferrals of $194.3 million.

Allowance for Credit Losses    The allowance for credit losses is maintained at a level that management considers appropriate to provide for the Company's current estimate of expected lifetime credit losses on loans measured at amortized cost. The allowance is adjusted by providing for credit losses through a charge to expense and by credits for recoveries of loans previously charged-off and is reduced by loans being charged-off.

In accordance with the CECL methodology, the Company estimates credit losses for financial assets on a collective basis for loans sharing similar risk characteristics using a quantitative model combined with an assessment of certain qualitative factors designed to address forecast risk and model risk inherent in the quantitative model output. The model estimates expected credit losses using loan level data over the contractual life of the exposure, considering the effect of prepayments. Economic forecasts are incorporated into the estimate over a reasonable and supportable forecast period of one year, beyond which the Company reverts to its historical long-run average over a period of 6 months. The reasonable and supportable forecast modeled in the allowance for credit losses incorporates an economic scenario which reflects management's assumptions as follows: that some uncertainty remains as the economy recovers, that the federal funds rates will remain near 0% through 2023, and that recent federal stimulus activity will be less effective as consumers are reluctant to spend the funds, that some concerns remain regarding the speed of widespread vaccine administration, and the efficacy and public acceptance of vaccines and the possibility for resurgences of COVID-19 or other variants of the virus. The Company's qualitative assessment is structured based upon nine environmental factors impacting the expected risk of loss within the loan portfolio. Loans that do not share similar risk characteristics with any pools of assets are subject to individual assessment and are removed from the collectively assessed pools to avoid double counting. For loans that are individually assessed, the Company uses either a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) approach or a fair value of collateral approach. The latter approach is used for loans deemed to be collateral dependent or when foreclosure is probable.

The allowance for credit losses of $146.9 million at December 31, 2021 represents an increase of $33.5 million, or 29.6% compared to December 31, 2020, driven primarily by $67.2 million in initial allowance reserves recorded on the acquired Meridian loan portfolio, including $50.7 million and $16.5 million attributable to non-PCD and PCD loans, respectively. This increase in allowance was partially offset by a reversal of provision for credit losses of $32.5 million recorded for the year ended December 31, 2021, reflecting decreases in both quantitative and qualitative reserves, driven primarily by improvements in expected overall macro-economic forecast assumptions, continued strong asset quality metrics, along with lower organic loan growth.

Decreased quantitative reserves at December 31, 2021 were attributable to continued improvements in credit quality, including decreases in the weighted average probability of default across most portfolios, as well as increased stability in economic variables. Additionally, the allowance for credit losses continues to reflect elevated qualitative reserve allocations to those loan segments that management considers to have heightened loss exposure associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, however the amount of this elevated reserve has decreased and contributed to the release of reserves as COVID-19 restrictions

56

Table of Contents

have lessened. Further qualitative reserves related to loans with non-owner occupied real estate and junior lien home equity collateral positions were also reduced as performance trends within these portfolio segments remained relatively strong during 2021.

57

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding within each major loan category for the periods presented:

Table 17 - Summary Net Charge-Offs to Average Loans Outstanding

Net Charge-Off (Recoveries)Average Amount OutstandingRatio of Annualized Net Charge-Offs/(Recoveries) to Average Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
December 31, 2021
Commercial and industrial$788$1,823,9140.04%
Commercial real estate(57)4,702,346%
Commercial construction616,037%
Small business121180,4730.07%
Residential real estate(1)1,286,470%
Home equity(180)1,025,809(0.02)%
Other consumer54423,8852.28%
Total$1,215$9,658,9340.01%
December 31, 2020
Commercial and industrial2,0201,858,9510.11%
Commercial real estate3,8764,070,4620.10%
Commercial construction561,431%
Small business347171,8390.20%
Residential real estate1031,435,6550.01%
Home equity(68)1,116,005(0.01)%
Other consumer59025,1952.34%
Total$6,868$9,239,5380.07%
December 31, 2019
Commercial and industrial(887)1,321,798(0.07)%
Commercial real estate2,4623,838,5260.06%
Commercial construction478,865%
Small business387169,3810.23%
Residential real estate(142)1,483,831(0.01)%
Home equity(78)1,127,425(0.01)%
Other consumer81126,0953.11%
Total$2,553$8,445,9210.03%

The Company recorded net charge-offs of $1.2 million for 2021 compared to $6.9 million and $2.6 million in 2020 and 2019, respectively. As noted in the table above, net charge-offs incurred by the Company have been minimal for the periods presented, with larger losses being isolated to individual loan workouts, and are not indicative of declining credit quality in the Company's overall loan portfolio.

58

Table of Contents

For purposes of the allowance for credit losses, management segregates the loan portfolio into the portfolio segments detailed in the table below. The allocation of the allowance for credit losses is made to each loan category using the analytical techniques and estimation methods described in this Report. While these amounts represent management’s best estimate of credit losses at the evaluation dates, they are not necessarily indicative of either the categories in which actual losses may occur or the extent of such actual losses that may be recognized within each category. Each of these loan categories possess unique risk characteristics that are considered when determining the appropriate level of allowance for each segment. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any segment of the loan portfolio.

The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for credit losses by loan category at the dates indicated:

Table 18 - Summary of Allocation of Allowance for Credit Losses

December 31
20212020
Allowance AmountPercent of Loans In Category of Total LoansAllowance AmountPercent of Loans In Category of Total Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
Allocated Allowance
Commercial and industrial (1)$14,40211.5%$21,08622.4%
Commercial real estate83,48658.8%45,00944.4%
Commercial construction12,3168.6%5,3975.9%
Small business3,5081.4%5,0951.9%
Residential real estate14,48411.8%14,27513.8%
Home equity17,9867.7%22,06011.4%
Other consumer7400.2%4700.2%
Total$146,922100.0%$113,392100.0%

(1)Total loans in this category are inclusive of $216.2 million and $791.9 million in loans, at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, which were originated as part of the PPP established by the CARES Act. These loans have been excluded from the credit loss calculations as these loans are 100% guaranteed by the U.S. Government.

To determine if a loan should be charged-off, all possible sources of repayment are analyzed. Possible sources of repayment include the potential for future cash flows, the value of the Bank’s collateral, and the strength of co-makers or guarantors. When available information confirms that specific loans or portions thereof are uncollectible, these amounts are promptly charged-off against the allowance for credit losses and any recoveries of such previously charged-off amounts are credited to the allowance.

Regardless of whether a loan is unsecured or collateralized, the Company charges off the amount of any confirmed loan loss in the period when the loans, or portions of loans, are deemed uncollectible. For troubled, collateral-dependent loans, loss-confirming events may include an appraisal or other valuation that reflects a shortfall between the value of the collateral and the carrying value of the loan or receivable, or a deficiency balance following the sale of the collateral.

For additional information regarding the Bank’s allowance for credit losses, see Note 1, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and Note 4, "Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality" within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock    The Bank held an investment in Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") of Boston, of $11.4 million and $10.3 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. The FHLB is a cooperative that provides services to its member banking institutions. The primary reason for the FHLB of Boston membership is to gain access to a reliable source of wholesale funding as a tool to manage liquidity and interest rate risk. The purchase of stock in the FHLB is a requirement for a member to gain access to funding. The Company either purchases additional FHLB stock or is subject to redemption of FHLB stock proportional to the volume of funding received. The Company views the holdings as a necessary long-term investment for the purpose of balance sheet liquidity and not for investment return.

59

Table of Contents

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets were $1.0 billion and $529.3 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. The increase in 2021 is primarily due to the Meridian acquisition, partially offset by amortization of definite-lived intangibles. The Company typically performs its annual goodwill impairment testing during the third quarter of the year, unless certain indicators suggest earlier testing to be warranted. Accordingly, the Company last performed its annual goodwill impairment testing during the third quarter of 2021 and determined that the Company's goodwill was not impaired as of September 30, 2021. Other intangible assets are also reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. There were no events or changes that indicated impairment of other intangible assets. For additional information regarding the goodwill and other intangible assets, see Note 7, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 hereof.

Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance Policies    The Bank holds life insurance policies for the purpose of offsetting its future obligations to its employees under its retirement and benefits plans. The cash surrender value of life insurance policies was $289.3 million and $200.5 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, reflecting primarily $42.9 million in policies obtained in the Meridian acquisition, in addition to new policy purchases made during 2021. The Company recorded tax exempt income from life insurance policies in the amounts of $6.4 million, $5.4 million, and $5.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company also recorded gains on life insurance benefits of $258,000, $1.0 million, and $434,000 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Deposits    At December 31, 2021, total deposits were $16.9 billion, representing a $5.9 billion, or 53.9%, increase from the prior year-end, reflecting primarily $4.4 billion in balances acquired from Meridian, in addition to robust new account opening activity and the ongoing impact of government stimulus payments which resulted in organic deposit growth of $1.5 billion, or 13.5%, compared to December 31, 2020. Core deposits represented 84.5% of total deposits at December 31, 2021, reflecting primarily a higher ratio of noncore-time deposits acquired from Meridian. The total cost of deposits was 0.07% for the year ended December 31, 2021, representing a decrease from the prior year of 20 basis points.

The Company also participates in the IntraFi Network, allowing the Bank to provide easy access to multi-million dollar Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") deposit insurance protection on certificate of deposit and money market investments for consumers, businesses and public entities. This channel allows the Company to seek additional funding in potentially large quantities by attracting deposits from outside the Bank’s core market and amounted to $998.1 million and $237.9 million in deposits, at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. In addition, the Company may occasionally raise funds through the use of brokered deposits outside of the IntraFi Network, which amounted to $141.6 million and $8.5 million, at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. The aforementioned increases in funding through both the IntraFi Network and brokered deposits during 2021 were primarily the result of deposit balances acquired from Meridian.

Excluding the effects of the Meridian acquisition, the Company's deposits have increased on a net organic basis as compared to the prior year end as summarized in the table below:

Table 19 - Components of Deposit Growth/(Decline)

December 31 2021December 31 2020Meridian Bancorp AcquisitionOrganic Growth/(Decline) $Organic Growth/(Decline) %
(Dollars in thousands)
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits$5,479,503$3,762,306$819,792$897,40523.9%
Savings and interest checking6,350,0164,047,3321,647,600655,08416.2%
Money market3,556,3752,232,9031,156,563166,9097.5%
Time certificates of deposits1,531,150950,629816,477(235,956)(24.8)%
Total$16,917,044$10,993,170$4,440,432$1,483,44213.5%

60

Table of Contents

Scheduled maturities of time deposits not covered by deposit insurance at December 31, 2021, were as follows:

Table 20 - Maturities of Uninsured Time Deposits

December 31, 2021
(Dollars in thousands)
Due within 3 months or less$92,441
Due after 3 months through 6 months51,096
Due after 6 months through 12 months53,352
Due after 12 months141,985
Total uninsured deposits (1)338,874

(1)Amounts of uninsured time deposits presented in the table above are estimates determined based upon a relative proportion of customer account balances in excess of FDIC insurance limits, and in a manner consistent with the Company's regulatory reporting requirements.

Borrowings    The Company's borrowings consist of both short-term and long-term borrowings and provide the Bank with one of its primary sources of funding. Maintaining available borrowing capacity provides the Bank with a contingent source of liquidity. Borrowings decreased by $28.7 million, or 15.8%, at December 31, 2021, as compared to December 31, 2020, reflecting primarily the repayment of outstanding debt, including the maturity of a $10.0 million advance from the Federal Home Loan Bank. The Company assumed $576.1 million in borrowings as part of its acquisition of Meridian, the entirety of which was paid off subsequent to the acquisition. See Note 9, "Borrowings" within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for more information regarding borrowings.

Capital Resources    The Federal Reserve Board ("Federal Reserve"), the FDIC, and other regulatory agencies have established risk-based capital guidelines for banks and bank holding companies that require banks to meet a minimum Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%, a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0% and a total capital ratio of 8.0%. A minimum requirement of 4.0% Tier 1 leverage capital is also mandated. In addition, the Company is required to maintain a minimum capital conservation buffer of 2.5%, in the form of common equity, in order to avoid restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonuses. At December 31, 2021, the Company and the Bank exceeded the minimum requirements for Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital, total capital, and Tier 1 leverage capital, inclusive of the capital conservation buffer. See Note 20, "Regulatory Matters" within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for more information regarding capital requirements.

Results of Operations

Table 21 - Summary of Results of Operations

Years Ended December 31
20212020
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Net income$120,992$121,167
Diluted earnings per share$3.47$3.64
Return on average assets0.81%0.96%
Return on average equity6.34%7.13%
Stockholders' equity as % of assets14.78%12.89%
Net interest margin3.02%3.29%

Net Interest Income    The amount of net interest income is affected by changes in interest rates and by the volume, mix, and interest rate sensitivity of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

On a fully tax-equivalent basis, net interest income was $402.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, representing a 9.3% increase from net interest income of $368.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was attributable primarily to PPP fee recognition of $26.5 million for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021 in comparison to $9.1 million for the prior year, in addition to increased average interest-earning assets resulting from the 2021 fourth quarter Meridian acquisition.

61

Table of Contents

The following table presents the Company’s average balances, net interest income, interest rate spread, and net interest margin for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. Nontaxable income from loans and securities is presented on a fully tax-equivalent basis by adjusting tax-exempt income upward by an amount equivalent to the prevailing federal income taxes that would have been paid if the income had been fully taxable.

Table 22 - Average Balance, Interest Earned/Paid & Average Yields

Years Ended December 31
202120202019
Average BalanceInterest Earned/ PaidAverage YieldAverage BalanceInterest Earned/ PaidAverage YieldAverage BalanceInterest Earned/ PaidAverage Yield
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-earning assets
Interest-earning deposits with banks, federal funds sold, and short term investments$1,864,346$2,4940.13%$748,419$8470.11%$97,028$2,2072.27%
Securities
Securities - trading3,344%2,481%1,876%
Securities - taxable investments1,795,19930,4771.70%1,164,43930,1332.59%1,176,99232,4052.75%
Securities - nontaxable investments (1)469204.26%1,142443.85%1,673663.95%
Total securities1,799,01230,4971.70%1,168,06230,1772.58%1,180,54132,4712.75%
Loans held for sale34,0568562.51%44,5211,2182.74%40,8588912.18%
Loans (2)
Commercial and industrial1,823,91479,7524.37%1,858,95170,3353.78%1,321,79874,2085.61%
Commercial real estate (1)4,702,346185,9083.95%4,070,462171,0134.20%3,838,526187,9024.90%
Commercial construction616,03724,6964.01%561,43122,9504.09%478,86527,2635.69%
Small business180,4739,2765.14%171,8399,5295.55%169,38110,2806.07%
Total commercial7,322,770299,6324.09%6,662,683273,8274.11%5,808,570299,6535.16%
Residential real estate1,286,47046,2793.60%1,435,65553,8763.75%1,483,83159,3754.00%
Home equity1,025,80935,1603.43%1,116,00540,9963.67%1,127,42551,1644.54%
Total consumer real estate2,312,27981,4393.52%2,551,66094,8723.72%2,611,256110,5394.23%
Other consumer23,8851,6686.98%25,1952,0558.16%26,0952,2168.49%
Total loans9,658,934382,7393.96%9,239,538370,7544.01%8,445,921412,4084.88%
Total Interest-Earning Assets13,356,348416,5863.12%11,200,540402,9963.60%9,764,348447,9774.59%
Cash and Due from Banks152,723125,896118,295
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock10,28315,84315,692
Other Assets1,335,1931,263,332976,962
Total Assets$14,854,547$12,605,611$10,875,297
Interest-bearing liabilities
Deposits
Savings and interest checking accounts$4,590,055$1,6100.04%$3,688,360$4,4130.12%$3,121,120$8,3660.27%
Money market2,516,8711,9300.08%2,041,8536,1660.30%1,817,39415,1350.83%
Time certificates of deposits936,0464,7870.51%1,155,39916,7541.45%1,250,57717,6851.41%
Total interest bearing deposits8,042,9728,3270.10%6,885,61227,3330.40%6,189,09141,1860.67%
Borrowings
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings41,5568972.16%162,7761,5640.96%178,6584,4382.48%

62

Table of Contents

Line of credit%%2,6731043.89%
Long-term borrowings21,0723311.57%54,0821,1762.17%57,2702,0733.62%
Junior subordinated debentures62,8521,6922.69%62,8501,7982.86%67,5812,3883.53%
Subordinated debt49,7412,4704.97%49,6472,4704.98%70,0703,6905.27%
Total borrowings175,2215,3903.08%329,3557,0082.13%376,25212,6933.37%
Total interest-bearing liabilities8,218,19313,7170.17%7,214,96734,3410.48%6,565,34353,8790.82%
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits4,443,4103,386,1402,607,763
Other liabilities284,679304,957180,270
Total liabilities12,946,28210,906,0649,353,376
Stockholders’ equity1,908,2651,699,5471,521,921
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$14,854,547$12,605,611$10,875,297
Net interest income (1)$402,869$368,655$394,098
Interest rate spread (3)2.95%3.12%3.77%
Net interest margin (4)3.02%3.29%4.04%
Supplemental Information
Total deposits, including demand deposits$12,486,382$8,327$10,271,752$27,333$8,796,854$41,186
Cost of total deposits0.07%0.27%0.47%
Total funding liabilities, including demand deposits$12,661,603$13,717$10,601,107$34,341$9,173,106$53,879
Cost of total funding liabilities0.11%0.32%0.59%

(1)The total amount of adjustment to present interest income and yield on a fully tax-equivalent basis is $1.3 million, $927,000 and $963,000 for 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

(2)Includes average nonaccruing loans.

(3)Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average costs of interest-bearing liabilities.

(4)Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

63

Table of Contents

The following table presents certain information on a fully-tax equivalent basis regarding changes in the Company’s interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided with respect to changes attributable to (1) changes in rate (change in rate multiplied by prior year volume), (2) changes in volume (change in volume multiplied by prior year rate) and (3) changes in volume/rate (change in rate multiplied by change in volume) which is allocated to the change due to rate column:

Table 23 - Volume Rate Analysis

Years Ended December 31
2021 Compared To 20202020 Compared To 20192019 Compared To 2018
Change Due to RateChange Due to VolumeTotal ChangeChange Due to RateChange Due to VolumeTotal ChangeChange Due to RateChange Due to VolumeTotal Change
(Dollars in thousands)
Income on interest-earning assets
Interest-earning deposits, federal funds sold and short term investments$384$1,263$1,647$(16,177)$14,817$(1,360)$300$(769)$(469)
Securities
Taxable securities(15,979)16,323344(1,926)(346)(2,272)1,1914,7015,892
Nontaxable securities (1)2(26)(24)(1)(21)(22)5(15)(10)
Total securities320(2,294)5,882
Loans held for sale(76)(286)(362)24780327(313)1,045732
Loans
Commercial and industrial10,743(1,326)9,417(34,030)30,157(3,873)11,10617,34828,454
Commercial real estate(11,652)26,54714,895(28,243)11,354(16,889)11,17432,68343,857
Commercial construction(486)2,2321,746(9,014)4,701(4,313)2,9154,7337,648
Small business(732)479(253)(900)149(751)3651,5531,918
Total commercial25,805(25,826)81,877
Residential real estate(1,999)(5,598)(7,597)(3,571)(1,928)(5,499)6227,54527,607
Home equity(2,523)(3,313)(5,836)(9,650)(518)(10,168)4,1552,5046,659
Total consumer real estate(13,433)(15,667)34,266
Total other consumer(280)(107)(387)(85)(76)(161)1661,0981,264
Loans (1)11,985(41,654)117,407
Total$13,590$(44,981)$123,552
Expense of interest-bearing liabilities
Deposits
Savings and interest checking accounts$(3,882)$1,079$(2,803)$(5,473)$1,520$(3,953)$1,813$971$2,784
Money market(5,670)1,434(4,236)(10,838)1,869(8,969)5,2162,4547,670
Time certificates of deposits(8,786)(3,181)(11,967)415(1,346)(931)4,4396,29810,737
Total interest-bearing deposits(19,006)(13,853)21,191
Borrowings
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings498(1,165)(667)(2,479)(395)(2,874)1,2102,1453,355
Customer repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings(248)(248)
Line of Credit(104)(104)104104
Long-term borrowings(127)(718)(845)(782)(115)(897)2,0732,073
Junior subordinated debentures(106)(106)(423)(167)(590)87(200)(113)
Subordinated debt(5)5(144)(1,076)(1,220)2391,7421,981
Total borrowings(1,618)(5,685)7,152
Total$(20,624)$(19,538)$28,343
Change in net interest income$34,214$(25,443)$95,209

(1)The table above reflects income determined on a fully tax equivalent basis. See footnotes to Table 22 above for the related adjustments.

64

Table of Contents

Provision For Credit Losses    The provision for credit losses represents the charge to expense that is required to maintain an adequate level of allowance for credit losses. The provision for credit losses totaled $18.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared with $52.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The provision for credit losses for 2021 included $50.7 million of provision required to establish an allowance for credit losses on non-purchased credit deteriorated loans acquired from Meridian, offset by a $32.5 million release of credit reserves, reflecting primarily continued improvement in expected asset quality metrics and overall macro-economic assumptions. The elevated provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2020 was driven primarily by anticipated credit losses related to the COVID-19 pandemic. The Company’s allowance for credit losses, as a percentage of total loans, was 1.08% at December 31, 2021, as compared to 1.21% at December 31, 2020. Net charge-offs for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 totaled $1.2 million and $6.9 million, respectively. See Note 4, "Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality" within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report, for further details surrounding the primary drivers of the provision for credit losses during the period.

Noninterest Income    The following table sets forth information regarding noninterest income for the periods shown:

Table 24 - Noninterest Income

Years Ended December 31
Change
20212020Amount%
(Dollars in thousands)
Deposit account fees$16,745$15,121$1,62410.7%
Interchange and ATM fees12,98715,834(2,847)(18.0)%
Investment management35,30829,4325,87620.0%
Mortgage banking income13,28018,948(5,668)(29.9)%
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance policies6,4315,3621,06919.9%
Gain on life insurance benefits2581,044(786)(75.3)
Loan level derivative income3,25710,058(6,801)(67.6)%
Other noninterest income17,58415,6411,94312.4%
Total$105,850$111,440$(5,590)(5.0)%

The primary reasons for significant variances in the noninterest income categories shown in the preceding table are noted below:

Deposit account fees increased year over year due primarily to higher overdraft fees which were impacted in the prior year by the timing and extent of government mandated shutdowns and social distancing measures, as well as the timing of economic stimulus payments received by customers.

Interchange and ATM fees decreased during the year, mostly reflective of the negative impact of the Durbin Amendment, which the Company became subject to effective July 1, 2020 as a result of crossing the $10 billion asset threshold.

Investment management revenue increased primarily due to growth in overall assets under administration, which grew 15.7% from $4.9 billion at December 31, 2020 to $5.7 billion at December 31, 2021, along with overall more favorable market conditions during 2021.

Mortgage banking income decreased in comparison to the prior year, primarily due to a larger portion of new residential originations being retained in the Company's portfolio versus being sold in the secondary market in comparison to the prior year.

Loan level derivative income decreased primarily as a result of lower customer demand during 2021 in comparison to the prior year.

Other noninterest income increased during the year, primarily due to increases in income recognized from other investments, income from like-kind exchanges, capital gains distributions on equity securities, business credit card interchange fees and commercial loan late charge fees, offset partially by decreases in unrealized gains on equity securities, rental income from equipment leases, and FHLB dividend income.

65

Table of Contents

Noninterest Expense    The following table sets forth information regarding noninterest expense for the periods shown:

Table 25 - Noninterest Expense

Years Ended December 31
Change
20212020Amount%
(Dollars in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits$172,586$152,460$20,12613.2%
Occupancy and equipment36,26537,050(785)(2.1)%
Data processing and facilities management6,8996,26563410.1%
FDIC assessment3,9802,5221,45857.8%
Advertising4,0854,258(173)(4.1)%
Consulting8,2715,9872,28438.1%
Amortization of intangible assets5,7156,135(420)-6.8%
Debit card expense5,1444,37477017.6%
Lease impairment4,163(4,163)nm
Loss on sale of other equity investments1,033(1,033)nm
Loss on termination of derivatives684(684)nm
Merger & acquisitions40,84040,840nm
Software maintenance8,1497,26488512.2%
Other noninterest expense40,59541,637(1,042)(2.5)%
Total$332,529$273,832$58,69721.4%

The use of "nm" indicated that the percentage was not meaningful.

The primary reasons for significant variances in the noninterest expense categories shown in the preceding tables are noted below:

The increase in salaries and employee benefits in comparison to the prior was driven by increases in incentive programs, commissions, payroll taxes, and general salary increases, which included the impact of an expanded employee base from the Meridian acquisition which closed during the fourth quarter of 2021.

Occupancy and equipment expense decreases were primarily attributable to decreased computer hardware and software costs which were elevated in the prior year to facilitate remote work for employees after the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, along with reduced depreciation due to a reduction in leased equipment. These decreases were partially offset by increases in general equipment maintenance and repairs, in addition to increased costs attributable to the acquired Meridian branch network.

FDIC assessment expense increased during 2021 in comparison to the prior year as the Company previously benefited from a small bank assessment credit, which resulted in no expense for the first quarter of 2020 and reduced expense for the second quarter of 2020. The Company's assessment base has also increased in comparison to the prior year, further increasing the expense.

Consulting expense increased in 2021 in conjunction with the Company's overall growth and implementation of strategic initiatives.

In 2020, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $4.2 million reflecting accelerated lease termination costs and the write-off of leasehold improvements related to two branch closure decisions made during the quarter. During the 2021, the Company recognized approximately $2.3 million in impairment charges associated with several branch closure decisions as part of its acquisition of Meridian, however these charges were recorded within merger and acquisition expense.

Merger and acquisition expenses in 2021 were attributable to the Meridian acquisition. The majority of these costs included change-in-control contracts, severance, branch closure and conversion costs, contract terminations costs and other integration costs. There were no merger and acquisition costs incurred during 2020.

Other noninterest expenses decreased in 2021 in comparison to the prior year, primarily due to decreased prepayment fees on borrowings, loss on the sale of fixed assets, office supplies, retail branch traffic control, partially offset by increases in legal fees, telecommunications expense, and service charges to correspondent banks.

66

Table of Contents

Income Taxes    The tax effect of all income and expense transactions is recognized by the Company in each year’s consolidated statements of income, regardless of the year in which the transactions are reported for income tax purposes. The following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s tax provision and applicable tax rates for the periods indicated:

Table 26 - Tax Provision and Applicable Tax Rates

Years Ended December 31
202120202019
(Dollars in thousands)
Combined federal and state income tax provisions$35,683$31,669$52,933
Effective income tax rates22.78%20.72%24.27%
Blended Statutory tax rate27.92%27.92%27.89%

The Company’s effective tax rate for 2021 is higher as compared to the year ago period primarily due to the impact of discrete items, which are subject to fluctuation year over year.  The discrete tax amounts for the year ended December 31, 2020 include a benefit of $4.8 million associated with the net operating loss (NOL) carryback provision of the CARES Act.  This NOL was generated in relation to the Blue Hills Bancorp.("BHB acquisition").  The effective tax rates reported in the table above are lower than the blended statutory tax rates due to the aforementioned discrete items as well as certain tax preference assets such as life insurance policies, tax exempt bonds, and federal tax credits. The Company’s blended statutory tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2021 is consistent with the 2020 period.

The Company invests in various low-income housing projects which are real estate limited partnerships that acquire, develop, own and operate low and moderate-income housing developments. As a limited partner in these operating partnerships, the Company receives tax credits and tax deductions for losses incurred by the underlying properties. The investments are accounted for using the proportional amortization method and will be amortized over various periods through 2039, which represents the period that the tax credits and other tax benefits will be utilized. The total committed investment in these partnerships at December 31, 2021 was $179.5 million, of which $106.1 million has been funded. The Company recognized a net tax benefit of approximately $2.3 million for 2021 and anticipates additional net tax benefits of $25.4 million over the remaining life of the investments from the combination of tax credits and operating losses.

For additional information related to the Company's income taxes see Note 12, "Income Taxes" and Note 13, "Low Income Housing Project Investments" within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Dividends    The Company declared quarterly cash dividends totaling $1.92 per common share in 2021 and $1.84 per common share in 2020. The 2021 and 2020 ratio of dividends paid to earnings was 51.85% and 50.21%, respectively.

Since substantially all of the funds available for the payment of dividends are derived from the Bank, future dividends of the Company will depend on the earnings of the Bank, its financial condition, its need for funds, applicable governmental policies and regulations, and other such matters as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.

Comparison of 2020 vs. 2019 For a discussion of our results for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, please see Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 26, 2021.

Risk Management

The Board of Directors has approved an Enterprise Risk Management Policy to state the Company’s goals and objectives in identifying, measuring, and managing the risks associated with the Company’s current and near future anticipated size and complexity. Management is responsible for comprehensive enterprise risk management, and continually strives to adopt and implement practices that strike an appropriate balance between risk and reward and permit the achievement of strategic goals in a controlled environment.

The Company has implemented the “three lines of defense” enterprise risk management model. The first line of defense are the executives in charge of business units, operational areas, and corporate functions who, sometimes assisted by management committees, teams, and working groups, own and manage risks. The second line of defense is the Chief Risk

67

Table of Contents

Officer and the risk department, who monitor and provide advice with respect to first line risk management. The third line of defense is independent assurance performed by the Chief Internal Auditor, who reports to the Audit Committee of the Company's Board of Directors, and by the Company's internal audit department.

The Board of Directors, with the assistance of its Risk Committee, oversees management’s enterprise risk management practices. As risks must be taken to create value, the Board of Directors has approved a Risk Appetite Statement that defines the acceptable residual risk tolerances for the Company and the seven major risk types identified as having the potential to create significant adverse impacts on the Company, such as financial losses, reputational damage, legal or regulatory actions, nonachievement of strategic objectives, diminished customer experience, and/or cultural erosion. The seven major risk types identified by the Company and addressed in the Risk Appetite Statement are strategic risk, culture risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, market risk, operational risk, and reputation risk, each of which is discussed below.

Strategic Risk   Strategic risk is the risk arising from adverse strategic or business decisions, misalignment of strategic direction with the Company’s mission and values, failure to execute strategies or tactics, or an inadequate adaptation or lack of responsiveness to industry and/or operating environment changes. Management seeks to mitigate strategic risk through strategic planning, frequent executive review of strategic plan progress, monitoring of competitors and technology, assessment of new products, new branches, and new business initiatives, customer advocacy, and crisis management planning.

Culture Risk    Culture risk is the risk arising from failed leadership and/or ineffective colleague engagement and workplace management that causes the Company to lose sight of core values and, through acts or omissions, damage the relationship-based culture which has been one of the foundations of the Company’s consistent success. Management seeks to mitigate culture risk through effective employee relations, leadership that encourages continuous improvement, cultural development and reinforcement of core values, communication of clear ethical and behavioral standards, consistent enforcement of policies and programs, discipline of misbehavior, alignment of incentives and compensation, and by promoting diversity, equity, and inclusion.

Credit Risk Credit risk is the risk arising from the failure of a borrower or a counterparty to a contract to make payments as agreed, and includes the risks arising from inadequate collateral and mismanagement of loan concentrations. While the collateral securing loans may be sufficient in some cases to recover the amount due, in other cases the Company may experience significant credit losses which could have an adverse effect on its operating results. The Company makes assumptions and judgments about the collectability of its loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of its borrowers and counterparties and the value of collateral for the repayment of loans. For further discussion regarding the credit risk and the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio, see Note 4, “Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality” within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Liquidity Risk   Liquidity risk is the risk arising from the Company being unable to meet obligations when due. Liquidity risk includes the inability to access funding sources or manage fluctuations in available funding levels. Liquidity risk also results from a failure to recognize or address market condition changes that affect the ability to liquidate assets quickly with minimal value loss.

The Company’s primary sources of funds are deposits, borrowings, and the amortization, prepayment, and maturities of loans and securities. The Bank utilizes its extensive branch network to access retail customers who provide a base of in-market core deposits. These funds are principally comprised of demand deposits, interest checking accounts, savings accounts, and money market accounts. Deposit levels are greatly influenced by interest rates, economic conditions, and competitive factors.

The Company’s primary measure of short-term liquidity is the Total Basic Surplus/Deficit as a percentage of assets. This ratio, which is an analysis of the relationship between liquid assets plus available Federal Home Loan Bank funding, less short-term liabilities relative to total assets, was within policy limits at December 31, 2021. The Total Basic Surplus/Deficit measure is affected primarily by changes in deposits, securities and short-term investments, loans, and borrowings. An increase in deposits, without a corresponding increase in nonliquid assets, will improve the Total Basic Surplus/Deficit measure, whereas, an increase in loans, with no increase in deposits, will decrease the measure. Other factors affecting the Total Basic Surplus/Deficit include Federal Home Loan Bank collateral requirements, securities portfolio changes, and the mix of deposits.

The Company seeks to increase deposits without adversely impacting its weighted average funding cost. As a result of PPP loan fundings, government stimulus programs, and a customer focus on retaining liquidity, the Company experienced significant deposit growth and a buildup of liquidity throughout 2021. In consideration of the Company's strong capital position, the Company has put in a place a stock buyback plan, which authorizes repurchases of up to $140 million in common stock and will be in effect through January 18, 2023. The plan was previously approved by the Company's Board of Directors, pending the receipt of non-objection from the Federal Reserve, which was received on January 19, 2022.

68

Table of Contents

The Company also maintains a variety of liquidity sources, including Federal Home Loan Bank advances, Federal Reserve borrowing capacity, and repurchase agreement lines. These funding sources serve as a contingent source of liquidity and, when profitable lending and investment opportunities exist, the Company may access them to provide the liquidity needed to grow the balance sheet. The amount and type of assets that the Company has available to pledge impacts the Company's Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve borrowing capacity. For example, a prime one-to-four family residential loan may provide 75 cents of borrowing capacity for every $1.00 pledged, whereas a pledged commercial loan may increase borrowing capacity in a lower amount. The Company’s lending decisions, therefore, can also affect its liquidity position.

The Company may also have the ability to raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or unsecured debt privately or publicly and has done so in the past. Additionally, the Company is able to enter into repurchase agreements or acquire brokered deposits at its discretion. The availability and cost of equity or debt on an unsecured basis is dependent on many factors, including the Company’s financial position, the market environment, and the Company’s credit rating. The Company monitors the factors that could impact its ability to raise liquidity through these channels.

The table below shows current and unused liquidity capacity from various sources at the dates indicated:

Table 27 - Sources of Liquidity

December 31
20212020
OutstandingAdditional Borrowing CapacityOutstandingAdditional Borrowing Capacity
(Dollars in thousands)
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings (1)$25,667$1,622,49435,7401,372,671
Federal Reserve Bank of Boston (2)1,176,4861,355,809
Unpledged securities1,897,148716,961
Line of Credit50,00050,000
Long-term borrowings (3)14,06332,773
Junior subordinated debentures (3)62,85362,851
Subordinated debt (3)49,79149,696
Reciprocal deposits (3)998,121237,902
Brokered deposits (3)141,5728,538
$1,292,067$4,746,128$427,500$3,495,441

(1)Loans with a carrying value of $2.3 billion and $2.1 billion at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, have been pledged to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston resulting in this additional borrowing capacity.

(2)Loans with a carrying value of $1.8 billion and $1.9 billion at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, have been pledged to the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston resulting in this additional unused borrowing capacity.

(3)The additional borrowing capacity has not been assessed for these categories.

In addition to customary operational liquidity practices, the Board of Directors and management recognize the need to establish reasonable guidelines to manage a heightened liquidity risk environment. Catalysts for elevated liquidity risk can be Company-specific issues and/or systemic industry-wide events. It is therefore the responsibility of management to institute systems and controls designed to provide advanced detection of potentially significant funding shortages, establish methods for assessing and monitoring risk levels, and institute responses that may alleviate or circumvent a potential liquidity crisis. Management has established a Liquidity Contingency Plan to provide a framework to detect potential liquidity problems and appropriately address them in a timely manner. In a period of perceived heightened liquidity risk, the Liquidity Contingency Plan provides for the establishment of a Liquidity Crisis Task Force to monitor the potential for a liquidity crisis and establish and execute an appropriate response.

Market Risk   Market risk is the risk arising from changes in interest rates and the value of investments due to market conditions or other external factors or events. The Company’s primary market risk exposure is interest rate risk.

Interest rate risk is the sensitivity of income to changes in interest rates. Interest rate changes, as well as fluctuations in the level and duration of assets and liabilities, affect net interest income, the Company’s primary source of revenue. Interest rate risk arises directly from the Company’s core banking activities. In addition to directly impacting net interest income, changes in the level of interest rates can also affect the amount of loans originated, the timing of cash flows on loans and securities, and the fair value of securities and derivatives, and have other effects.

69

Table of Contents

Management strives to control interest rate risk within limits approved by the Board of Directors that reflect the Company’s tolerance for interest rate risk over short-term and long-term horizons. The Company attempts to manage interest rate risk by identifying, quantifying, and, where appropriate, hedging exposure. If assets and liabilities do not re-price simultaneously and in equal volume, the potential for interest rate exposure exists. It is the Company's objective to maintain stability in the growth of net interest income through the maintenance of an appropriate mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and, when necessary within limits management deems prudent, through the use of off-balance sheet hedging instruments such as interest rate swaps, floors, and caps.

The Company quantifies its interest rate exposures using net interest income simulation models, as well as simpler gap analysis, and an Economic Value of Equity analysis. Key assumptions in these analyses relate to behavior of interest rates and behavior of the Company’s deposit and loan customers. The most material assumptions relate to the prepayment of mortgage assets (including mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities) and the life and sensitivity of non-maturity deposits (e.g., demand deposit, negotiable order of withdrawal, savings, and money market accounts). In the case of prepayment of mortgage assets, assumptions are derived from published dealer median prepayment estimates for comparable mortgage loans. The risk of prepayment tends to increase when interest rates fall. Since future prepayment behavior of loan customers is uncertain, interest rate sensitivity of loans cannot be determined with precision and actual behavior may differ from assumptions to a significant degree.

Based upon the net interest income simulation models, the Company currently forecasts that assets are anticipated to re-price faster than liabilities. As a result, net interest income will be positively impacted as market rates increase and negatively impacted if market rates decrease. The Company runs several scenarios to quantify and effectively assist in managing interest rate risk, including instantaneous parallel shifts in market rates as well as gradual (12-24 months) shifts in market rates, and may also include other alternative scenarios as management deems necessary given the interest rate environment. The results of such scenarios are outlined in the table below:

70

Table of Contents

Table 28 - Interest Rate Sensitivity

Years Ended December 31
20212020
Year 1Year 2Year 1Year 2
Parallel rate shocks (basis points)
-100(4.5)%(12.3)%(1.8)%(11.9)%
+1005.4%6.8%6.0%1.8%
+20011.4%16.7%12.6%11.5%
+30017.8%27.2%19.6%21.3%
+40023.9%37.5%26.0%30.6%
Gradual rate shifts (basis points)
-100 over 12 months(1.6)%(9.9)%(0.7)%(11.0)%
+200 over 12 months5.4%14.7%5.8%9.0%
+400 over 24 months5.4%22.7%5.8%16.1%
Alternative scenarios
Yield curve twist (1)n/an/a1.5%3.0%

(1)In the yield curve twist scenario, rates increase 200 basis points over a two year horizon. The parallel shift occurs faster on the long end of the curve than it does on the short end, creating a temporary increase in the steepness of the curve during the interim period of the twist.

The results depicted in the table above are dependent on material assumptions. For instance, asymmetrical rate behavior can have a material impact on the simulation results. If competition for deposits prompts the Company to raise rates on those liabilities more quickly than is assumed in the simulation analysis without a corresponding increase in asset yields, net interest income would be negatively impacted. Alternatively, if the Company is able to lag increases in deposit rates as loans re-price upward, net interest income would be positively impacted.

The most significant market factors affecting the Company’s net interest income during the year ended December 31, 2021 were the shape of the U.S. Government securities and interest rate swap yield curve, the U.S. prime, LIBOR, Secured Overnight Funding Rate ("SOFR") and other interest rates being offered on long-term fixed rate loans.

The Company manages the interest rate risk inherent in both its loan and borrowing portfolios by using interest rate swap agreements and interest rate caps and floors. An interest rate swap is an agreement in which one party agrees to pay a floating rate of interest on a notional principal amount in exchange for receiving a fixed rate of interest on the same notional amount for a predetermined period of time from the other party. Interest rate caps and floors are agreements where one party agrees to pay a floating rate of interest on a notional principal amount for a predetermined period of time to a second party if certain market interest rate thresholds are realized. While interest is paid or received in swap, cap, and floors agreements, the notional principal amount is not actually exchanged. The Company may also manage the interest rate risk inherent in its mortgage banking operations by entering into forward sales contracts under which the Company agrees to deliver whole mortgage loans to various investors. See Note 11,"Derivatives and Hedging Activities" within Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report for additional information regarding the Company’s derivative financial instruments.

The Company’s earnings are not directly or materially impacted by movements in foreign currency rates or commodity prices. Movements in equity prices may have a modest impact on earnings by affecting the volume of activity or the amount of fees from investment-related business lines. See Note 3, "Securities" within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Operational Risk     Operational risk is the risk arising from human error or misconduct, transaction errors or delays, inadequate or failed internal systems or processes, data unavailability, loss, or poor quality, or adverse external events. Operational risk includes business resiliency risk, consumer compliance risk, data governance risk, fraud risk, information security risk, information technology risk, legal risk, model risk, regulatory compliance risk, and third party vendor risk. Potential operational risk exposure exists throughout the Company. The continued effectiveness of colleagues, technical systems, operational infrastructure, and relationships with key third party service providers are integral to mitigating operational risk, and any shortcomings subject the Company to risks that vary in size, scale and scope. Operational risks include operational or technical failures, unlawful tampering with technical systems, cyber security, terrorist activities, ineffectiveness

71

Table of Contents

or exposure due to interruption in third party support, as well as the loss of key individuals or a failure of key individuals to perform properly.

Reputational Risk    Reputational risk is the risk arising from negative public opinion of the Company and the Bank. Management seeks to mitigate reputational risk through actions that include a structured process of customer complaint resolution and ongoing reputational monitoring.

Contractual Obligations, Commitments, Contingencies and Off-Balance Sheet Obligations

In the ordinary course of business the Company has entered into contractual obligations, commitments, residential loans sold with recourse and other off-balance sheet financial instruments. Refer to the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements in this report for further information and the expected timing of the applicable payments as of December 31, 2021. These include payments related to (i) borrowings (Note 9 - Borrowings), (ii) lease obligations (Note 18 - Leases), (iii) time deposits with stated maturity dates (Note 8 - Deposits), (iv) commitments to extend credit (Note 19 - Commitments and Contingencies), (v) derivative positions (Note 111 - Derivatives and Hedging Activities), (vi) unfunded commitments on low income housing project investments (Note 13 - Low Income Housing Project Investments). Also refer to Table 27 - Sources of Liquidity within Item 7 of this report for further details surrounding the Company's current and unused liquidity resources.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto presented in Item 8 of this Report have been prepared in accordance with GAAP which requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.

The financial nature of the Company’s consolidated financial statements is more clearly affected by changes in interest rates than by inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily fluctuate in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services. However, inflation does affect the Company because, as prices increase, the money supply grows and interest rates are affected by inflationary expectations. The impact on the Company is a noted increase in the size of loan requests with resulting growth in total assets. In addition, operating expenses may increase without a corresponding increase in productivity. There is no precise method, however, to measure the effects of inflation on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, any examination or analysis of the financial statements should take into consideration the possible effects of inflation.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Critical accounting policies are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties, and could potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. Management believes that the Company’s most critical accounting policies upon which the Company’s financial condition depends, and which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments, are as follows:

Allowance for Credit Losses - Loans Held for Investment     The Company estimates the allowance for credit losses in accordance with the CECL methodology for loans measured at amortized cost. The allowance for credit losses is established based upon the Company's current estimate of expected lifetime credit losses. Arriving at an appropriate amount of allowance for credit losses involves a high degree of judgment.

The Company estimates credit losses on a collective basis for loans sharing similar risk characteristics using a quantitative model combined with an assessment of certain qualitative factors designed to address forecast risk and model risk inherent in the quantitative model output. Management's judgement is required for the selection and application of these factors which are derived from historical loss experience as well as assumptions surrounding expected future losses and economic forecasts.

Loans that no longer share similar risk characteristics with any pools of assets are subject to individual assessment and are removed from the collectively assessed pools to avoid double counting. For the loans that are individually assessed, the Company uses either a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) approach or a fair value of collateral approach. The latter approach is used for loans deemed to be collateral dependent or when foreclosure is probable. Changes in these estimates could be due to a number of circumstances which may have a direct impact on the provision for loan losses and may result in changes to the amount of allowance.

The allowance for credit losses is increased by the provision for credit losses and by recoveries of loans previously charged off. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management's assessments confirm that the Company will not collect the full amortized cost basis of a loan.

72

Table of Contents

Management performs periodic sensitivity and stress testing using available economic forecasts in order to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses under varying scenarios. Given the Company's benign loss history, the analyses performed have not resulted in a material change to the quantitative allowance but has informed management's determination of qualitative adjustments and act as corroborating evidence as to the appropriateness of the allowance as a whole. For additional discussion of the Company’s methodology of assessing the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses, see Note 4, "Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality" within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Income Taxes    The Company accounts for income taxes using two components of income tax expense, current and deferred.  Current taxes represent the net estimated amount due to or to be received from taxing authorities in the current year.  In estimating accrued taxes, management assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions, taking into account statutory, judicial, and regulatory guidance in the context of the Company’s tax position. Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the future effects on income taxes that result from temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements, and carry-forwards that exist at the end of a period. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates and provisions of the enacted tax law and are not discounted to reflect the time-value of money.  The effect of any change in enacted tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are assessed for recoverability and the Company may record a valuation allowance if it believes based on available evidence that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets recognized will not be realized before their expiration. The amount of the deferred tax asset recognized and considered realizable could be reduced if projected income is not achieved due to various factors such as unfavorable business conditions. If projected income is not expected to be achieved, the Company may record a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount that it believes can be realized in its future tax returns. Additionally, deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated based on tax rates expected to be in effect in future periods. Previously recorded tax assets and liabilities need to be adjusted when the expected date of the future event is revised based upon current information. The Company may also record an unrecognized tax benefit related to uncertain tax positions taken by the Company on its tax returns for which there is less than a 50% likelihood of being recognized upon a tax examination. All movements in unrecognized tax benefits are recognized through the provision for income taxes. Taxes are discussed in more detail in Note 12, "Income Taxes" within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Business Combinations In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, the Company recognizes assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their respective fair values as of the date of acquisition, with the related transaction costs expensed in the period incurred. The Company may use third party valuation specialists to assist in the determination of fair value of certain assets and liabilities at the acquisition date, including loans, core deposit intangibles and time deposits. While the Company uses its best estimates and assumptions to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed on the acquisition date, the estimates are inherently uncertain. The allowance for credit losses on PCD loans is recognized within business combination accounting. The allowance for credit losses on non-PCD loans is recognized as a provision expense in the same period as the business combination. For further discussion of the Company’s accounting policies for estimating credit losses on acquired loans, see Note 4, "Loans, Allowance for Credit Losses and Credit Quality" within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Valuation of Investment Securities Securities that the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity are classified as securities held-to-maturity and are accounted for using historical cost, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount. Trading and equity securities are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses recorded in other noninterest income. All other securities are classified as securities available-for-sale and are carried at fair market value. The fair values of securities are based on either quoted market price or third party pricing services. In general, the third-party pricing services employ various methodologies, including but not limited to, broker quotes and proprietary models. Management does not typically adjust the prices received from third-party pricing services. Depending upon the type of security, management employs various techniques to analyze the pricing it receives from third-parties, such as reviewing model inputs, reviewing comparable trades, analyzing changes in market yields and, in certain instances, reviewing the underlying collateral of the security. Management reviews changes in fair values from period to period and performs testing to ensure that the prices received from the third parties are consistent with their expectation of the market.

Management determines if the market for a security is active primarily based upon the frequency of which the security, or similar securities, are traded. For securities which are determined to have an inactive market, fair value models are calibrated and to the extent possible, significant inputs are back tested on a quarterly basis. The third-party service provider performs calibration and testing of the models by comparing anticipated inputs to actual results, on a quarterly basis. Unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale are reported, on an after-tax basis, as a separate component of stockholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive income.

73

Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Developments

See Note 1, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" within the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.